Vaidyanatha Dikshita's

JATAI{A PARIJATA(qrilfr qtfrqrn)

With AnEnglish Translation and CopiousExplanatory notes ancl Examples

BYV. Subramanya Sastri, B.A.' Ar.rI. Secrerary to the bovt. of Mysore (Retd.)

and Translaror of Sripati pactdhti, l lr inot )atata.Horasara. Uttarkalanr ri ta ctc.

Vol. I

@RANJAN PUBLICATIONS

16, Ansari Road, Darya Ganj, New Delhi-1,1000 2 (INDIA)

PREFACE

It is a matter of grcat pleasure that thc publloation of therccond edition of JATAKA PARIJATA, the monumentalwork of Sri Vaidyanatba Dikshita with the erdeltent Dotcs ofthe Late V. Subramanya Sastri has bccn possible by God'rgrace and the same is bcing ptaced before thc public. Tbis ican exact reprint of the cdition that was brought out by ShriSastri in the ycar 1932. No words of introduction are rcquiredrs the works of Sh. Sastri are all masterpieces by themselves '

lnd havc rightly earned the fame tbat is their due. The earliercdition was long out of print and theic war an cver growingdcmand for this book and thc prescnt edition is intended tofulfil l this long-felt demand.

The importance of this work Jataka Parijata cannot becxa.gerated. It is a basic text book of Hindu Astrology, studiedglmost in all parts of the country by students and scholarsalike. It is a book invariably prescribed for study in almostall oriental exrrminations on Jyotisha. As a classical text bookof Hindu Astrology it ranks next perhaps only to Brihat Jata-1a... The fact remains that Brihat Jataka is too brief anddifficult and that was why works like Horasara, Saravali etc.',rycrc written with a view to supply all that is obscure, hiddenand missing therein. Among thesc works is none thatcan excel Jataka Parijata in providing a detailed knowledgeabout all thc essential aspects like Ayurdaya. yogas, Bhava-phala, Vimshottari, Ashtakvarga, Stri Jataka, KalachakraDasba etc. The work has been translated in most of tbe rcgionallanguages like Malayalam, Hindi etc and is held in highcstecm by astrologers as a book of great authority throughoutthe country

.i fltsa{ lc}tnc t}<t qf{ii dftf,fr r rr

The science of Jyotisha, accordrng ,. ,,ti;lii: 3o,u,a.ointo three parts-Hora (prcdictive), Ganitha (Marhematical)pnd Sarhhita (M:sccllancour) Predictive. Astrology was origi-

( 4 )

nalty written by the ancient sages in the form of works calledHORAS. These were very volumirrous and detailed and a

$udy thereof was very difficult and time-consuming. lt isunderstood from tlte quotxtions found in commentaries thattherebxisted largc volumes of Horas called after Parasara,Brihat Prajapatya, Saunaka, Kaushika, Atri, Garga etc. Todaymany of these havs bucome rare aud almost inaccessiblc.Later works like Brihat Jataka and Jataka Parijata etc- are allcondensations of these Horas as they themeselves profess to be.In the opening two verses the author says :

;RAr qrt q{rnilfilfqa w1q a{T6nr1 |(qrq nr(rqf(g(Ilil;a 5*rq6 il4.6 qrkqrtl ll

From this statement it is clear ,hat the author is summa'rising all that is importaut in the ancient Horas of Garga,Parasara etc. and the later'works likc Brihat Jataka, Saravalietc. And at the end he writes:

E'l irfwgegaaqacql qsnlTl€qfqitq Iqt ilam qrftqnqftr ffitgo te'ffta"tq rr

i .e. thisworkisdividedinto l8 cbatpers and is supposedto

contain ftatgO 1763 slokrrs. But, the work conlains in thepresent form l9l8 slok:rs due to ittterpolations. Many slokasare verbatirn borrowed from the ancicnt works like Saravali,Brihat Jataka etc. Works like Phaladeepika etc. are indebtedto this r reat work which fact it clear from the slokas that arefound in them, borrowed from this book. eg. utfqrzt<{;ff ctc.T'hc Subjcct Matter

The topics dealt with in the X V III Adhyayas are brieffyas follows :

l. Nature of thc signs. 2. Nature of the plariets. 3.Birth of beasts aud miscellaneous' 4. Arishta'Infantile deathetc. 5. Ayurdaya-Longevity. 6. Evil combinations thar inarthe boroscopes 7. Rajayogas' 8. Combination of two or morePlanets. 9. Effects of Mandi, yqar, month etc of birth' 10.Ashtavarga.' 11. Results of I arrd II houses. 12. Results of IIIand IV houscs 13. Results of V and VI houses. 14. Rds'rltsol'VII, VIlt and IX houscs.', 15. Rdsults of X, XIand XIIlrcrrscs. 16 Female Horoscopy. 17. Kalachakra Dasha. \

( 5 )

18. Vimshottari Dasha and other Types of Dashar. Hundreds

4,of yo8as are dealt with in chapters VI, VII anil VIII and

lcuch a detailed treatment is difficult to come across elsewhere.

Each chapter is comprebensive book by itself and it is for the

. reader to verify for himself thc contents.

THE AATHORNot much is known about the author except that he wag

the son of a great scholar Venkatadri and belonged to the, Bharadwaja Gotra as he himself says:

'jfr fdsrftrt tgafiaan: *'iu-arq*if: tqt<Erct gt'tlgcrq f*gw: *,igaafrq rlfrfamsefriltrcirrrt 6qq; *iuarc: gdl: ll

from the abundancy of quotations found from the work'sarvartha Chintamani,t some opine that fathrjt of Vaidyanatha'Dikshita is none other than Venkatesa. the auth,or of 'sarvarths

Chintamani'. But. this deserves further investigation and thesuggestion appears to be incondusive. The suggqstionlthat thcauthor was indentical with the writer -of the celpbr\tqd work'Prataparadriya' on poestics, is totally incorrect, llpr tlq latterwas Vidy?natha (fselFTrq). the confusion being du\ $o theunfortunate similarity in spelling.' The appcllation 'D\k\hita'

clearly dcnotes that he must have performcd som\ biq sa\r\ficesof the type 'Somayaga' etc.

The author belohged to South India ar\,r tnost ilrobpblyto Karnataka or AndhraPradesh.

Prof. Katva has statcd that he belonged fo the l4th ccn'tury and livcd in Mysore. As far as we could gather, tqefamily trce is as follows.--

Anniah Dikshita

Venkatadri (Venkates{l Diksbita)

Vaidyan.tha DikshitaIfany f\rther dctails are known to' he readers, they are

requotcd to scnd thcm to us so that lhe same crn be added for.f[rowing more tight about the author of this great work.

( 6 )

HisTimeThc author l.as been declared by Kcsara Daivajna, ashis

guru, which fact is borne out by the followirrg sloka in hir workg6i mr :

dl{irnrrer6rdega6r rnlpi ara agr

"flqdd g1,ia-rwq<11 arira: *q1c:

qtiil€sil Ganesa-Daiva.;na, the son of Kesava Daivajnawrote his famous trearise Graha Laghava (rc qfqr{; in 1520A. D. (Keshava belonged to l),landigram (rFemt) in tr,tahar-'shtra) wbich is clear fronr the verse :

af iamq E6rwr;a faclfrnqrfadtaraf hlTsgo'tfirrliltl: €rnqnrret{ fuE *ils: rr

--Tt artrr

So, Kesavlr Daivajnr must have bccn born about 1456A. D. Hcnce Vaidyanatba should have been born bctween 1425A. D. and l45t A.D

The TranslationIt is hardly nccessflry to dwelt upon the merits of this

translation as the works of Shri Sastri :rrc too well known to thepublic for their remarktble clnrity erudition and thoroughness.Thc rcader will find that all availa5le parrllel passages (morbtban about a thousand slokas) from authentic works havc beenfrecly and fully quoted almost perhaps to superfluity so tha.tthe book will servc ts a relf contained and useful compcndiumon thc subject.

If thir book should be receivedly all thv i,.jaders interes-tcd in this scieoce of Asirology .wrth interest and should itprovc urcful to oxr readers, wc wrtl consider ourselves amplyrcwarded for our labour.

THE PUBLISHERS

CONTENTS

Adhyaya I The Properties of Signs

Adhyaya II Nature of the Planets and theirProperties

Adhyaya III Manifold Births etc.

Adhyaya IV Dcath incidentat to bhildhood

Adhyaya V L.ength of Life

Adhyaya V-A Exit from the world.

lrqr3lnrT:

qtlnq:

I <rFr:fiorsqfq:

R T-{CreqTamI:

f ffi;qrfrfiqreqltr:

Y Erqrf<szreqH:

I rtg<faleqt{;

t-g iqtR'r+rcqrq;

lE rd'fT

I q t

Y l q e _

eq ro

t u l I o u

l i t IRY

l o o t {

ll *ritsfi.m.ll

sTq

JATAKA PARIJATA--<\i+tr--

nffi!tl

ffifrfttrrRqttil€r qrtrtmffii t'rq ilrffid

qtA {Kt ll t llAdtryaYa I

Tsn PnoPEETTEB or SrcNg'

Srofra. l. Having bowed to the Sun, the Lord

of day, who i! oi t[" nature of Vishnu 1ft9] the

Lf"".O of the Godderts Sri (g1), Brabman (rrd and

Si". te,of who is rp $bvereign of the hosts of imriortal

lighte, who transcendb M"y" (qrqr) [Prakriti (TtR)

;.7., im"t.1 and who rules al'l animate wotlda I am

going to expound Jataka Parijata (erm qtftstil) to the

i"tif dl astrololeri epitomioing the tdarry influence

treeted ol by Garga (rrrt), Parasara (vrrrn) and others

aa

r|,

*[

qrflql$ilrqqfugqr ?ffifucfrfu{tqft{r€q eirrft ftqrrq: g{l t

@rfttffit$rrefiqr( ll Rll

2 €reocm Adh. t

SIok t 2. I, the talented Vaidyanacha (lqirq),the son of tbe learned Venkatadri (ffi), a descendantof the Bharadwaja (rrrCrw) family lnd a proficient in theScience of Astrology, set forth ia regular order thewhole mrrter (of Astrology) commencing with theddinitione of the zodiacal positione to afford mentalinjoyment to the multitude of *ir. men who appreciatethe nectarcous sweets of astrological -truths.

rrursq@qr{r{r$qltiuq wnfuq€qi{ fr qrffi{rRqrq n I tl

Sloka. 3. Prostrating myeelf at the lotus.feet ofthe Lbrd of Raghus which the bard communiry have tosalute (in undertaking. anything auspicious) I preparethe work of Jatakapaiijata (wrcwrRwn) abridging theimportant scientific work /Saravali (qnmft).

ia 1gl,i W{ q,i q $i ftqF Eqk ttsttffir wfrr*rffirdrqbqrrffi*dqftrqqF$drqzq lt \tlqaqsq attsittn*sr qff qgqnfirqill? ruft q{rrd q$€ qil *fr qzdqr{flrtflas n q tldlaFs{iqsgfnwr qqft'tt

Sl lhas 46 and Jirst quarter 0f Sloko 7:-Thefirst eign, astrologerE style as Mesha (*l), Aja (ct),Viswa (f*q), Kriya (ft-r), Tumbura (gqr) or Adya(ru); the second ar Vrishabha i?qc or tlc), Uksha (ert}Go (fr),Tavuru (ilrgG) cr Gokula (tfrW); the thirdaE Dwandwa (iie) Niiyugma (qtc), Jutuma (ggror Rg*), Yama (cc), Yuga (tr1) or Mithuna mgf); tbe

s[. 2,7. nrfrsqrq:

fourth as Kulira (sdr), KarLaaka (r{Ar) or Karkaa

(*), the fifth ag lianthirava (5vit€)' Simha ftt)'

irtiig*ao (qfr{) or Leya (Ur ; the sixth a$ Pathonr'1er*1, Kanya (*c0. Rrmani (twft) or Taruni (Godt)

in. r.o.ottt as Thruli (lrdr1, Vanik 1nior1)' Juka (1n)'

Tn"i; @ oi Dhata ('{4; the eighth 'as lli. ("9)'

Vrigchika -1f*t),.

Kaurpi (+rft) or Kita (*a) ; the

ninth as Dhanus (sgq), bh.p" (<r'i) or riarasrna nrar);

the tenth as Mriga ielr), Mrrgasya(€arv)' Makara lTt)or Nakra (ns) th; eleventh as Kumbha ($x)' -lhata(re);. Thoyadhara (rilcqt); and the twelfth as Meena

ifrt', Anthya 1*u), Mathsya (ctq), Prithur<rna (ggtq)

or Jhaoha (tl)' Norrs.

The autLc presumes in the student an elementary know'

lcdge of the science, such as the names 'of the 12 Rasis' tho 27

Ntirfr"tr"", clc', aidbegins to give tho different naines by which

cach of the signs is known'.

In slokas 18 to 25 the Rasis have becn more elaborately'dealt

with, but the following from Skandahora-(m-<1Kr) may be noted

here regarding Vrishabha (tcc) ana other Rasis:

.rgn, S.tot 1Q ulrr{rqr, t f€i ggt rqbrrftilt wl1

$, ok, rdf etErri\$qi r ft0 *ir qlFrr acrCr rlf ]tFa cg", *Cf qgh+c drtt' I qrdtlt d a*r rrr: ffi-qttt

t,;;*Ct.tt aA rit.q?t r f*cqfr *rl ftrbq?t0qhn

The following are the I-atin names for the several z'diacaL

eigns from Mesha (lr) or.wards :

Mesha Aries

Vrislfabha ... Taurug

Mithuna Gemiui

Katal€- ,:. Cancer

Simha --.. :,!., I*o

I(anya Virgo

Tula iu

Vrischika ...

DhanusMakariKuhbhaMeena

LibraScorpio

$agittariusCapricori-AquariusPisc6

ftfirlt{fu Adh r

qHriffiT{q*Wrr ftqrqtl tqn,fr rdr Rff,qtr fr44nfi a"q1.

ffinmtrnrrffffinu11^ Sloha 7 lquarters 2 to 4). Kriya (Arc) and other

zodiacal signs in the heavens consist of nine quartersof Btars- reckoning from Dasra fqe Aswini) ,nd areFr..d lGhetra (ele), Riksha (*r), Rasi (rrfu), Bhavana(rtt) and Bha (v).

NorBsRasis are usually counted from Mesha and Nakshatras from

hswini (qhr*). Each Nakshatra has four quarters and each Rasiconsists of nine quarters of the Nakshatras. Thus Mesha is com-posed of Aswini (qDrft), Bharani (qetr) ana the first quarter ofKrithika (afr61) and so on. c/. Garga (.rli,.)

qf}fr rwfr tc: aRmr rrT{ sq s r eecp.m cr€i gs: trq<-o aqr rrfrqdcrd frgd drlrgrq<uF{T{ | irflrT{: scqrtcr aFrr: m*;ar: rzc: ilft*t lTrrfi,rFt-r: cK: itE t*tiia: Lecqr<r?*i t.;qr Erilf}ffiRi}E q rlgor f+fl{d qrmft,clrql"vrrfi raecrt fu{tqii{ q;zfh* #;,qwq aril Tdr crtr frtrrs q t ilflrnfrili Frydffit {rsi (d{ llil{o {Ksr $i{ ilqrqqturTct | ilisFtir 6.6: g6frltq, tun ,,-The last quarter of the sloka gives,.the several synonymous

terms for Rasi (cFr) or sign.

il(trar6at I ffig€tnt**1-(r@3 I

sr6 q qrggrpi qq6q frqr€t frqgrtnq{r slq tt d tl

, Sloha 8. The parts o[ the body of the personKala (wo-Time) beginning with Mesh",

"r" ,.rp.",i,

vely the head, the mouth, the breast, rhe hearj, thebelly, the hip, the groins, the private parr, the twothighs, the two knees, the two calves and the two feet.

Sl. &9. rqfrserrr:

Notpscf, q..al l-4. The 12 Rasis are supposed to represent the

several pzrrts of the body of Kalapurustra iqiogtc), Mesha (Aries)

representing the head and so on.

clr. m{t{di ' \

rNssrgE{c Grd( fiB*rfuns+{gr{ rTrtqE aturl +loqrgtfft qt{lsqs: rl

The object of this divisiop is also distinctly' expressedin the same work thus :

ifi1cr;rg€ffi?nf{ g€Cltrti ffiqAeq6{fifu |T{tTfl qsc?fii:Isrt rMqrfr tt

i. t,, to find out the full growth or otherwise of the differmtparts of the body of the owner of- the horoscope according as theRas is typifying them are connected with benefic qr malefic planets,

In the case of all horoscopes, the several parts of the bodyreferred to above should be understood to be representCd iry thesigns beginning from the Lagna.

Mqt'frmuftn-trot qrwrqitrqqfr irl €Trrft qh( r

{ffi sG qgrqqrdr qhr tqqrdsrirqil qqwrfuilqw{rn q{ €}w2r{m n q tl

S/oFa. 9. Sign PisceE conEists of two fishes withtheir two tails and heads in reversed poEitione. Aqgltrius is symbolised by a man with a pot. Librais aperson with a balance; Sagittariw is a man armedwith a bow, the hinder parr of the body baipg,_tha_,of a horse. Capricornus is a shark with the fage ofa deer. Gemini constitute a pair-of human beings bear,ing a harp and a mace. Virgo ia a woman ltandingin a boar carrying with her corn and fire. The remain,ing signs correspond to things tvith froperties indi,cated by their respective name6, Each one of theminhabits the region approprhte thereto.

'5

6 qrdsqrftqa Adh I

Notns.cf . q, qt,I. 5. r*lmaq: is another reading.

he qrgwwrrmi qrqsflrtt! €rguRqluo{tilrfi? |

ffig{arEr{teamgfltrrfi sdttrfu n I" tl

sde€q'rsq ileorttiili{raqqfu r

r qqfftRg€oqrd gonnfstzsffi:nltt l

qTqar@imrrq qREgrr{t{rr r

tqq frqqanoeT{qorfrqt{q qH frigfrfrrflft u tR tr

Slofras 10,12. Th: abode of Mesha (h) or theRam ie the surface of the earth containing preciousstones and yielding min:rals. Ihe quarters of Vrishabha(ttll or theBull, is thetable, land, farms, the cow stationand the forest, The place of Mithuna fcga) or Geminiis the gambling house and pleasure,haunts such as apark or a garden. The seat of Kataka .wm) or theCrab it- rlake, a pond or a sand,banL in the midst ofwater. The region of Simha (ftt) or the Lion is deepmountain,caves and dense forests: .The haurrt of thesixth or Virgo is a pasture, land. or the pleasure,roomof a woman The locality of Thula (Wr) or Libreis the ba:aar of a city abounding in all kinds of valuable-thi:rgs. The lair of Vrischika (te*; or the Scorpionconsists of a region abounding in flint, or holes ol

Y1'-19---?--- .- -.-,., T'-T:.- .-. ...------""-lnoxious reptiles. The camp or barrack containing horses

chariots and elephants is the place of Chapa (rm) or the.Sagittarius. The home of Makara (got) or the Deer'

faced is a river or other water'abounding region'

The seat of Kumbha ($q) or Aguarius io a water'pot

and the receptacles of veesels in a house. The resort of

Meena (rfr) or Pisces ia a river, the sea and similar

collections of water.

Norus.These are useful in fixing the nature and the whereabouts of

absconded or missing persons, lost things, etc., and seem to have

been culled from the works of the Yavanas, from which the

following is extracted:-

qut sEfr fvcurtqtr! irrq<r qqt rtftF: gtil: r' sqrftrr tqr+;(tGffiqr.qtq,crttqfr : rr

fqrgRg cfuft Afi; (tltefirorFftlrt Ruq: trffiWnt uftqonrcff{srsqfr: il{qrrrqnufugii q*t: cqrcR: sa{gqiqt{t: Irrd* mr<ftrqEd *.rcnRt{dEfiqft: llrd s.dt{rsPdlqfdrfr aqr:rQt Rftu urg:tqRcrqtgFdaft iis tdrr<Rqfum{ft: rtttt€ tr+ Cqqc+i cqrcA: wrrrgrut' ttqrz:d,gngndrf6qrsrs* gfuaq?{r: ill{M Ig +lq t-rr f,rqr c* ssftR{ nffi Iilsrt{t{r vrt Ruq: q{Ir6at 61ftfuqqft: rlqftqi q€r quqwrl cllqs Rrt: q mft *ffi.t tgxrrHtsq rqqrqElttaepilgr**qsUfi: tlt*ssdt gffiqqrg qln: qrlrMt IUrn+o@-q1ftqfi:rtll;€ft qgcfr Eqcfbcrt<crgee ge<Srg: reqft rd q K(c <arR grre uuvrwuqS : ilqqr{lt cdHrr* qrg&t a$IrR qqls I

rrwrltqrt Adb. t

@!i{rc: f tg:rrq;;Q q ftu: stqq S* Et fiqrfirqr$rqt: rg*rqilmg{rq cd d*reE6} qalftareqft: ilc0 g *<cqcq{dtr ilqs crfr p{t* eRilt r [,,gglqtqFcffi?tt@:rr

gtt<sq{dq{ Efirsreg snqfur:t | iln r lqrtnM.tr--foag ap;Qqqr:'lRr.

=grTtsdr{ntq|ffi{qtrewemnmM $irftd r

qF11QM*turrFril-eil$ $Sft vtRtrfff{rl? ufr nqq il R tlSloha. 13. The oigns Merha, Vrishabha and

Kumbha are short. Makar4 Mithuna, Dhanuc, Meenaand Kataka are of wen length while Vrischika, Kanya,$inha and Thula.are long. The rigns are male andfemale:from Mesha onwards in rqular order. Mesha,Vrirhabha, Mithuna and. Kataka with their thrikmeot triangular cigno reprercnt ttp four qufterE commenc-ing from the East; Again" the eigno from Merha, takenin order, are to be considered ficrce and ousphious 3they are also termed moving, fixed and dual rignrreopcti"ely.

Nor:s.

This sloka is helpful in deqiding tho sex, appearance, charac-ier, etc., of the perbon coucerned. If the Lagna be a male signand the surroundings lead to the sagne conclusion, he is surely amale; but if thefr should be otherwise, hb will $e a male withfeminine appcarancc and charactqr, etc., ot uicc oosat. Thestudent should never venture anyprediction_ unless'a11 t\e existingcoditions are fully and carefully tested and weighed. q{ S€rS-{1ft5 11frSqrftg ffiK{dt irrfrfr rn<ikd

Isl. 14 lrfrsrnr:. . U . v f f i r v v ! ^ ! v r v . Y Y Y U T l v r t v v w Y u

af. ssffi:atqP gwr A?nlcq divqw grwt; t

'f,q1{r:5llr: t}<r g*5 rretg tt

' d€fl: ftryqddr R:cERRft tmq;-iinq{; t(Rrqrrr+goqrqrqt ffrq: lr(dFtFt | |

. The sign Meena is stated to be of even length, but it will be

seen from sloha 56 infta tbat the sign's length is represented by

the number 20 and should therefcre be classed as a short sign'

cl. €KFdt.qgtftilfttrdrct fr gavg:tffig'rgqr{ qtn: I

zPqq+'qr {qqftffiftfr ffi sqr<qmr: tt

Videalsa notes to that sloka.

' ftqhrerilti g r qft+rumwri, tqt eetsrfts iatc|}'iftrcdti q'ilfl ?.I q65f{ea'rds gt*d frt<: -qtacJ qqft kqffir&rr& tttft'

qtmril ftPtr EqzgXflSqfqlw{firRrqr wt mqqqt su{frffiq t

irqr: rftfrflRaqor: trdnwqfrftawl(aqg{Tt3 ifiaot qhR ll tB ll

Sl,ofu. 14. Vrishabha, Mithuna, Kataka, Dhanus'

Merha and Makara poEEesB otreogth at night. These

excepting the tign Mithuna rire with their rear portion

firot. 'fhe rest appear with thsir heads and have

Itrength during the dry. They are also termed rigno

characterioed by tuperiority. The-rising aign at anygiven time, if repreoented by a couple of fieh'figureo ir

io "or.

under both tlie Priohtodaya ( sg?qq ) and

$eerchodaya (t?rff'qc)..Norss

c/. q(l{(e[ffi

Fnr {tqttqr*c s-Tqrqtg3Qr<cr: t qin gBrflr&a irorfusr s{kar tt' Also lt€ft(trdRr

nn zsrreetRqro<rc€rrr ttarc-q! q: tt

0lo rmdM Adh. I

rdv, l u ,

, ifl

gpnrt qPrd5.T{q ft-qrffiir ksflli}mr:q: tt .beiFrtq: q*q-gh<rq Snqrqqr e€qt: sdw: t

a;{rgpqrrffidn?ft Et: tr'l'it<qrqt ur{?it(frs;q: t I

For the usefulness of this sloka, cf.

alil<} q+ntsikr{Rt<: cir& Rqcfl qotqiiEa tt

Also qf<i ltsr kT{a ffi qmq't{ <t+ Rc{zrq$ {rrd a ae{ lt

{lrt|ts*€qrrm qftoTi{ tnqFfrqrqqr qzq5firtlrfr1rl r

Rdnqeowt ihrqrqntt-wflrflq qaqs lrq(iril {t<rt il t\. ll

' Slofta. 15. Many learned men say that Meena,

Vrischika, Kataka and Makara are termed watery signs'

Kumbha, Kanya, Mithuna and Vrishabha, represent the

water,resolters, while Mesha, Dhanus, Thula and Simha,

represent those that traverse (dry or) waterless regions.Norss.

Among planets, the Moon and Venus are tenned watery pla'

nets, Mercury ancl Jupiter are water'resfftcrs, and tbe Suo' Mars

and Saturn waterless ones. Vifu Adhyaya II sl. 13' usi rireagtt{

c.rtol N'"gpqgrq<fr54<r0.rg srdr qqk il'6or:n (fr'

$i

ts

oqfail qia qrr &ril i[ttret: ll tq ll

I aqrqua\;eg.fi$il qoli\tllqr tltnqg{ t'

iorrrfr rf{qarq\qf (QflqqHqft ld eq 11 lu ll

Slolos. 16- 17. The latter haif ct Dhanuo' $imha'

Vrish;ha, tbe forepart of Makar.a and Mesha' when

they happen,o i"iit M'n' (wra) or -the l0th-bouoe;

;iJessiir.ngtt "nd are calledquadruped eigno' Kanva'

qr$qndtRltqunR\flq6lt6r iilag{pr qi1ctfqwtlt

FqlilIfqreftfurnl{rrql

8t. l8 rrrftsEfif:

Mithuna, Kumbha, Tfiula and the fbrerparr of Dhanus,when they form the lagna or the rieing sigr\ haveabundant strength and are termed the human family ofbipeda. The latter part of Makara, Meena and Kaakawhich are termed waterv signs, are Etrong when theytuppen to be the {th house. Vrischika which is a water,resorting sign is strong in the seventh house.

Nores.c/ .rd:. T$d.irq {e: rqr Xdnd a qf.a4: r

ofiryr sfuir Frgtld R rc<rqrq: rls-gtq.+A{iir{t'<r&qcfbir | .A+{r reir fqqAt it wocr<rq: rrmltDr*: +tir s-osr{ qftfrp66: ITgms-qisftfr{t rftrq: Q q-gtqfl: ll

, {Fr€ -.rr<rts?ficfiFEeil{ R rThese are useful in finding the (iTIq iitro) Bhavadigb.t&

Izrda frqfrqqft: Ch. Ill. Sl. 2l-23

*d lrdlG ffir irctrar qg6T(r! *oqnrcr rdrqq I*ErK u{ qR *aqqr: tFqft {ttger rr{Fil tt qd tl

Slokd. 18. A biped sign is srrong [n a Kendra1*.a) positi,on (let,4th, 7th, or 10th house) during thed"y ; the quadruped signs are strong au night when inthe came Kendra (*-"4) position. All reptile signs ulhenin the Kantaka (*,qd€) or Kendra (#q) position poqseFsrtrength in the two periods of juoction between day andnight (morning and evening).' cf' il,-r**

Nores'

{lr +.1t{r Ag4dft ftitr q qfu;{ t;,. ta+ (ftfrtfier:)The term qizr (reptiles) here includgs nbt pnty Vrischika

Rasi. but also the other aquatir signs. o/.'t+dtffr:frfq-garg;",rdrql fign-or qh{rr Trr,t{ r

*f q-q-{sffi-6r qr+r E{rertr: Xirart I r$}ftimm-<-Wfrq ? {;rfi{rql

I I

tf, ffirfitRqtu Adh f

- r - .V- - - - - - - t - t

##

qrdfi *qtmqrrrqt etE r

"ffi,atmr-mm-tn< *rrqli d*{a: tqt+ ll tq ll

Sloka. /9. Wise men 'qay in respect of Mesha and

other signs taken in order' that they are mineral' vege'

table and animal, "t "rt" "aa

and even signs'- - Mineral

comprices things of thtt class varying from gold to clay'

V;;ilI; in.tia* all plants from a tree down to a

gr"ir.na the animal includes the whol: body of living

beings.

ffiEv.rr faqwqrqffit tqll I

ii.g$atttrqc qil! d€rr*frar lll'o'llSloka.Zl. l'tleena', Vrischika and Vrishabha are

Brahmins. Dhanus, Mesha and Simha are Kthatriyar ;

Kumbha, Mith.rnr and Thula are Vaisyas ; and Kanya'

\f,akara and Katakr are Sudras'Nmes.

The sign Vrishabha is considered as Sudra (*i) and l(4talca

Brahmin. This seems to be the correct view' c/' rrem<' +Stt

qro-Sloka'$1.

tg: o€t x?roft{{rrft eTr w: ftFrr;qtq: t

g", *to, fsgi qttqr: *nqr rSsft Ttr{r *F: ll

qarfi{ra{$ frqrfrqtfl qeffi Efu$ffitr t,iffi *At gord u;ff qrfiGqq ffi qilt ll Rt ll

Sloko.2l. Mesha, Vrishabha and $imhr are blind

at the dead of night' Kataka' Mithuna and Kanya are

utina at midday." Thol. and Vrigchika ara deaf in th3

i;;;;. Dhanus and MaLara are 80 in rhe afrernoon.

€flrFHFtt[({qT qFqat qr{ffit lTkff{ i '

<rr€{€Fqs rdfu{it{Fi q{osr{ofd {ft{t llltll

8|. 22,11.3. rrrltstqrr:

Sloke. 22: The deerfaced and the bow'b:aringoigns, d. c. Makara and Dhanus which are lame become

fatal in the two periods of t wilight. The concludingpqrtion'of.the' signs Kataka, Vrischika and Meena ircalled Riksha,Sr.nChi (*tsFn) and is well'known arPqgandantha (*rrnei;.e) ie.-the end of the elbow -a

vulnerable part (a critical period).

Nottg.ri' For the effect of a birth at qt,:t{, al. mqtc-d

cra.t a Arcft "t

wrgrwif q\eslm.rrat tqq Strd wcr?t qcqrft *<Xs: n

rrrfr€t{rkqrzw wrgF{fifufrctrrrJil! |fuo' @ q'fig *Rqet' ll RQ ll

Sloha.2l. Red, white, green (parrot's hue), pink,pale-white, piebrld, black, goltlen, ycllowish or brown,variegated, deep,brown, and white are the colourl aE'

signed to the signs from Mesha onwards.Nr,res. r$

cf. *q. l -20.

c.f. qgqrds

qttrididqre$qrrsfiPE{r' fReffir rfr*6i{al1ir*<rta* writcq rt

Also qRrsdonRaftdgrfi-dr: qr€atqftttcp:gfuTr{c t

urqaenrftn; +ftrgrtcrrfr<ul: <f I

Also qtwrmcn: Rra: gtfttr: vra&qawogt: tF{.x:.llitq: rqq!fi(6{: ftmr: ttrce: n'Tg{q'fFFr' qffirtd: $rnqril: ll

c,fttri g qRrrcqqfW{rtq il

13

l1 qrfficrRqre Adh I;

Also A<lhyaya I1I. St. 4, inf'a.

ilqrii qrrfugcq fiq-dfrqq: wqdgcwr;{-.qr{rt grd fro'lrtgd fag*{Gft I t

{rqrd firffTdr qit-qfr$gt M {qfrFqluqrg: ll 18 ll

Stoka.24 Clothin,l and other artictes of apparel,cuperior rice, the collection of forest produce, plantrin,cereals of the highest sort, bambcc, muiga or kidneybean rnd other stored articles of trade coming up to

Eesamum-$acl<s, sugar,can?, iron and oth:r kindred sub-rtances, weapons and horses, gold and other valuablearticles, flowers springing in w,rter and all water'bornthingo are said f,o ba the materialg represented byMesha and the remaining .signs respectively, theirquantity being small or great, accorJing as the eignstypifying them are weak or Etrong.

q{qgft ilttrirqf rg'{fr mtffi qriqwt*' rstur nqri(g flfiHtqnild*qT*fr TqF( qfir: llR\ll

Slotil. 25. Wise men say that Mars, Venus,

Mercury, the Moon, the Sun, M:rcury, Venus, Mars,

Jupiter, Saturn, Satrrrn and Jupitgr are respectively thelords of the signs from Mcsha ouwards and also of theiramsas'

NcT.i{s.c.f. E. l. I.6." !ffiaa1iBj1qFtl:' is another reading.

, c/ nreeR - ag{qgq'Sl. 42.

: $TFmsq?Aq* 1lge Wq g*a+: irt t*r+rg"ft fiq€: fka<?il rtqi: I

^ - \ - 1 . \ - \

ErFr|E$rqFrqqqlr q{{!5rllrcctt q flEEr qEI:

frrr rnq&tn rrtr q ro& frsri m* sfire: rl

Sl. S,28 rrr*srqrq: I5

TdrxEirqr aRnrgettqr {Wgfr?fi{r ftamtrq,frmrfrmdkqt aqidrsffq*qqr* qte : qqP-qql I 1 E I IwRqrqrqgqfoAftA+d r<rq w\ rffisr ilfirlrr{rr{r: gEtet ff rm, sd qrE llq,\ell

qrftree qili q{rqrrur qtq(i {ti{' tir?Hsti qFlqrrd;q iiti zgs qqoit Tt qr( ll 1d ll

Stokas.26'28. Simhe 1&t), Vrishabha (1ltr;' Mesha(h), Kanya (t'ar), I)hanus ( qW.), Thula (gor), and

Kumblra (gq) are the first triangular (Moolatrikona-

W&*f") signs of the planets commencing with the $un'

In the ."r.Lf Sukra (gt), Sani (nft), Ravi (rft)' ind

Guru (gt), the first t0 degrees of the signs Thula (gor1'

Kumbha (S,F), Simha (lttt), and Dhanus ( fW ) form

the Moolathrikona (qor?ohr), and the rest. Swakshetra(eia), i. e., rheir own house ' The first three degrees

cf Vrishabha (yu) form the exaltation portion 9f jl'

Moon, and the. t.tt, t.t Mootathrikona (ryH*lo)' The

first twelve degrees of Mesha are called the Moolathri'

lona (teflrlor; cf Kuja (go)and the rest, the Ssakshetra

(€e"). The f;rat baif of Kanya (*';ar) is the' exaltation

portion of Budha (gq); the next t€n degrees, tbe Moola'

ifrtilon" ({oFr+ior); and the last five degreee'. tne ,!11'

kshetra (qt"). Kumbha (in) ic theMoolathrikona ({str-

+.tJd.hu; Mithuna(fogr), the exaltation sign and

Kanya (*-qt), the Srwakshetra (€8")

6/ fl<rrd.

clcs r;qr{i gqq griTl*: eqr ft;eaq 1qraffirwni cdhn*: srtftrti tmrs I

,* Ei qrtFnt;gq t4* tudtqnfrar: t

1r{qrrnrr qc ffirurcd cit g *qs I

16 illrfurr Adh. I.

q{rqr{rT tsrc c BrdsrcA r* qt tgN il r*sid TcFrrrt <* q* rrfrnfttcr: ilFt Frirqqcl sqr{Tdtr IWfr Frffi& qRqtq qqr €: ltt r.

Itso vrgftctsrwQFr (10) grn (3) rtqina: (28) lfr'w: (f9 e{rror (5)affiitr- (z?) Tirqqr: (20) rite g*qrvrr: rtt dCqr (20) vcrffiurt ql (10) wsi tuilq !!Fr {w; (3) * (27) ffiorwr: ngiqtq un€rrT (1Z) q* ffiqw: fr (18) gri'rsR gfr ftcr (to) rkftqil: fr (20) €r[q r* uft: rfuq{: (15) Ff,Sruror A (16) tq{i* fifurdwr a<r: (20) it (10) rdrwr: rgvs ilrilr: Fr<i qrtqr: (15) rt (5) trtr:€* qt Bdogr Rn (10) qI *Tqil gt: n

For the Exaltation!'and Svrakstctn (g&a) places of Ral'rrand Ketu, oidc 1\s following from Pensara (c(r{-d

il*q ul* ta\Aqir gw{q Iqafu*rut** ? g.cc1i alq q n*ar q grlt fti {t{ v erg{ qaq I

N Em qsws$*r*n-dd q tf{rrrfirft ir(nt'rq, r

fuqqrffiW{mr ll Rq llSloka. 29. Meohg Vrishabha, lvfakara, Kanya,

Kataka, Meena and Thula are the exaltation aignr of theEeven planetc respectively from the Sun onwards ;their deprescion oigno being the 7th from their exaltationoneE. The higheEt exaltation portion of the planetocounting from the Sun are the 10th, the 3rd' the 28th,

{${

1,

11.19-"-""""". "","""**:".,"," "","-"' """" "the 15tlr, the 5th, the 2?th and the tlOth degree of

theseveral rigns.Norrs.

- These are useful in finding the correct Uchcha (ve) balas of

the several planets.

The eflects of the Sun and the Moon occupying their res'

pective highest exaltation degreesin their exaltation signs (Uchcha

Rasi'sqtlRt) have been separately given thus by Garga:-

€drqir qf*ffiqwq:{ai qffitq Isr€ir sftt c{r* €fu*rmdraft rr

and the result of their occupying their extreme depression portions

is thus described bY the same.

Tftt M qt c{fficfrsrqlU*ortrfh*qeft g€t {rftiqnoir il

sd Ettt smoi qrdrq{tsew{i{r: $oitut-|Wttwqqr ?qrgRaqqfrfi qrirnrlnr I

Ek qtr,rdrt+ Rqfir{ft t$grnt"tftgrt Gfr Eqm ftqffiqil:Qfl:flffii {ER ll 1" ll

Sloha. 30. Lagna or the whote, Hora (it) or

half, Dreklanafirrur) ot 17$td, Swaramsa grtn) ot ll7th,

Navadea (miqr) ot l/9tb, Dalamamsa (qtrqiql or f t0th,. Dwaclacamra (Crlntqr)or l/l2th, Kalamsa(Taitl) or l/l6th,

Thrimsamsa (ftnrtn) or l/30th, and' $trathtyamea (wutt)

or l/60th of a rign (usully called Daoavarga<trt) pre

duce loss, danger,long life and prosperity to men' Hora

(ta) means the half of a Rasi; in an odd sign' the halves

belong reepectively to the Sun and the Moon, and in

,n "*r.r,

one to the Moon and the -Sun' The Drekkana

(irrrql or the third portions of a sign are owned by thd

iords'of the sign inelf, of the aon's or 5th houoe, and

of the 9th or the hotne d Dbarma (q*)

I

IE qrdrqfit|tt Adh I

Nores.gfoca+rtt*t is another reading.

There are sixteen Vargas, but only teu are given herd.Even these ten Vargas are but seldom consulted. Six and some-times seven are usually resorted to and are known as Shadvarga(q<,i) aud Sapthavarga.(stE,$) respectively. Viik slokas +7 & +8ittta.

4. the following from rr.t

dd ftrq t arrfr €ifr Erfirirm: rr fttria*q qfist *iv egqr6e: rr

rsrnqeqft vg1ts Rm: r*g €Efrrr; Iqgqdrrrfrsrie fr rrdft irqqr tl

Alao q.lvrao for stertvi frr forrmq ssiqfr mqidrfi: Iqrq{d{Isdfutlg{: qgasffs, tl

For the names of the 16 Vargas, r/. c({RTqh *cttiTer*,r{ qut mdrcE: rertt irqqqqrft ifu nrrn6ft rr .t* alrr q tu*rortgqtn'sgsiw*': | *mirft q{rci{a qqh13 ffi: ilfffi'qfr eq-{r'6€i rrkrfridirm<a: rqlqi;is{il'n: cuirt{ dirr rRq tl

That is; (l) Rasi, (2) IJora, (3) Drekkana, (4) Chathurthamsiror lth (5) Sapthamsa, (6) Navamsa, (7) Dasamamsa (8) Drva-disamsa (9) Shodasanlsa (tO) Vimsamsa (tt) Siddhamsa or onetwenty-fourth, (lZ) gtramsa or one twentyseventh, (13) Trim-samsa, (14) Khavedamsa or one fortieth (tS) etsMvedamsa orone forty-fifth and (16) Shashtyamsa or one sixtieth.

For the uses of the several Vargas, c/. *<rgamas&ER"rfr trrmanf{qi lrcr: rfuruno,tn-o ilEftanq qgirnE Iffiqni isittr{ fqrnrnqqd}..rr q I

\ qtriqfireffi€r

$. 8r. rr*sqnq:

According to the Yavanas, the lords of the Horas andDrekkanas are as described in the following sloka :

qreir g ir rrers q;tsrfirirrct&dtqr IsEerq*il{cnrftcni MiiWr: 6c{|qdis( tl

so that, according to this view, the ownership of the Horas i3not restricted to the Sun and the Moon, but is shared by allthe planets. But tlris view of the Yavanas is not recognisedby Varahamihira, nor even by authorities like Satya, who hasthus stated.

sitlg €iltr $rr{r grAg {titrr *qr rryfi: *nrt tqr sr;qfr ifi qirrrqft rr

'r rTffitotror<qgl{ar{r.{{TTnq: Pg: Itqrqf*ncaq: Tzr€ie{rrir qil sft": tl

But it may be mentioned here that this convention of theYavanas has beer, accepted for Prasna (qa) purposes (Ilorary astro-logy) whiie the other is reco5lnised for purposes of horosccpy. cl.

{{r;a( m ffqi{r sr" Gr* $?rrE Idttr qRssqqrin AtirqT qrr}Tqq g rlsTrefi g srra* qiffir €ntcr {tls&fui tl

i. asg€grrcTd Ut gd|I*igcr gTr UR' rq*org,rcl: Rrt tr} ilrf,* (qg Errror s€{e tle*trfrrg elt:or s:ETe atfiT€I gatTtr qF4r[ |q*cq Sfh{rqf,frfu qn q€r ngt:$€nlq: tl

ffi(rfiqqrmq{rgA o? qd{rnrqfufl: trflrrrEq: ll 1l tl

SIo&a 31. The owners of the Sapthamamsas (qcctT)or the ?th portions of Lagnir and other hougas are in thecale of an odd sign to be counted regularly from the lordthereof, while in the ca,e of an even sign; they'are tobe reckoned from the lord of the 7th house onwards.

This sloka gives the ril:it:' finding out the lord of theSaptarnamsa in the cases of odd and even si6ns;

19

t0 ilmdua Adh I

'{''" Thus, for examplo, tbe Sapthamamsasi of Thula' an'odd sign'

will begin with Thuia and end with Mesha' while those of

Vrischika, an even sign, will count from Vrishabha (=theTth sign

reckoned from Vrischika) and close with Vrischika' The magni'

tude of each segment is 4?o.

Saptharnamsas are useful to ascortain the character or tem-

p"oro"na of the native, he being cruelly disposed if born in a

Krura Sapthamsa, or peacefut in nature if his birth happens in a

Saumya Saptamamsa. This division is also utilised for seeking

information ibout one's brothers, etc't

cf . qfur€6*rsmft qriwor grt eer& r$: Isgcitrilftq{s: crT{ qt cftfril: ll

" Also lqa1q{dn tt

tqrftftr5qerrsrfr cgstEqrrqrqqmdt tq-a$rss"qraqfr: q€i1rrdi qqt{tl|'r: ll

ceqCh+cti U

{lg werrr {r6crulrar3 *t}S ildr: trr{Fd *tqr: t

iTrqtqt$iartdqi ad{r€gff(q: I

w{-{rq|tr tt q qtfittt m *ftm: tr lR ll

wqgltrqffit I iroramirn aa tumgF{s*{ttt s*erqr Esiq6t: ll '11 ll

slolos 32,33 The Navamsas of Dhanrie, Mesha and

Simha retpectiveiy belorrg to the nine signo f-tqT Mesha

onwards; thoee of Vriihrbha, Kanya and Makara' to

t"t"t"t" and otherc following it' The nine signs

U"ginni"g with Thula are the ownerc of tbe Navamsa!

oi"ttairnJo", Thula and Kurnbha' The Navamsae of

Ar;ld Vriochika and Meena resPectively appertain to

ttt" "in"

signs from Kataka onwardE'NOTES.

Thcso give the rulce for fiuding out tho Nrvrnrsas' Each

Navamse Is 3" 2d, The subjoined table gives the niae Navamsas

in their ordcr for the several signs'

Vrishabha KatakaVrischika

MeenaSimha I .KanYaDhanus I Makara

MithunaThula

Kumbha

lst

2nd

3rd'

4th

5th

6th

7th

8th

9th

ileghn

Vrishabha

Mithrrot

Kataka

Simha

KanYa

Thula

Vrischika

Dhanus

ilakara

Kumbha

Meqna

Mesha

Vrishabha

Mithuna

Kataka

Simha

Kanya

Ketata

Simba

Kanya

.Thula

Vrischika.

Dbanus

Makara

Kumbha

Meena

t

Thula

Vrischika

Dhanus

Makara

Kumbha

Meeoa

Mesha

Vrishabha

Mithuna

I

ft qri{st iq' f* q€'{ild{6: I--otn+r

ftqill qfr<q fr tqe' ll lu llSloba 34 The Vargottama (<ril-<e) or the best

Navamsa is the firs$ NavanEa in -a moveable sign' the

;iJil;*t in a fixld oign' and the last in a dual cign'

Notes.

It will be seen that the Vargottarna (cfi-{c) Navamsas in thd

several Rasis bear the same names as the signs themsetves' For

cxample, the first N;;* (a1d "f Y:.*

is Mesha: the first ol

K+taka is Kata'ka "oi

'o ou' The middlemost Navamsa (aEi{)

J'Vrt"tt*uoa is Vrishabha and so on-of'

€ €.&g <{dqln t qffi q*frr€GT: I

Planets sitrrated in Vargottarna-os ({lil(ci{) aJe said to

- bd productive of immense good'of' Itf,silrd'd

22 qTilffiQqrl i' Adh. I

rQg q*aqqftee: gunvr m{rqtrdr: I"Also qiq

trrrrftalqirTr rfu}g c"rr ft{f$g irrcrrTr: Iqrltvcr: cQsrfrF{a wre: g;}'g<rr: I

Also qrtrad

q.rTilrT r{tqn<{rQrrt rr;rrrnt}g tq*r gvga'rrrr: il

o'{rRqqfqtir{rrc-i+i W} gqG6r, rerfiri{rrfrqirrTnililrt{{Irg{r: lt i\ il

'Slaka J5. In the case of an orJd oign, the owners

of the Dasamamsa (wwtn1 or f6th portions are to becounted from /he sign iteelf; in the case of an evensigq, from ite 9th onwarde. The ownerE oa;i"Dwadasamsa (arwt{|

- or rtsth portions '

"f . ,ig" .r"

tobe reckoned from that aign,

This s10ka gives the t"il:tu::' "at.ulatins the Dasamamse(iqgit)and Dwadasamsa (AfCri{r) of a Rasi.

cf. v{r{rt {h*!nrr{ fEnfrfl m"q}i g11r ats"'r{iq rf: qdf{ q{r ftqc* q'{rpilrrtre'sr: tt.::, ead qrte!*a ggfil-aqrilr. 1

srr€flrq r{ri}} q} sr gtnilw U rr,i ffq{rhrq lTnr{r d-ilih"raf*€ifq r

' tsffishn nc{i {irlns0arqT fc: tlIt will be seen from the above that a&ording' to parasara

(cflEK) (,r) ttrelords of the'Dasamamsas in the case of an odd signare (Indra (64), (z) Agni (ufid.), - (3) yarna (+q), fnl n.i.r,rl.(5) Varuna (+rq), (o) Maruta (qrm), (z) rubera ($i<),- C) ;;;;({ara), (9) padrnaja (q-{r"r), and (10) Ananth" f"o-i,,fr"*;;;;counted inthdinvcrscordcrin the case of an;

"*;;;

8L ili r{d}srqrq:r q y v ' J v t r v v Y v . ! - ' - v v - v

J - - ' - - - v v - v - - - ' t - - r - ! - ! e r

(r) the lords ,of the several Dwadasamsas of each sign are (l)

Ganesa (q;nrl '{2) Aswini Kumaras (et}{-'t$clt, (r) yama (zH)

and (a) Ahi (efd recurring in regular order' But this view is

not aecepted bY all.

*fu t,'dt{n, {gt*m{ilI RftHd}ft{ftnmrr rgrfr ftofi ffi q16ffir Rdqa' ftst qmqlql: hlqll

Sloha 36. The Shodasamsas (M'{r) or f"thportions of a sign ate important. Their lords in the

case of an odd eign are Brahma (lut), Vishnu tftqf}Hara (w) and Ravi (rh) recurring in regular order.

When the lagna ie an even sign, the lorde of ths

S[odasamoas (Qrwrhr) are to be counted in the invcrtcorder from Bhaskara (urer) or Ravi (rft)

. Notes.

The Shodasamsas ('ftrt{itd are thus described in the foltowiry

works-

wtfup' qrtrtp"r sqi{rqr P{futriM: sc*s?cq| ll

sqttiQatrcor:*r* @fr'ftwftRtrrirgri Tqrrrc*{ {rdr ... .?. t

The Shodasamsa (ifc{i{r) division of the zodiacal sign isvariously knovrn as Kalamsa (q-oi{), Nripamsa (qci{f), ond so on.By this mode of 'division, tbe ecliptic is cut up into.lg2 cqblsegmentg of l' 52' 30" each in length. Thc sogments are namedin regular consecution, in the order of lhe zodiacal. signs, sd thetthe initial segment of the sign Aries takes on the, Darne of thrteigu, that of the sign Taurus assumel the name of Leo, aod rofortl. Tbersegment rulers are, in the case of lbe positivc sigisBra,hma (eqr), Vishn" (ftg), Rudra (t<) anil Aditya (erRFT)' i"rotetion. Inthecaseoftho negative signs, lhc enumeretion ofrlobip is rcvcr.cd. r/. Pansrrr fi<tTd

.a

,l rnwfut Adh" l.

rtffi* iw tstw: fit: rrqr I Iruft*1rt; qfi ii gfr rtfqcq il

- But according to some, the count of the segments in the caseofan odd sign must follow the order of the zodiacal signs com..mencing from Aries and be supplemented iu thc end by thenlmes Brahma (rg), Vishnu (t?T), Ruara (qf) ana Aditya (srrtts)to make up the number 16. If the sign is

".,urr, lhu order of enu-

meration is to be reversed. According to this system, the positiveand negativesigns are distinguished by the possessiori of a cqnmondisposition. of segrnents.

There are some others whose viewsbelow for convenience of reference.

(J). If the sign under segmentation is positive, the count of thcbegments must follow the order of the zodiacar. signs commencingfrom that sign (as in the case of the fffirill

""g*"ot.tion), and be

supplemented in the end by the names of the planets, Saturn,Mercury, Mars, and the Sun, to make up the number 16. Whenthe sign is negative, the order of the count is reversed.

(Zl. tne method of allocation of the segments is the same as iuthe previous system ; only, in place of the four planets, Satrirn,Mercury, Mars, and the Sun, the names of the divinities mentioned.with reference to the first method are put in.

(gt. The method of allocation of the segments is in no wisedifferent from that of (2) above, except for the circumstance thatin place of the divinities we substitute the names of the 9th, l0th,l lth and l2th signscounted from the positivesigns (under seg-mentation. When the sign under segmentation is negative, theorder of qaming is, of course, as usual, reversed. This schemohas a certain amount of symmetry aborlt it,_ps it provideis not onlyior rulers though not wholly plauetary, but also for zbdiacal nannesof all segments.

The word lM (in the 2nd line)=6|'. These two woiils areuse.id in astrological classics not only in the general dense of'Ascendant'but also (as here) in that of'a given sign or house' ort

a sigo cr house under consideration, or from which a count bas tobe made for a specific purpose.'

are also marshalledJ*.

5[ 90. r*sntr:

'The predictivp value of the 16s11i1r) segmentation is' as may

be expected, involved in considerable obscurity' in the absencc

of any consensus of testimony among astrological 'iuthors

as to the afrnities of the several segments with the signs and

the planets. And the sad part of it is tttat reiutable authors

like Varahamihira (e-wFntd, Kalvanavarman (tqprcd{) and Bala'

bhadra' (qery<) have nothing to say about the Shodasamsa in

their works.

An ingenious iuterpretatiOn of this somewhat obscure variant

of the verse has been oflered by Mr. T. V. Sarma of I'anjore on

tLe authority (as he tells me) of Pandit C. Saptarshi Sastrv of

Tanjore." [n an odcl sign, the lords of the Shodasamsas or the sixteen

sub-divisions are those of the twelve signs reckoned from tLat

sign onward, together rvith those- of the 9th, lOth, l l th and l2th'signs from the same sign. In an gven sign, the lords are to be

countedin tlre reverse order from the l2th sign.

Notes-In an odd sign, the lirst twelve sub'divisions are ruled

by the lords of the twelve signs beginning from that sign and the

rcmaining four sub'divisions are respectively ruled by the lords

of thegth, l0 th, l l thand lZths ignscount6dfrom the same s ign.

ln an evon sign on the.other hand, the first four sub-divisions are

rcspectively governed by the lords of the lZth, I lth, l0th and 9th

signs from that sign. and the remaining sub'divisions are respecti'

vely ruled by the lords of the twelve signs but couuted in thereverse order.

It is a peculiarity of our ancient Hindu authors to denoto

numbers by the two well'known notation known as the Kata'payadi (q-zcqtii), and the Arnavadi (rrol'{fR), Sankhyas. The words

Virinchi (ftRfh), Sauri (1rlfr), lsaGtr), and Dirvakara (frqrdr), are uscd

in accordance with the latter Spnkhya.

Virinchi (ftRB) or Brahn',an (agq) represents 9 (the Praja-

patis, Marichi, (qtn?), Bhrigu (W), Angiras (ffirw), Pulasthya(goe), PlrtFha, (gw), Kratu (n-g), otLtha (tt), Attrri (qtt) and

Vriddhavasi rS 1a (agw{ts).

Souri (ttrR) or Vishnu (fig) represents l0 (the lO Avataras).

ta (fu) stands for I I ithe I I Rudras. and Diwakara (kcrfr()

tq 12 {tne l2 Adityas)."

4

N

I ftdEqratc|r Adh I

But this interpretation presents certain difrculties. A,part

from syntactieal objections, tlte compound Virinchi Saurisadivaka'

raha (Rftffinftrf?Srdqr:) will not bear alnumerical interpretation

as neither the Phaladeepika (moatfrqit) nor the Sarwarttha Chinta'

mani (gdqfqffftr:), nor even Parasara (C.*.'.) varies the names of

the divinities into those of any other denomination c.g. Nanda (Tq),

Dik (ftT), and the like, as thev could have done if they had the

Aro*lradi Sankhya (qdrsTR€(4) in view. If numbers were in their

mind, one or other of our ancienf authors would have ordinary

Sankhya Vachaka Subanthaha (€<qrqrqqigE<f:). It is unfortunate

that Balabhadra (soilq), such a copious author in other respects,

does not so much as even mention the Shoclasarns:r (ffe{ft?f) in his

Horaratna (trccq). l{ad he chosen to introduce the topic' it would

bave put an end to all trouble'

The word vitagne' (frs*) in the second half of the slola

should be read with oje ("ii) in first line also. vilagne R-dl')

can only mean the 'rising sign'. The verse as a rvhole considers the

possibility of a 'rising sign' being.lpositive' or negative' or male

or female, as they are termed in Western Astrology' The lines

quoted a.bove from Pararpara (c{Il.K) tend to confirm this view and

the iDterpretation as given in the tianslation is almost n6ar the

rnark. tiut Phaladeepilia (rodft-+r) and Sarwarttha Clrintanrani

(t{sftftd{tq) interpret the allocatiqn of the Shodasamsa (qrgarilr)

rulerships dillerently. On that accoturt, the language of Jataka-

parijata {.iKAqntqfd) cannot be forced to bear a meaning which ifs

author did not evidently intencl. Jdtaliapariiata ('ird'iiqfiarir) and

Parasara (c{r{t( go a good. way together as regards Shodasamsa

('ilsqri{) rulerships.

teirt q{kqqarsqtrdqlorl : I

tfr qqtrftft{qrrqsitw-ffiqi{{r: ltafrqrhfttil{tql: ll ls ll

Sloh:t 37. The Thrimasmea.E (fr{rt{) or degrees, d.d'

s16th portions allotted in an odd sign to Kuja, STi:-Cutu, Bt'dha and Sukra are tegpectively 6,61 8, 7 and 6

' " t

Fl \i

sl. 87-43 gqfrs€{rq: 2l

t*n .* "-,

Su-t" t-tt**u, Sani and Kujahave 5r.7, 8, 5 and 5 degrees respeccively.

Norss

C/. gtf,tfH: tTqnr trq qrir w q q*E lrgrratg rlrrFrgaeoEgrgtgnrgfiruri mtqim: tlq"*a qR sr& qs q qgr'r .rrmT{ag rwnr rrrfr+nftrgrgi c mfigifr ${rrurq I ;

I

"' Each of the planets other than the Sun and the l{oon own

two signs one odd and the otlter even. When a planet is in,an qdd, sign, then take the odcl lhrimsanrsa Rasi (ft+rilr <rfu) of

'the planet ln fivhose Thrirnsantsa (frqrid the first planet lies.

Thus, a plahef in an odd sign in a Guru Tritnsamsa 15 fftdrr)

r$rst be pleced in the Thrimsbnlsa l(undali (fr:Iirr Ws-&) in Dhanus

(sgq) (an odd sign) andnot in I\'teppa (fta), n'hile arplanet in an

even sign in Guru Tritrrsattrsa (Sq frrfi--r) must be placed in Meenr

(fra).Trirnsamsa (fr'.trtt) divisions are greatlyl useful in femele

horoscopes (Viac e'anyayd XVI, isfro.) Vidl a|'qo notes otrAdhyaya II. sloka l$ inftd.

qs'r{rsrff[ftqR€grt trttffirqrgd{rtTrll : Iq {;g\€Ggqrgqi{rTr milor gfr g'{qrFf,eqrE llldilmqiffi\ rqqt{qrfr $i€$ntftiltqn' tItg| S'€* rr{drF{frfr qrqhmr M$mr! ll qq llgnt'qRkqrrtmrqrrrf sffi Iqihrffffiffi 'mrll BollMqFr sRm{rffi: ftilQmrcqr fiqsrfi'd{s Iq<riqfr qtg-s(€ sre ffir' ll 8t llrJqrqd'til ffi ffiq' -i8ffinqfifiq: I

i*or*g frKqqwdhil {rotg ffi Tg{ttotfr llBRllterdr. rtaurqlf,fiqn : srorftq€rgqfttorcqt' r

gwqfrftqriFgtt*n ll 81 ll'

g8 rrlrqrftilrt Adh. I

Slofras 3843. Demoniacal and divine portionr(enumerated in thece slokas) whereof the firrt ii Ghor,amoa rule the Shashtyamsas or ,#th parts in an odd (rign.Propitious and unpropitious poriions reckoned'fr6mIndurekha in the inirersi order govern the

"toth parts in

an eve.n jign. The following are the dcsignaiioni of theceveral $hishtyamsao :-

Namer of EvenSlgn Shashtyameas Sign

1 Ghc'ramsa .... 602 Rakshasamsa ..,. 593 Devamsa .... 584 Kuberamsa ... 5?5 Yakshavalyamsa .... 566 Kinnaramia ... 5d7 Bhrashtamsa ... 548 Kulaghnama ... 539 Garalamsa .... 52

10 Agnyamsa ... 5111 Mayamsa . ... 5012 Prethapurisamsa .,. 49'13 Apampathyamsa . . . 4814 Devaganesimsa ... 4115 Kalams& ... 4616 Sarpamsa ,,, 4E1? Amruthnmsa . , ,4418 Chandramsa .... 4319 Mr idwamsa . . .4220 Komalamsa . , ; .412l Padnnabhanvamsa... 4022 Viehnuamsa ... 3e23 Brahmamsa .... 3824 Maheswaramsa ... l j25 Devarusa .... 3O26 Ardramsa ... 362? Kalinasamsa ... B{28 Kshitiswaram$a .... 8329lKarnalakaramsa ... 3280-Gulikamsa .... 3l

Odd Ntrnes ot EvsSlgq Shashtyamsae Sign

31 Mrityukaramga ,.. 3C32 Kalamsa , , , .2933 Davagniamra .... 2834 Ghoramsa ,.., Z735. Yarnamsaf Amayamsa2636 Kantakamsa . , .2587 Sudhamsa .... L438 Amrutamsa . . .2339 Purnachandramca ..,2L40 Vishapradigdhamsa Z141 Kulanasamsa ... 2Q42 Vamsakshayamsa .". 1943 Uthpathakamsa .... 18{4 Kalamsa. ,., l j45 Saumyamsa ... 1646 Mridvamsa .... 154? &etbalamsa .., 1448 Damehtraliaralamsa l349 Indumukhamsa ,.. lz50 Pravirramsa ..; l l51 Kalagniamsa ... t052 Dandayudha.msa 953 Nirrnalamsa .... 864 Subhakaramgr ... 756 Kruramsa 656 Seethalarnsa t67 Sudhanrsa .o. i58 Payodhy{rmsa ... 359 Bhramanamsa Z60 Indurekhamea .... t

$1. +4-+e rtiltsrirq: m- Y Y Y Y V v v v v v v v r

w v v v w v v v v v v w v v v ! v w v u v r w Y w t ! ! Y V V V V Y V W S

qoftirwctilqmffi frqqrd <ltlrlwrq t

tirqqdtinilqqEl ttffiim rfl{ t qEF( rt 88 ll

Stoha, 4t, They (wiremen) say that Vaieer-

hikamsas or partc of great ercellence commence with

Uttama (ulilc n"*t ,loit) which is produced by the

co.binotion (of the rpecial characteristio) of Moola'

iirito"", gwakrtntn. Swochcha' Swa Virgottama

arising from thst€t vatgrs'

Norns

lf planets be in their Moolatrikona' Swakshetra' Uccha

or Vargottarna lrcsitions and have other benefic positions atising

from the f)as[ Vargas, then, fTttarrra and other Vaiseshikamsas

rcferred to in the next two and a half slokas will result and do

ia-uor" goo,J to the otvner of the horost:ope'

sri q frfr{t qqi{< {tgq tqtm{tffi ftAwftfr',qi lr li\ llqW dfrili rort qnr{d{Fr! l

wri ffi4;: qr(sd q iln qaE 't Bq rt

tffit q iltmi il {sqsqq I

Stbkttc, 45''t6lA, The uniou of three vargas it

calted Uttaoa. Forrr vargn combined cons'Eitute r Gopura'

The combination of firl? t[tgas iE called DlmhaElne'

Two vargar united form Perljata' The union of sir

il*n is la[ed Panvathamra' When a seventh varga

ir ?Ja.a to thg Paravathamla, tha combination be'

ro*.t O."alokr' A eighth varga joined to the E1v:o

;;;; of already wilimake theconbination Devaloka

likewise. The conrbinarion of 9 Vargas is Iravatha.

in" .f..t. of the conbinationo lre rliltinct an'rl repente I

.30 qftrrcrRsre Adh. I

NoT*s.

c/. cffiT{

€Eatsq ftr,eil qritwrarlt trr+r: | '',tt; qr|t{rfr rr}q e.rutrgtrf i'aFrcsqil il'f qqfifrrilrgrrc,i srst: it€tqh nqr I I

'61Ht rrlq qqi*tadt* q €sf\: u :sgft{iadtorri aaiir: {Ifi{rfir( Iitfilr: efl*rrci'rir ttr{. tt

For the eflects of planets in Vaiseshiliarnsas refered to in

s lo l ia 44, ess in f 'a IV- .g l , X[ '63, XI I -5 ' 53, 31, 92,9 ' r , l+6, XI I I

-19, 68, 82, Xl \ ' - I02 aud XV'62 ;

cl. Also q;o*f'qq;t

, sfrrhorgorrir$ra'{ftqaFs: qtftstaicl*:

€rqri fta,rrFtfr a figor tgtr*iit fh{a: t

M rr)grrrmrt: g}t'ctH'qhzrir lrFqi'{: ttTar€qri'r $;qz.Frir Tqlatgai t{p( ll

*srryfhcsrt{rftf]'rt cr{r{ilrfbfEf, :qdift '{it la$rmeita} {lTossr*acq I

aro qritft: gi;.r.€tr ittracixfura:qsr4 lFtst;'ig?(ftir tn flq':a663 11

fto{rtdeirurqEttrnE{i{ril' ll B\t llfiqidrsq $, u,rdg qrqt r

s6iqrfrq'q,f, W,ilsfhftth ll 8d llqr*tg q t{S qBtT iruspo1{ |

Sloftns. a6l{'- aol$ The Shadvarga consisting of

Lagna, Hora, Drekkana, Navamsa, Dwadasamsa and

Thrimsamsa is recommended in regard to auspicious

undertakings This Shadvarga when combined with

Sapthanamsa is calle d Saptha Varga and is a source of

Itrength to the planets in all horoscopes.

$1. de-60 dsqtq: 3Iv v w v w v v v Y v v v v v v . v v r v ' v - v v v l v - - v v - v v v v - v - - v r

^ w

. , Nomg.

This is useful when the Sapthavargajabala has to be calcu'

lated. See {. c. Adhyaya III' sl. 2 & 3.

In the example worked'out in 41. c. it will be seen that

Jopiter, whose position is given'as 8 signs lo'25'-ln, occupies his

(ll Moolatrikona, (2) Swadrekkana (3) Swasapthamsa, ('l) Swa-

navamsa, '(5)

Swadasamams:L (6) Swadwadasamsa, and (7) Swa-

halamsa; so that Jupiter is seid to have attained the Devalokamsa'

Mars (l l signs 27'-57'-g) occupies his (0 own Drekkana (2) a

Vargottama Navamsa and (3, own Thrimsamsa, and so possesses

lhree vargas. He is therefope said to have attainecl the Uttamamsa'

3M EIFTTHTfr-

udrqqrqileffqFf or*tr ilqdu?fi iqi€stvqri? t

Srr{irtqq?rqtql'id{qqkqdiqr{qrrq rER tg' 11Stoko 49. Kalpa, Udaya (rising)" Adya (firet)'

'fhanu (body), Jarima (birth), Vilagna, and Hora are thenames of the Lagrra or the rising Sign at the time-ofbirth ; Vak (speech), Artha (wealth) Bhukthi (food),,Nayana (cye), Sva (property), and Kutumba (family)are thc names of thc second hotrse from the Lagna.Duschikya, Vikrama (prowess), Sahodara (brother), Viryi([reroism), Dhairya (f irmness), and Karna (ear) are thedr.signations of the third house from Lagna.

qril6flfr€ gs"Rft qrdfr qr qnt$Eg€ff $q gEr'{rft |q?t{nqfrqlqqqrsrlt imi{uqqqqgftgqirtft | l\ o | |

S/ofur. 50. Pathal:r, Vriddhi, Hibuka, Kshiti,(land), Matri (mothcr), Vidya (learning), Yana (vehicle),Ambu (water), Geha (house), Sulha (happiness),'Bindhu

(relations) and Chathushtaya ftrs the terms to denote thefourth houee. Dhi (intelligence), Deva (deity)' Raja(kibgJ, Pitrunandana (father aon), and Panchaka are the

32 urwtlM Adrr i

names of the fifth house. Roga (disease),Amsa (parti,tion), &sthra (weapon), Bhaya (danger), Shaehtr, Ripu(enemy) and Kshata (w runds) are rhe names of the sixthhouce.

qrftTtr$rffirft u-€wr{$rftttrqTttrq Tq?*l qrqt,r

.fd gt, Ifryd,irqT{rrqm? i, \t tlSlorie 51. Jamithra, Kamr (lovc), Gamana (coha

bitation, travelling etc.,) Kalathrasampat (Dower),Dyuna, Asta arrd Sapthama 1fe1 sa/ thc eldcrs, the nameeof the seventh house. Randhra, Ayus (tife), As'hta,Ran.a (battle), Mrityu (dcath), arrd Vinasa erc thc rrarn:sof the Sth housc. Dh;rrma (virtue), Gtrru (fatlrer),Suibha (auspicious things), Tapas (pcnance), Nava (ninth)Bhagya (fortunc) are th: uarnes of the 9th ho-rsc.

"-Tqpt$otrtbqfft Ud q l5fl1g{s{dil' ra$IEfrqtsrTqnolw: fi:qaqqulffiqisqrr? tt qq rt

Sr,ora. 62. Vyaplra (employruenr), Meshurana,l{adhya (zenitlr), Manr (honoar) Gnana (knowledge ),Rajaspadada (sovcreignty), and Karnra (work , af,e thewords to indic:ate the tenth houle Ekadasa (eleventh),

Upanthya) peuultinatc), Bhava, ,{1a (incorne), Labha(gain) are the expressions fo.r theeleventh house. Ripha,Vyaya (expend i ture ), D rvadasa ka(t welfthl and A nth prbh a(lact house), arc thc names of the twelfth hotrsc.

Nores'r1qruld1fir1p1

is another reuding,

\giqr*ua(ilitslt? rg, *q'izuqgsqtRffi roqfi:e*rqqqd qqiq{ q' qltath*rqgEqrffi{ {qFill

sl. 5g-54 rrrlilrl!: 98

cNqqriT|Frwq: }qfrq1,qurqqq*{ft crqgflgqTft t

@qrftffixqqft TSrt sgrrf*i I ll \B tt

Slo&as 53-54. Meshurana (the l0th), Udaya (the lot),Kalathra (the 7th), and Rasathala (the 4th) are called byany one of the designations Kendr4 Kantaka and.Chathu'chtaya. The 9th and the 6th houges from the Lagna arecalled the Thrikona houses. They (astrologere) call the9th from the Lagna Thrithrikona. The lst, 4th, Tthandthe 10th are called Kendrag. The 2nd, llth, 5th and the8th are called Panapara houses. The 12th, 6th, 9th andthe grd are Apoklima houses. The 8th and the 4thare the Chathurarra eigns.

NorBs.According to some, the'biped, the quadrupedand the reptile

signs become strong when they happen to be in Kendra,'Pana'phara and Apoklima houses respectively. Tbis view is not

' accepted by Badarayaoa (il((tcor), for he says:

hq<flPdfttr: qtwlvr: quwfim irqr: t-l ^unl$rm: st ttvrm rnrq: qfutr: tl

According to Balabhadra, the terms Kendra, Panaphara et6; rrc applied only to Bhavas and not Rasis. For he says.

,, qia ffirfur {rlrrfu( r rtiffift qfurq r q-qqr r*ilffi rsr <wq*r gtftq fWr rqls: tilrT r ilffi{ *rrrffiifri llrqrftdu.ccril *desl ER grfrtRrl'r m(tqnttqtqir dr rr

ln this chdpterr the Lrms used to indicate one or the other of

thc twelve houses or a number of them may be divided into two

clesscs, ob, (l) . thosc which are used as mere conventional

unss . serving no other purpose than 'that of denoting the

_ particularhouse or houges they have been spocially.electod to

d{patc and (2) tlce which, besides serving such purpose, alsf,l

cgptc the,fuactioc of tbc houscr they sienify.

t

,91 rirrqrfirtt Adh. I

Of the former class may be mentioned the following:-Hora (fr<t) for the Lagua; Duschikya (eArgl for- the 3rd house;Meshurana G{ryt) for the l0th; Ripha (Rrq') for the l2th; Chaturasra(S"g(€) for the 4th and 8th houses ; Kantaka (moa+), Kendra (*-.a)

and Chatushtava (qgsc) for tbe lst, +th, 7th and 10th houses:Panaphera fquFF-{; for the ?nd, sth, 8th and llth houses; and

Apoklima (qrmtB{) for the 3rd, 6th, 9th and l2th houses.The following belong to the latter class. Thanu (t'g) for the

Legna, (meaning thereby that everything about ths lqdy-itsgrbwth or decai--h"blth, ut"., has tb bi ascertained from the

i-edna; Kutumba'(ggq) or Swa (s) for the 2nd house, thus indi -

crting that information regarding one's family, dayadiTs.and rvealthhas to be predicted from the 2nd house ; Sahaja (tiq-q)or Vikramafor the 3rd house;Bandhu (+g), Vesma (itr) or Griha (Ue), Sukha(gg) for the 4th house; Dhi (qi) or Buddhi (gR), Putra (3lr),etc., for the 5th house: and so on.

Slota. 55. Eminent profeeiors of Artrology sayglat the 3rd, llth, 6th and the l0thhouses are Upachaya(rigne of inere'ase or growth) houees. The'remaininghoueeE, aiz. the 9th, 2nd,4th, 5th, 7th, 8th, l2th and thelat are houses of suf fering. Theae houses if 'occupied oraspected by their reveral lords, or by Budha, Sukra orGuru, but unoccupied and unaopdcted by the rcrt, pro'duce auspicious effects in rt'spect to a birth, or to a per,Ion making a query.

r\otes,Fbst'half , In the opinion of some eminent astrologcrr li&l

Garga, the 3rd,6th, lOthand llthbouses cease to tre Upacbrfl

houses if they are aspected by malefic or othor inimical planct*

Says Garga

s. t0. rr*sqr*: grf

rfuqtrr qrq Qut{ftsrtolq tI lllll1 1grft c*.'€rfuraft: ll

That is, the term Upachaya (sc-{c) is applied to the 3rd, 6thl0th, arid llth houses provided they are not aspected by maleficsor by planets inimical to the lords of those houses. But thisview.is not accepted by Varahamihira (cwffItT)r He wouldhave those houses always as Upachaya ones. And in this' he is

roppoit"d by.Satya and Yavaneswarac,/. sq

qrftf,rq$csq*c*tffi q?qesrrqrq IEqqrqqilFf, q: tfroprqfis{aarli r

Also qfirr<

ct q*{ cqr* q rRr}rsrq* {tqrqdcE: Idwlqsrcffirtfluqr lrqrlit \utrsqsqrxrsrh I

Lotttt hall of thc Slofu, r/. raq,qec"g* ti qr lsq?*t?r?r&eryit crRr: ttr rT{Ft qo{m rqr gdt sdtsft sr t\: tt

Also il-.CqqtutleaudQ&lctur csl.0 rrqft frfi r?ftkt{r qrt4 fr}ag st{.tvt tlso&rT cfr std *rftdr te gw <r t

ilrYt:r t1;lls,

tfi fudt frufrugor rqiqdmr Rr{ottieqr: rf,rilA qrrt n.{dl r{Fil wGv{t,q if8rrdfr rt \q tl

Slofa. 56. Astrologets say that the (lengths) nea, '

Eurer of the six signs beginning with Mesha are repre'

iented by the numbeit 10,241 28,32r 36, and 40 respec'

|ively. The sane figuree taken in the inverse order give

ihe measuiec of the six eigns fron Thula onwards,

c/. nqrcq- fsi{ ftqqTqc: Engor. sn lftt il aq ll

Also {6{:itgSrtttT: qQ$hrilrrlr vttq tlrt ,crifr$t aI ffiimrrrct r

Itiwill bc seen that'tho figures given in tbe slokc iq tbctgt

19.,,.-.*----, --,--*,- ---.. -. - -.-" --,1* ilggregate 360 and are the measurements in degrees of the 12 iignswhich they subtend at the centre.

As the whole zodiac is passed over in 24 hcqrs, each degrecisfinished iA 2+1360 x60x 60'or 240 seconds or 240124 or lOVighatikas or Chashakas.

qnnFqtnFrr AA rrnFt*T fi&qn qq{r qEft | T{f,nr rrqft

h cr cr* crw tfrSo that I kala or I (circular measure): I (cM) or Asu

, (6 Pranas being:l(qcfi) Chashakal.(sfrfir) Ghatika is therefore:360 (rrqr:) Pranastr qftwri rrt qr qEcr cr cgqffic {rdstq gftKtr rtutr

TqAc t Rr q ar qc i+fugrcrci qsqr qrfr.FnF<r lrT{r|IIr tlrftF( | qt *crfti.cprcFr: ffrgffrilacor wq6.t r ?a qqwrqq

Mrqfr: rcrqq r qi qtcrf@+ ntf+ ur$qfi: | "irFTet:lThus it is seen that the several measurements mentioned in

the sloka in the text when multiplied by l0 give the Chashakas(200, 240, 280 &c. in time) of the several signs. These figuros'aro

useful in finding out the relative lengths of the several parts

ofa human body (see Adhyaya III, sloka 76).

i" qnsQ tffiifrdt *ctBrfr Er rtsq* tt .rcPd rt<dfsttcqrtrrctt strq:

r/. €rwdr-Taffinrffraftgilrg:{fiF€rrgqrq fi{r: Ifltt;qrrtqffifr {tqh {t{r!{tct: tlqft*whrrt: *fuq*h s{q-(cfq, tsqnrfr; crq*r rrrctlq Uaqrh it

61ro qq-qtqlmfiil qt Rrfrsqrd{Eqqft rr

qgr'qrttttfrqil, ftffi Efi gfrqrqnrgw: Iq{t{ilqr fr ffit gR*wJqGS II(K{il: rt \erl

SJotc. -57. If the degreea attained by the Moonin Meiha and the other signe be reopectively 8,25,22,tL,2L, L, 4,23,18, 20, 20, 10, they indicate death whenI muhurta, a birt*r or, other Euch points are under con,tidprationt

sL r? n{tsrnq:

nll in this sloka signifies the number a (ro$t:- 8

forms) and not 6.

In this'stoka Vaidyanatha Dikshita gives the Moon's Mrityubha-gas (gg*Ffi:) or fateful portions in the several signs. These aromore are less identical wlth those given in Sarwartha Chinta'mani (gtrtlk<mq) and Saravali (sKlqttr):

- (l)ccfttffi, Url frnfunt qt"qtg qqrftcrr(: I

qrffiqrr€ ftfr il&g rN rrqu& *cc'{t[ efiftirftr*sfurr: rrlFtrt'6ft C @rili lrTcr.F: rffitH qr[: rrr{r{ri qqcitts: | .,

ffi qdil *t qrrmn(It rilffirtT.l g c'lrs.l* firq: rt ? fumimtg lngrnn'ffitu: nil€ftctcfd q!$ft t t{Fr: I

(2) <mrwitrl ffi rnri {rnr qq tffi rfrtt c qt$fr lfr r ra* frirr: rStrt frtu9* R q acrd Q;traqq Ir** flftfr sRft csI qt frt rrF qrqt nfitr {dRsun$ fr qrfu rfrG t fiftttr c|frrrqnlr rfiFrrFt: tlt gw: trfufrqn: qqff ftlrtq arcft. rw{q ft qq{rqr{q(TrT?{ronq x

But in the two works Brihat prajapatya (ftqrnrg) and'Phdadeepika (qo<tlltt) the Mrityubhagas (qlgrrrn:) of the Moonlp the several signs from Mesha are given as 26, l?,, l3,2|r Z+,11,26,.14, .13, 25,5 and. l2 respectively,

,/. rtqrsrrq-?tr rrh.eft frl tt T{ fut Tcq I26 t 2 BZ52+ n 26 l 4

ric crrf ci r{ $frr,t fttrcnq ullJlas 5 v

3?

q8I

,f

4dh I

Also nE{Ift+rsr"f Gt do qt Etrig* ft* rnrq v}* gcrwq t26 12 13 25 24 l l 26 l+ 13 25

ti wt ggrnrr: cftcr: lsr0dt qfr€e*fr{i{itr rl5 t 2

TJre (Cq{rn:) Mrityubhagas of the other plaqets and of tho

Rasis in general as stated in qther works have beeu collected and

given in tbe following statement for e4sy refdrence ;

Mrityu bhagas or fateful drgrees of

.tEtg' = 1 t r

Ei#

Mesha

Vrishabha

Mi thuna . .

Katatca

Simha

Kanya

Thula

Vrischika.

Dhanus ..

Makara ..

t.(urxhla ...

n9

t2

6

8

2+

l 6

l 7

22

2

3

23

l 9

28

25

23

29

a8

l+

2 l

2

I J

l l ,

6

l 5

l+

l 3

t 2

8

.18

20

l 0

h lz l

2C.

J

l 9

29

t2

27

6

+l 3

l 0

1 7

l l

,15'

28

28

I 5

l l

t 7

l 0

l 3

+6

27

l o

29

l e

l 0

+7

9

l 2

l 6

3

t 8

2g

t+

l 3

t 5

l {

l 3

t 2

i l l

24

23

22

2 l

I O

20

l 8

8

231 |

zll g

I

8l

,r'l^ltol, t lt l

t '2 3 1

24'I

l l I

nlI,t l

l 4 l

l l

t 2

13t2s

t+ l 2

8 t4

l 8

20lr8

t0

2r 12+

r,cona ...1 221t0

sl. oe-e r nrfrsrmq:

gi {gG=ryqrtft*qfrffiglt ItnRt gq,trr{nitrqr qF+wqGg duqrfl' rr \e tt

Sloha. 58. The degreee 21, 14, 18,8, 19, 9,24,ll, 23, L4, 19, and 9 attained by the Moon b Merhr,and the following signs respe*ively arE calldd Funl,kara and are to be taken as producing aufpl,cious Cffdltu

. when a muhurtha, a birth or other-ruch pointa are uoderf consideration

58. These Pushkarabh*T:Tt: referred to in the text inAdhyaya VII, Sloka 25 infta.

qlq*(o+rgTwaqmffiqEr: n \t tlt l

ffiin*m,*fifrfi: n QolsSIoAas. 59.60. Tlte inhabited iegione 'denoted

byMesha and the other eiglls are relpectively (t) paala,(2) Karnata (3) Chera (a) Chola 1S) fandya 1ei f.r.t.(?) Kollaoa (8) lvlalava (9) Saindhava (10) North panchala(11) Yavana and (12 Kosala.

s[erFn€nqlrqq: m{ffi rffi qRs,niftqfi tuuqrq'qtHfrffio: r,qt,r

Sloha, 61. The point of the compiuo which ir'auigned to the lord of a oign indicates the characterirticof Plava or slope of the oign. The name of the fourthhouse fron that occupied by the $un is called Abhijit.In the aetrological work called.hrijata,, the chajterdefining the "Propertiee of $igno" hae been propounded.

Notrs.61. qrftqfrei is another rcading.

t9

t"9:,"--"--" .-*------,*--Tl**--,-=.=-- --.---- *i9Ir/. qRmri

qsilMt.cqrc rn qft qq*t lqat: oftc: t'

ctutil Rffttr4rqltilt cmr: q( r

.The meaning is 'rt<l rFFr<r rri: grlHt w ftq rqt Qft e

rrftgq*{: I qqt }qthm*: srdt trc: aq AR qftor sRr<r"

ffi*sffi Egrqrrft tq{ cvqft r

These are useful in locating the direction towards which a

thief may have absconded in the case of queries regarding things

stolen. A Kiug that sets out on an expedition in the direction

indicated bv the Plava (SE) of. his Janma Rasi (c"q<tRi) will soon

return victorious after suMuing his enemy'

ft{irurorqrffi{ffifEqfq: l!tq: ll

Thue ends the lot Adhyaya on the Properties of

$icns in the work Jataka Parijata composed by Vaidya'

oi"tt,t under the auspices of the nine planete'j

,i'.

I

tr tfifi l ,

ff

s

31'

ilffiqrftqem:.

It(Ql${pffrffi3.

iluerff qnwnr*r;g' qFi Sq' qrffi{q(ig I

tilqft ffirqsrrr sFIi U* grq\qr*qg! lltll

' A'dbYaYa ll.

Nlrunp oF TEE Pr.,exnrg AND TsEIn Pnopnnrrsg''

Sloka. l. The Sun ic the sou! of Kalepurucha ;

the Moon, his mind ; Kuja, his otrength ; Budha' his

cpeech ; Guru, the estencq of atl hie knowledge andhappineso ;. Venus, hie deeire or luttl and Saturn, hio

. nirery.Nort s,

In the notes to sloka 8 of Adhyaya Ir the sevcral partsof

I(elapurusha (+rogw1 beginning with tbe head were stated to be

counted from Mesha and those of the owner of a horoscope from

the Lagna. This is so far as the external appearaDce' rtc. of the

several parts of the body are concerne{. Now thc inherent

qualities of tqe persou are to be ascertained fron tho planets.

iU"r" plauets are then known as Kara^kas (5t{fl:) ud lppcrtein

to the owDor of the horoscope just in thc Ea,me wey rs tbcy do to

thc Kalapurusha.o/. rrqreq

'?

rrirrcr frarr;cftifrru: €tt i* fr cil*fr artgt fu<'r rrtl glt qtrrrtrv' I

Also €RIqdqnqt(R: rtrirqlsg'ta: src wrc: {rQr*sq Eroftlllfq gt q!tg!*q{ g*: fiFr: cfirrr(s ESsq I

4L

12 rrtrc|ftq|t Adu lt

The several constituents of Kalapurusha (*rogw) will bestrong og yeak in proportion to the strength of the sevoral planetsrepresenting them. But Saturn is an q:rception.

" iri ilSfi g:qTrniT: q-q+ g:qnrq.{ ' Wh.en Saturn is stronS,there is less of misery ; wlren he is weak, misery predominates.c/ rr<ndt

qnqnrqr rFlirFfiqr{rrgq<(r3,

S{ftffi g fu{ti nl: rru{ il

and. the effects of thesi qualities will rcveat themselvos during

the dasa periods of the planets concerned.

By the wdrd st€{ used in the teit and translated as "happi'

ness' both wealth and lrogeny are also to be understood in addi'

tion to health and knowledge. For it is said

|r{T lrNFGrnrfi"rt( s<|l.id q{fr trrt r g{|rtt{t glwqreqft*qt c qi !f(5:<i: t There is no

gre*ltet hapoiness or misery than the birth or death of oneis

child.

Jupiter is therefore the giver of health, wealth, progeny ant

that is why his arsocietion and aspect 4rc said to bo extremely '

beneficial.af. qmz

galrT awo:By the word'association' uscd above, occulntion of the planet's

bouse is also to bg undorstoqd. This will be explained in

Adhyaya ll(l\. i$tt, Siturn is the, givcr of all sortsof 5:q(nrisery), af. g'

q{nr g€ftt TFrdn ftvrc;1ftfu.r.* cqr ggt e{crqrggni: tl

ln e toroscope, lhe Sun and the Moo must-not to say of the

La,gne-DG- strong ; other'ryise it .is aot e satisfactory one. Ot

tf,eie, thc'Moon is the most important, For, it is said

rlttt regui !'qrqq: ftueroretrqf f;lnwqr* e{ qutg tt$ {ftar: r

'

S[ 2 fttltihsrnc: i9, v v t v v v w v v v v v v v v v w J ! v v w v w v w v v v v v v v v ' v v v v v Y v v e w v w

i r v w v w '

Also

uytfM"atetffiu <{ RT{ft qt€Ai tqrr: qrs*rrng t

A"ttnrqtaqAg EqIftqfr qrrr*qqftt rffiMeaqr& tt

|Milqrfrfifrfr*qrttfi rSqrir fr$qi im itq<rmqti ' -t ii

Sloka. 2. The Sun and the Moon are eovereigno'

Guru and Sukra are counsellors' Budha is the (heir

apparent) .youog prince; Mars is the commander'in'

chief and Saturn is the Eervant'

Norrs.

In saying that the Sun and the Moon are Sovereigns' it must'

bg understood that the Sun is the Kins,'the Moon being the Queen'

Similarly, Jupiter is the Mantri ( {Fr{ ) and Venus his wife

c/. (c{rrdq)

* rrsr ctqft rtrrt iat qPrge: <tt: t

ftrq: srrfr q?efr q gt<r{gqr €g: ll

i"Tqtq &irtr't e<ftr trg* rr t

cfiq{q . wrft tr{oil qr * ci: TrTEr: (T (rqtqt

itt stFt I Frtd Tffrrfqil{T6'{: I cql

rrgwcrir fr eu: ffiiql egrft neiQmte< €tqr: qrqetrcfI Fr*d rrilqdqamf(: vqr <ewft rfi$ra qI lF

ErtstF€f

fiftrt:' tt

Further, the Sun is the lord of the six signs from Simha

taken in the negative side while the Moon is the lord of the six

signs frorn Kataka counted in the positive side' It is by thesc

'tJoplanets that the suprem4cy over the other l0 signs has been

\iven to Mars aud the other plahets' For example' the 2nd

place from the Sun (negatively) has been atlotted to Mercury'

The 3rd Rasi has Uu"" git"o to V""os'who is the minister' Thc'

;il"" ,.,;"r, tlr*iqrill or the 4th house hasr,been'givren over

to Mars who is the commander'in'chief" Ths"5th houseisthc

house of kuolvledge, and has been allotted to Jupiter' To thc

€crvaut Saturn has beou allotted thc 6S bouso os $oirso of s'n

44. qrtcCrnqTa Adh.IIY V Y Y Y Y Y V V V V ! V Y Y U V r V W Y W ! V ! V ! Y Y Y V Y Y v ! ! v v U l v v v v v Y v w Y v Y -

vice. Similar remarks apply in the ca'se of the Moon with res-

pect to the Rasis under her swaY.

\fu qtcqqRru(qrgtqrQqrffi | :

tfrq"t

firqeracaqgqrQeiqqr*;gg* ll 1 ll

Stofta. 3. Heli, $urya, Thapana, Dinakrit, Bhanu'

Pucha, Aruna and Arka are synonymoug words mean'

ine the $un, $oma, Seethadyuti, Udupathi, Glou' Mri'

g.ik", Indu and Chandra eignify the Moon' Ara,iVakra, Kohitija, Rudhire, Angaraka and Kruranethra

denote Mars. Saumya, Tharathanaya, Budha' Vid'

Bodhana and Induputra are the names of Mercury'

. Notrs'

ior the ssveral names for each of the planets, rl' g+srtt'i 'r qfi rrrgqrrTrffi-fh: {rtr.rl<rrn I

"{tt$ Reqrre a*ruaar Q3t.dr Ri.a1qft' | ,r qftqqefcr: frft 6ftqffifu r r

{rerRcFfr{rrarq: {nfr ggGfft: ll '

snt s*'r qdrqg: d\ft m qtr s Iqrrrr qR tare:Trsf Ttaarrr ll

I ihql *se gq.ifu *Ttr itrrc*r tqe d"qq gqlq: grcntq qrrKlir: ll

qd@rgf i :6 I€q:@:t

sFilq$ilfil-d{q' dFm?qTlifq;El

*:

r[Er (frqn0nq: t?dnqrn{ ll B ll

bL 4-6 Qfnfrstqrq:

Sloha 4. lvlanthri, Vachaspathi, Guru, $uracharyaDevejya and Jeeva tnean Jupiter. $ukra, K"ty", Sitha,Bhrigusutha, Achcha, Aspujit and Danavejya are thenameE o{ Venug. Chaya,sunu, Tharani thanaya, Kona,Sani, Aarki, and Manda are ueed to express Saturn.Sarpa, Asura, Phanin Thamas, Saimhikeya, and Agu areraid to be the names, of Rahtr

C/.-govn-+ge#* asq-4ft ?sdrai Sfrfir-d: | ,

?t"q qfincqg€$cftRft TliT: rlgrFt qgtWr qrrgfee fta<qr Is{rqr qsqcq$s inrq: sftfirt ei[: rt*tqfr qFE: qrfi: Ecor: q4g* qq<nrr IcU: qfirrq{: *rft: qresrqrg*sfrtT: rltrg<frsgfo g"= s{t'q ieggg : 1

qsnfm *'SRfr {frfl Tqft( ffigt gfutq q|R: tE$IA[ lT|gg({rthn ifislEqf i['8r6o{il: q3 ll \ tl

S|oka.6. Dhwaja, Sikhiand Ketuare, aE astrologetrdeclare, the well,known names of Ketu, The Son ofManda or Sani ic called Gulika. Minor planetr Kalaand others (to be enumerated irr the coming sloka) ariportiona belonging to Ravi and other planeta and pro'duce painful cbnsequences.

C/.-gFqKrs {ffi&

qrar q tR*q.e Uqfr gwqnqr [ , r,,,,,Rrs *gtffi q* $gS*sFrcqilrr I

i [|r{:ff i: lsi lEt l

Sloka. 6. The Upagrahas in their order are Kala,Paridhi, Dhuma, Ardhaprahara, Yamalantaka, KodandaMandi, Patha and Upakethu.

{5

16 Tilrqf?tqfr Adh. II

Norrs.There are nine Upagrahas for the nine planets.

The Sun's Upagraha is (mro) Kata

,, Moon's ,, ,, (qRft) Paridhi

,, Mars' ,, ,,. (Tg) Dhuma

,, Mercury's ,', ,, (or*rfc) Ardhaprahara i

;, Jupiter's ,, ,, (qq{'rs6) Yamakantaka

,, Venus' ,, ,, (frrye or F(qm or r,|-gq) Kodanda ,li

6 Saturn's ,, ,, (qTF{ or gB+) Mandi

,, Rahu's ,, ,, (qK or 6zrfrFrrd) Pata

,, Ketu's ,, t) (sf{g) Upaketu

For finding their several positions on any particular dayAstrologers have certain conventions which are epitomised in the

follorving quotations:-

(t) qrtur.si cdqrc'i qi fuqen qr*rt€qara: n*qr*qnnt IwctTtitt* aa srfr M g

"rt{rrnqsqqrqr: I

ftparq&fitmg: qftdi wi ttrqrqqsqrtt rsnlqtrttq rra-{aT q(trcFftq?f<rftqq1r: trirrer$r iki attetttt qnit catrtgqtEruq rqsi sd TrffiE dilrrl[t: tgz on<-a.r 11nqq Iq$ df,irq*hntq*: qifr r*

€r<foA rqftcra* hq&+ qnrqrnrfu( qS rrQiS: qftie {df'rgQurkq t* qlqq1q

sT(rg'irTrgt sq *g1c a*stgef rft: I

(r) c{t{Riq@ES qi Tftffi&ret:*fr orqt gffiiqtsqwrqqrdfir: ttq€Tfr qnrfi lrr* qrrrrmrrefrrqcr tqfi Trrr r6rfrl: rdc*f{ilcrs: tr11* eawm: gd,T :{-d?cril" frqE: tqqs.tc qdttrrt qftiq$dqFq, u

fl. d. ftfrtsqrt: o ' 1 l

rR*qtr*Aqqqriqq: trqsd{S qi *gtd: qc} Asq n

tif q{: tqrt1Lsqc: rdctrrrmrlt i$: ctccF: Ear: il

When the leng.th of day or night is 30 ghctikns, the position t

of Mandi ({lFE) on the week days counting from Sunday onwards

is at the end of ghatikas 26, 22, 18, 14, 10, 6 and 2 duting davtime.

These figures have to be proportionately increased pr diminished I

. according as the length of'day chosen is greater or less than 30qhatikas. But since the lords of thefirst 7 muhurtas in the night

are counted, not from the lord of the weelcday chosen, but from

that of the 5th, the position of Mandi at night time will be differeut

on. the week days, viz: et the end of ghatikas 10,6, 2,26,22,'18

and 14 respectively

The position of Yamakantaka during daylime on weekdays is

at the end of ghatikas 18, 14, 10,6,2, 26, &22: of Ardhaprahara, iat'the end of ghatikas 14, l0 and 6, 2, 26,22-atd 18 ; of Kala, at

thc end of ghatikas 2,26,22,18, l+, l0 and6.

The position of Dhuma is foundbyedding4 signs, 13 degrees,

20 minutes to the figures for the Sun. . Substract Dhuma ftom 12

tigns, Thp result is Vyathipatha. Thts incra,sed by 6 signs,r

becomes Parivesha or Paridhi. When Parivesha again is.subtract'

ed from 12 sigos, we get Indrachapa. Add to this 16 degrees, 4Q

minutes ; Kethu is obtaiued. Kethu increased by one sign will

givc the figures for. the Sun.

Dbauus, Karmuka and Chapa are all synonyms.

Fqr detailed effects of the several Upagrahas occupying one or

the other of tpe 12 bhavas, please refor to Brihatparasarahora.

Six of ihese (Mandi, Dhuma, Paridhi' Kodanda' Pata and

Upaketu) however appear to ha?e been specially uoticed. Thc, autbor has dealt with Mandi elmost elaborately in Slokas I to 9 of

Adhyaya IX. The remainingfive aregenerallyknown as Dhumadi

Papchgratas (qlrficqq(:) and for their effects, see slokas 13'14

nf Adhya:llr XIV.

{t rnfrq|fut Adh. IIl.@$

qil: rqrrfdrF€ftrgqa: fueFil gil@riffir 'sq:l

rd ffiTr' ft.reg, gdffirr, qfr;qqtnu?kilqreqftr *qHReCft: ll s tl

Sloha. 7. The Sun poeserses a form with dark,red.rays. The Moon ia a yoirth with a white body. Budha(the Moon's son) haa the lovely darkgreen hue ofDurva or bent graso. Kuja is of a pale red colour.Jupiter has a body of yellowish hue. Sukra haa a whiteperson. Sani is dark in form. Rahu hae a body blackin appearance. Ketu-hae a variegated aopect.

m*d {tilWnrrt ingifr: ,Tr q(RgifrEg: Iirq: R6fr Rftffieqrgft IFrr: drfuffirq;ilnfrfl: tr

SJoAr. 8, The Moon and the Sun are lumincus.The five planeto beginning with Kuja are star planeto.Ketu and Rahu are of the nature of darkneos. TheMoon, Mercury, Jupiter and Venua are auopiciou!. -

$1, qKr<I qmffigfi rtN: I

ffisrdwErtrqtdffieOq+dqilqtl

Sloka, 9, Btrt the waning.Moon, $aturn, the S'trn,Rahu, Ketu and Mars are'malign. Budha in conjunc,tion with a malign planet ie nalignant also. Of thoae(ctylcd benign planets), Jupiter and Venus are erceed,ingly awpiciouc (benefic). Saturn and Mars are ex,ceedingly naldie (among the malignant planar),

1':'* """" " ""-"""" """"":3*y: "",-" ""-"About the iiralignity of weak tvtoon (frursq) opinions are at

slight variance. cf. (tt{dm) Skandahora

. q33: A.rcg*ci €tuil rrsft rrr?4qr Iw cnqr6cn<t Ssrml qt: n

Alsoqcrcrsi agffi q|@ q q+{f

The Moon is therefore weak only on the l4th and l5th days ot

lher waning, The Moon is generally a bene6c.a/. ffiq(

qeris*: $qq+S q crft gur: grnrn;*rt: tBat cf, ffkr

qrt *cs <t g{ernsrQ rotgat: trs Sn*nrrqr$i cffi urt' Sott tiltnTs <F€5( Igtqr gi: trqrrcrwfr trqil|qi *c6tflfttr: lliuq: qrFri rrrtg &t qlctfrKr: t

Also 9v651q{crr: g*A**drcl$iFqc: crfitgd: q,rrq*' tdrq,tdhgqqlru*: gr*fuit g*: sgcqffiSfrsft iftrq: rt

Also qmqdgqt|gErc drqr: trs,crit(g ftq|Tt: qrr3 |nffisgu<gs: qftotr ft{rrt: ctl: n

A very weak Moon must therefore be treated as malignant'

Mercury is by nature a benefic planet. IJut his benefic qualities

are so wcak that he may better bo clessed as indifferenf- g6it[s1

benefic nor nialefic.

+ wctt tiffi qrrfr cdfr grqrnffic s: rgrqtw rtrtm {{tcql r

He bccomes really benefic or malefic according to his essoci'

rtion. If he rs associated vith weak Moon, the Sun, Mars or

Saturn, he'is a malefic. When associated with the waxing Moon(fttf), Jupiter or Venus he is a benefic. When he is alone, heia mori e bcaifc thea e ma1e6c:

i

50 ilttqfiqrt Adh ll

'' cf, q{A'E(

€hcqg ffit .{nRef*foS*01: sgeqrftqqlft n(qiltg $qcgfte{*ft is another reading).

Also Eftsq{ftcnftrrg*dsr tr(d{qq{I: sqq?d3 | f iil

Wtt{UtgxE-4wrr efu{g R *etq*t' ',

g$tsq qs* {q} i! qq-ilm fraffisftgqrdft r

qqrfftqqsh qs{frKdr,ilqofiRqlte\ qR qJqq, a( n l o tl

SloAa. 10. In the first period of ten dayo of thelunar month which consistc of bright and dark halves,the Moon is of moderate strength. During the secondperiod of ten days, he ie very auepicious. During thethird period of ten days he has no strength, but he willprove auspicious if he posseEses the advantages such arbeing aopected 6y benefic planeto'.

c/. q-q-rry

ert g gulftrtlg*<ri qrlft r{uqqai cqrrt rirfr'r*.tqaoqdt? .ildq rtr qqqr{ eiF r

{6qrfirgr<r{ g} ffi< r*fl r' Rrr(r trfiqqildtE{errm q+( tt ?t ll

Sloftrr. ll. The Sun, ]vlars, Rahu and Saturn rl,way$ nse with the hinder part appearing in front.Venus, the Moon and Mercury rioe with tbe head fore,most. Jupiter goes both ways.

i Mr R€qqcql gffqflsrqgil: {t![fiF: I

I scqT'qr{ffi ffi qg.id qtggdqqrft|l ll.llSloko. L7, The $un and Mercury are of the forh

*

sl. 18-15 &rirfr$qrc: 61

of a bird. .The Moon has the shap: of a reptile.fupiter and Venus are bip:ls. Srtur,ranl Mrrs araquadrupedo.

Eortfr qqg{rR{d gqroqqwnt gdr roilRmff{w{rtr{n r{F( MltqrF(: rltQll

.Slofta. 13. The Moon andwater (water,dwellers). Jupitervillageo which are the seats ofRahu, Saturn, Ketu and the $unIoreets

rrul qtm: I[Fttq' Sqnsft{rRe, ilsttEi€l' fte,tqml(6t f{geqqrft: trilFEdqqr: {frttdhil{s lrtBtt

Sloka. t4. Mars is (indicatee) a child. Mercuryir a boy. Jupiter ie a p:rcon 30 y;ars old. Venus ic'16 yearo of age. The Sun is a parson of 50 years. ThaMoon it one of '?J year$. Saturn, Rahu and Ketu areeach a hurrdred years old.

'/. gA'uftrq

TaETt* rirrt gT rN g* gtkqrq rgr*: ffit rfti qilqrqc'.t rts.{: qff: qtdcq ?tfttrgtii: etrtt,l

" ?st c$sc+ eE(rm6Erq$: t<c: ttrroqtir: qrqqmro€r6i fttqe: dqlq. r

nrt{rfrqr qffiqn qrgqcqgqt gqrwil rqatrilrit qRilrdd il* ffi g ftftetftgu: rr

SIo&a. 15. Jupiter, Venua, Mars and Merury arelords of the four Vedas viz Rik, Yajus, Saman andAtha,rvani. lvlars and the $un are planets of thi nature ofmioeralo. Ttre Morn and Srturn rnrinly prrtake of th:

Venus are reEting inand Mercury hauntlearned men. lv{ars,haunt mountainc and

;z mwffic Adh' Ir- . . t . - - . J i - . -

:haracter of a root. Venus and Jupiter represent the

rnimal kingdom. Mercury represents a mixture'

Fitd hall, $frc1'd{'1rft4qrsA sq-{q-{rfa fi{1qem

Lattct half , Rut according to TfllR

ilrw{lgq-:cfa ffiar wgkart: tt :lq3tc$ qh{rrnc{r ffi65t: tl

flg: qg: rgt<e' {ffir {ti['r {fr(: I

i dt, €oql ffi trfrsEqrT q{r rqr( lltqll

itqr?ffi'lEiqrTil: rT{t[: €rer: e\t gR(' $€h r

ilIRw fttqqaqttqm: {dltilgg: tsistRrqd: lllerl

Erfu'Ft{ftqtFd' qrqtrrffiqqfrR{q rimK qlqnfi*ir.rrdltftS-fr tMtseqn: ll tdrl

Sloha. 16 Blazing, confident (self'possessed), happlt,

:almn capable, torturedr'dejected, bage, 'failing and afraid

re the wordg deecribing the ten conditions of a planet

,n their order.

Sloka, 17. A planet ia blazing when he io in hir

:xaltation or Moolatrikona; he is confident in his own

touEe ; happy in a friend's house ; calm, wh:n he has'reached the var$a of a'benefic planet. IIe is capable

.when he shines bright with unclouded splendour'

Sloha. 18. He is tortured when overcome by

another planet. He is exceedingly dejected when he

occupies an Amea.(€mr) orlportion belonging to an ene'

my'e cign fle is base by union with the Varga of amale-

fic planit. He h greltlv afrlid when he is in his de-

presoion He is failing when he has set or dirapqeared.

t

c/. Wrm<q?E: *rrrd: q*rqft q+E qs{RFII triffrft?t gqqhfr Trmrr: err;a: rQit gt: rqrfr rrRq€rnqt fto'o: rtqtEfg$gf*: rtri {rqrril: s$rsrtfrke , traftn fiPga: u

qtf rercftFfinfuoqrgcqftosrga: scqf nrcrqiFfa: ttd grn$F0rurr;qgl3lqJfi: .w!s:,:ffirHqfuvuqrr*rogqP{gtf.r rfrdt i}f*crfi:qgsrrffi rrclftgq co'rfr rEr€rrggq'.{r;f, r*ft rl gq a*

' Ecft rnur;n'i kqgc€ tri tr sIP,en{igdr rds* k*tsRrfriA:qrtfrRfr rr{n} agg:tltfr+: Ig:crFiti'r rraqfi aftarfhgdrt{TFft e.afr *eg6oorct rr

61ss nrc{ert[s: srfr gftt: ntc: lrdr ftfift* rftr: rRoq: qoa rftr& m cfiTt ctt ERqr u ,,dt Tqft s frE: ss: srJt gg{rJt Uhn: Iirtt: gvqtrsf: ail: r$zfouqroar rr

, ffir tfrge6lr cEftTil fttf*r&cqrqnmorcqat qdr a?i *r: trgrtorre: rtq?t ftq{fk gtq: cdrcEvrrftaruQgqr}. Ivqqrfu hdrl qqqa.tftnqgs3 rltstq: stft q;qft rarfr gcrFt rr+rR<rtr1rW*tqecfh* {a'rr;a$Erctf.{q-?aRu .^gR* lEosfi gftril'fffift{qilaqR{i; rgfq6rrscrftqr{: {rc€t5r.nsnr i rrqte rttrr;i qqtreartrr: g({qqirrlfr c€ni: qfuq: rftqq cfrcsrt *futi wrri grl: 1 ,r.

i

{teqcra{q"}ftlqqfd gttl: sET ffi tqfta: vdwts q cTslc? qqft ttreqre: ng:tsdikl*trtfl*: c{ts'rh {tfuare} g t

tnfttr Ftqtid qqgiEdimltwis: rTgtTltrlrsrt {tqt {cir<iro: qfrfirfr Rgql 11il{rgccft AfW fi}d hi ci crg: tcceTriqftrs: ffi qfi6-{: rqrFt criqrq tlFrl<cdt' fto$ ftgcor{aAaftql tCrc{qg:qaq' qq6qila6l5gRarRtt : t

a qrrit tir+rrrt tqqfr qo*Cft gtq: ll

Eqrftilrqftilrffi{rtfl{tilu'{u' rEcqsrF(ffitat ?srd q rffim, lr tq ll

Sloha. 19. Red, white, reddish, green' yellowirh,

variegated and blaclc are thd colours of the planets from

tihe Sun onwards. The same colours are declared to

belong to them in queries regarding lost articlm, etc.

o/. Wnwtra: te rfrur*orRfte: fte:6,a0rtEfr qqtftq'qt ,

Also qtqrffi

era: grxrFr ilrrqi aqr dmffi: t

RfuerRm'it: qil rr{lqr: tlricd: (q[T: tl

ciinh g qewttarrui].r efitgcqqfttfsq'srrr: ; qanrr uftwr:

ntffsl ilndWftieTs{Ift qw *rilit

na,{rFrffiqin"qq{ frraHg({qEroTf t

,f,(efi RErfig€rfr{ret' F' t 1o llStroka, tLA The subst.ot"t ascribed to the planetc

from the Suo onwarde are copper, gem$, gold, alloy of

metalc, silver, pearls and iron. Fire, water, Kuoara

8[. gt frrffisnm: 6t

(Kartikeya), Virhnu, Indra, Indrani, and Brahma are thepre-oiding deitiee of the planets from the sun in theirorder.

c/ ffr*trqr€r* il* tqFcftffifuilqa) ti.n g grrro*fr'

r* cqfr er qqrfus.c{rgrqrft* futtq rTlr rqt ftr-dgit: gqdqft ikaqq il qd€nt cr{rrcfric*q{ cFn curfr ftqkrishtr }lSgatl grft: Iqrfiq rt * cs.& Rqirr ariq *dqnrr". is, ufttrigkqirfiq qf{ Uqorqt e rqqrft dii{r: I

sffi I qft+rrJt Eaq{quq.ciTr ilrdqr ili13rE{rrtt drrqarq:qqqTrqi AtrqEnelYi 1 Vitlcatso r\dhyaya XVllI.st. 19. F-orthe deities of the several planets c/. ratarr

tqr .trwrt qaffqqqqfir€-eq*rdqgq : rc-d{r+-{"a*qfueg*i"r qtrg q+d ltrrr. tlilr *cqrqrcqt qeraFirc?carqq&arq qi6aT: I alrr q qt?r.

qi TrtTdi tga eiit *e,

qr0tTi Gnqrqstq ffi Cfirqo ffi-qEqqqRl{qr{'i fu ilwrql

q'h rr+-q

Slola. 21. The ruby is the Sun's precioue ctonei0 ptrre apotleos pearl that of the Moon, Coral belongrto lvfarg. Mercury's preciouc Etone is the emerald-rhaped like the bird Garu_da. Topaz berongo to Jupit.r.Venus owns diamond. Seturn's gem ie ihe ,Lid.r,capphire. Agare a2d the lapirlazdli or turkoic are caidto belong to the'remaining planets Rahu and Kerurecpectively.

36 qrdfitniln '1

Adh. Il

Tt(uTrft T{ffirfui finiuirqredquryqrft tsatgqi *frAnemrat qqnq q{ gq* qqFil lrlRrl

Sloha. 2L. Atl the sages say that the articles ol

apparel appropriate for the $un and other planete Te t

ttrict cloih, "

n.* fine robe, one singed by fire, a clotl'

waehed inwater, an ordinary garment, a durable mantle

and a rag respectively.

C/.-76watq{ q13rrgvcfrs6d qc{ E* tsrftq 1u*fu)

Alsosfifili(dr{Tol . a . ;, ..lpf

tt1* d3qila at6+6fr qt qbtrEii {. ,,.,,,, ,uw

I qcqqdr €6is qfofsftq r;qG&eiq tt

Also. qKH€l

{€nutt tTsrqaFrrFqcwact-rsagdufiilq tt

rnrtGsr qrgfrilRrqrr;*ffifo' S' 'g.ufr6rt|**t:qwni*qc{fuweqlt: rr 11 rr

Sloha. 23' The Sun, Venue, Mars, R.ahu' Satur.n'

the Moon, Mercury and Jupiter are reepectively the

lords of the quarterE East, South'Qlotr $outh' $outhweet'

\il/'estr Nortliwesc, North and North'eaet reepectively'

The lorde of the six seasons reckoning from Vacantha

"r. V"noE, Mars, the Moon Mcrcury,' Jupitir'.and

Sr*- according to the Drekkanas or the third portions

of a rign Presided over bY them'NoTrs,

a/. q1q-qei1

rrq1: {ts: srrflIftr: tfi*q: nFa: mft t

dr.akqttcrfr q'cr€crfr frrrrf{rtr: n "

RR srfusA<t q *.*<rir qt qfhstr{Farrtqrdq' | {tr{sTftg

Nqfrffiqilrcqrff{ qnrcsi

sl. 28 ftffigatrc: 6l

T ^ ' v - v - - ' - - : " - - " ' v,rsrs r,

trrelfiqqlt+lrEqt*ltstiqg: rtitT: ll

WtR.r.&rcco*: rmftw4 {mansl, I

i +-dt'{sitlEarq?l nrftfk fitsfta: qfrEq rr

x'garfurirs* g asera* rsntn: q q ?lti'it qft rraft

trt< Erd: r qft q qi a *.tsft qgi qr fwrurerFtairr r qft q

tl qrrrr: rrrt: rra?)t irEr {vzt{cglia r artr q rIFRq:

Tfutdtttfi soErd il<qrtg h{qr: rr qFt' f

ha Ptancts and thc tcts,ns indicotcd bY thcntz-These are

useful in finding out the proper seasons (of birttr) in the case of

lost horoscopes.

If there is a planet in the l-agna, then the season typified by

that planet should be predicted' Wl-ren there are more than one

platret in tl're Lagna, then it is rvith reference to the strongest

planet. If there is no planet in the Lagna, it is only in that case

that the season should be predicted with referenie to the planet

orvning the Lagna l)rekkana'

The six seasons' their approximate periods and their' lords are

given in the following statetnent:--E=

Name of the S"*.o., l

I

i Lord of theI Seasorr.

ApproximateFrom

period.To

I *ma

2 d,q

3c *

4Tq

5 tq.<

6 RTRK

(Vasanta March 19th May

l9th July

19th Septr

(Grish h May

(v 20th July

(Sara Septr. 19th Novr

20th Novr l9th Jauuy

(Sisi Januy l9th

Venus

Mars

Moon

Mercury

Satprd

A!llio,tlion of tha ptiwilh,-Suppose the Sun (in progrqssion

t" p., *y sy"tei to be affiicted by the Moou. . Tie .renflt will

bc ill-hca-lth and bad'things to the native in G'r-sbina ({1qya

38 ||ilrtfuii Adb.'lt

The Moon afficting Mercury by progressiou will bring i11.bealth in Sarat Ritu (qrcf,g). Good things may be similarly prc.dicted for the periods if there b" gpod aspects.

Suppose for example the Moon has progressed to AswiniNalishatra affiicted by Mars squnre opposition Saturo in a horo.scope at the same time. \Ve have then to say that.troubles beganitr l"ebruary and March (fqri],J(-Sisira Saturu's) and very badly inMay and June (Grishnra-I\.Iars'.)

MQiltrrffisl

"gdfr"ors qRilEcqr isffikn 18 tl

Sloka, 24. A ehrine, a thore or river,bund, a fireplace, a pleasure,ground, a treaEury, a bed,chamber, anda heap of rubbish are to be asoigned as thethe planets from the Sun onwatdE. Rahuhave their places in the cornerE of a houoe.

NoTr8.r/, 1q-wrct

placec ofand Ketu

.rlqrffimM{grlft: f,irq" (rttO I rq}qtrucft rrl srfogtr} cscirrf-Cr"ttt{r+ ilqsrt lurq! r

The articles of apparel of thi scveral piaaots (mentioned insloE 22), the places assigned to them (Sl. 24) and tbe.substances

1 , . ,

01. 94 frrftftsrqrc, U,rscribed to them (sl. 20) are mrrshalled for purposes of roforenccin the following statement.

"-"o IItun

Moon

llWars

" r j

Jupiter

Venus

Saturn

Their appropriateplaces

Play grounds . . .1II

Ir articles of, Substancesapparel I ascribed

I to them

Temples,. ptaces oi la*r.u cloths f aooou,worship . I IMarshy places ...lnu* cloths ---l I"*",. . . jNew c loths . . . ' Jewel

I ' (olnt-

I t Mani)Fire-places such as lBurnt c loths . . .1 Cofa

Kitchen, Engine I Irooms, etc. . ._l . I

...1,"", crotrrs ...f o,,"r.

. . . ' I r {ediunr clorhs I

Si f ver

I cloths | -

Hillock,, useless placeslRagr, torn | ,roo

. . . .Exce l len t lpear ls

clotbs-Abfticntio; of thd oDoat_suppose the il{oon in progression

(as per any system) cornes in trine tc Venus. It has to bepredicted that the person will get or wear new aod good clothes.suppose the sun is square to Mars. we must say that cloths willbe set fire to by accidents. In tire case of a nativity for example,the Moon, as ruler of the 4th house indicating investments,in cgnJunction n'ith Saturn means useless marshy lands, etc-

fuGu:urmRteqru fteedr fiaflu<{,r, rRftqw{d, gTfrrfld !ilt, {ft, q€ fiqrqilr;ilq rr

Sloha. 25, Mars. territory extends from Lanka tothe river Krirh'a. $ukra'c swdy prevailc fr;J;i;oentioned boundary up to the river Gautioika. .lupit.,

60 ftaoqft*it Adh. ll

t"* t.* --..t ," t*rhy.. tt"tr ;*^ .the Ganges lies the region of Mercurl,r. Saturn has hissway over the countrt ' frorn th: Ganges up to theHimalayas.

Rfr qtffufi frf{raeft {qrd* trqrr{{d, qqgolfrq: {rRrgfr q;Eisqrdi qfr' rqffif {iimrililftrs

A \ \ A \

$ilfl ttwtgofr thuagf,r ilq'qrftfr il qq llSloka. 26. Jupirer and Venus are l lrahmins. The

Sun and Mars are Kshrtriyas. The Moon is a Vaisya.M:rcury is the lord o{ th,: SutJra community. $aturnis the ieader of the c,utcast:. The Sun, Jupirer and theMoon are planecs typifying rRq-Satva (puriryr goodness).Venus and Mercury are ess:nti l l lr the- planete ofpassion. Saturn.and Mars own tqn-Tamas oi darkn:ssae their dietinguishing characteristic.(tst ho117 ,/. gqrm

qrrfi?rgrnq rr3frir qftaqi& l?ra+rrnrqq r, fr,rrftrrcrqfuTr rr{til q|tir, (IsttrlTqrnrq rl-

Also IfSTT{-fi" ficrQir: gfig€ silrfi rEft g,rhi{f}dtseo.rcrq tr. .Rut

according to tTncJ( the Varsya conrrnunity is representedby the Moon and l\fercury and the Suclras by Saturn. c/.

nt.g*i flccfi gnr+r sic+ ftw rrTGrqtrii ?l€fi nfr: ltfr ftc}cr tt

qdts-c t.rauflg qEqvr{ Sra{ar'vritga ags.. r rfiqfAq sriqrftFt -qtrqqq*{ q!,itccrdi ar€c :Justas the four ca-stes have been a1:portioned to the planets,

it has to be inferred that the four:upa),as (qErTq'rqq-crr"t""uiai.palatviz (l) Hi{ Srma, (2) tr-Dana, (t) irt Bheda and (4) to*p.ia.

'i

,j

i.:{, iI

81, 2&27 frfrilrsrqtc: 61

have also been assorted to the planets, thus: To Jnpiter andVenqs-Stg-Samp; to Mars and the Sun. rys-Danda; to the Mosn.{r-Danq and to Mercury and Saturn- \t Bheda.

r/. ffitircffiq"T.nftffi$tr

qrrllwr rnmft *Sg gr{rit,g* c Il'urther, the division of the planets into (l) biped (2) quadru-

ped (3) n'inged and (4) reptile isaLso hinted a/, Xwil-aqclic*€gft q?tscrlr qtrrcs;e: rGcer ugaqlfc sqpr4r qilg"r*t rr

(Lollu holfl y6""e gunas should be ascertained aftercxamining the strength of the planets owning, occupying andaspecting the lagna and the Rasi occupieclr.by the Moon. Rutit must be renremberecl that the planet in rvhose Trimsamsathe Sun is situated plays a prominent lart io moulding the gunaof the native c/. gqmt

sr{ rrffcfuorra: fue*r rinilq3 qcrniq*gC[ |qsrq€t&FTfr Qlrcrqe {€({rQgor} r1r: Rrrq. I

cttfrsft | <rErqrir*,,qri tc<it cr fttri?r rr<I qrcft<rrEq " tl

grqgqs€t

c: €tRc{Ks qqrRrra €({r.*a rruq}cq|*: t rr*fur: ortrr-srqrcdffrsq'Gmr grirsftqr: il :'ft*dftftlrgqt€rrqr F{rSt t{ft rd}.*rqr; r lftq;eib.&;fre'q f*{iq6nTrqrc( sriq}: seqrBgqN rr$ rnG

,R €n t '{ir qc{eEsnrqe cAfltffi r agfi }q#tr'ilnr .,rqqlt

{fi rrisrr,l:" qft: qe ftnritr+fr gqrP{qilr g(.tT: I qqrf *rqt:," qs f*aiarreqrt ggdt wra'$t rr*rt "

rffim .Tr-gfhftqg€: grif{fufr{qe.tr q.E{FftS€,ft qq{rftd If{T(qfrufthq : q4trqqq1}q qqq :Wqr{vrg@qfoqr: ll R\erl

62 fimqrftilt Adh. II

Sll}.a. 'A7. Tne Sln, Mtrs an:l Jupiter are males.Venus and the Moon are females. Srturn and Mercuryare eunuchs. Jupiter, Mercury, Mrrs, $aturn andVenue are respectively the lords of Ether, Errth, Fire'Air and Water.

(Lcttot halfl cl, tq'-il?rfi

" Rf€a,.rrlrqrt{rai sfuir {iqgrrlr: stot "cdci tr{{r.{i qir{c$.ri arci :tt rft t cqrfi rr Iernic{r{iEei q s{site rra?.r <{{trcirF{ |

., Trlpxqr{.{{qqTqirqdr{Tr<r.ilqaqnrorrg}t1n

s{rqt $q{il RlrerqreefiftdqnntmsFrqqge rqmfilf6(glrgg+q;r : iqs fnfgr rftqgnd\(i{rrrfc {Ft[ 6qt-qrudfc{Ri{9fi[{€dnxlil! *tftcn ll le lt

SJola. 28. The planets in the zodiac reckonedserialim from Saturn in accordance with the lengtlr oftheir orbits are Saturn, Jupiter, Mrrs, the Sun, VenusMercury, and th: Mrcn. Mrrs, Srturn, Jupiter, theSun, Venus, the Mocn anC Budha are respectivelvdeclared to be the lords of the following constituentelem:nts of the bedy: mrrrow, m rscle, fat or grea$e,bone, semen, blood, and skin.

Nores .

(Fhd halll.Vidc Sroka 71, infta,(Latlet ha[) al,Iqsmr6

rf€ftt{qq"rtrt 316{0 ! ctnr

rrqr*i6qgtgtscrftcr: rr

rdrrt g wmtt * dt cacrd tnrgRrq: rqrqflr\ inrilccrfr mk-Tlt Gffisl& qi ftccctr*a{T: .{rflrrt rr qril<tflrqrntqrrlffiqc{**r ftn r rurW rr

s!. 2e fffilstrr:

All diseases mentioned in Chapter VI are based upon this :r. g. Mercury governs slin diseases. Venus governs venerealdiseases. . Jupiter governs brain rliseases, such as madness, etc.The Moon governs diabetes, menstrual diseases, etc.

erffidlqnTdsq{ilqrf I

tfficqlrnr<ft;ttq{ n iq tl-\ loha.29. Saline, pungent. astringent, Eweet, bitter

acid, and mixed flavours have for their lords the Moon,the $un, Satunr, Jupiter Mars Venus and Mercuri.The Sun, Mars, Venus, Mercury, Saturn, Jupiter andthe Moon Eway over perids of half ̂ yearl, a day, halfa montb, two'lnonth6, a year, a month and a nuhurta(? ghatikas or 48 minuteo) reEpecrively.

NclrBs.

Plaoet l,eriod !'lavour

63

The Sun

The Moon

Mars

Mercury

Jupiter

Vsnus

Saturn

Half a year

wr (Kshana-

One day

Two months

One rnonth

15 days

I'uugent

Saltish

Bitter

Mixed

Srveet

Sour

if,qfq-Kashaya

48 ' ) . . .

One year

Applicalior of thc lrinciffr-If illness is indicated by Saturn,it is long-standing: if iDdicated by Mars, it is of short duration.This should be applied with reference to Chapter VI.

61 !R$Clf,qtt Adh. tl

cf ,- gf,slrf,sqqi{orarTtlda} nrer{ s Rqrrq rtn?.lrE I+glvaoPonflrtar qgrrrdr a +wz qvit

(Pfrst hail) lqtei-siltrnEr* q] qoqrd agcreeffiTfiFqrn qlR

Also. inrsdrrrfr q{r} diqi qkEsit orlisaqqqgcnr rn{q(qrrisffora,i'm rF{[\ "q;q E r r

rrisirxi I r* -Jer* rrait ar (ag6erraaaiaarn)rcerFeldviaclq

(Latter hall) erranfteftrimqcr( cl0riq: (*arrarrt r)qrqit*qftg€a: +r& vrlftcimrcgvr: r' rtrwfr ftgQct lrrrfurtsqsrEdqli l

qtqr{: I ofr qn;dt qEiir: v?qar rra€e anq trol: +nl'rqq;qrffiq in6q: I aqqr qR aqilredr{t rRfrsft il{r arr{fireairr{ftlttsft-q+ <ri nnqqah;ilt $r} arqfta*rfterpq }qqtt trf,qqft( cqAsft urSt *q: *fuq rsafi qer qu<r @trrqft ( c ru€qrl-di{r+lqrsedqt mii rrlft a<tretr miqrcarftrtffi qr srd qfit.q {errg: tl

Suppose at'the time of a query, the Vrischika Navamsa intbe Mitbuna lagna to have risen (2 signs 4 degrees 12 minutes),and the position of Mars, the lord of .Vrischika, to be 9 signs I Idegrdes 13 minutes. The period typified by tbe same planet ise day. According to the first view, Vrischika Navamsa being the2sd in the Mithuna lagna, the compretion or success of the busi-ness bas to be predicted to happen in 2 days. According to thesccond view, 9s Mesba, the Navamsa occupied by Mars, happensto be thc 6th when counted from vrischila, the time in which thesuccess or otherwise is expected to occur rvill be 6 days.

Frndtheplanet that is strongest at the time of Adhana("rrqrq).Thc pregnant woman rvilf desiru (lous for) food mixecr with the.0rvour typifiod by this perticular planef

3[ t0-81 Cftlrsrclq: 66

q|ild rqft fratqr{{r{q}-t{ ffiur$dsffiqtrurrt r

frEt€r{w6{t.IA Eqf< tt lo tlrffirroqrd qr{nqtdqtngtf,€qftqatffi$1 Rn(|

ffrurnrmrffl wt g|qilrtilr: ll lt llSloha.8O, Aatrologers ray that all the planets cast

a quarter glance at the 3rd and 10th houses; halfa glanceat the 5th and 9th: three quarters of a glance at the 4thand 8th; and a full eye at the ?th.

Slo'hai 31. Saturn is exceedingly powerful whenbe has his strong quarter,glance. Jupiter is auepicious inhio oblique or angular aspect. Mars ie potent with histbree.quarter,glance. All the planets in general havertrength of aepect on the 7th house.

Norrs.clo il<ran

tq$lft qlrarqvqr qrarorrfrc: v* r i

kqntr*Mqg(wsgcrit c-d cfrin lTf T{qfr rfrqedtqqnrT R$turrTft *q3 Icgtt {fig.il qfla ffir$il: sqrr: t;,

The following from Parasara 1'fifqrr) regar{ing Rahu <jrishti(<rgre) will be of interest:

.g'frqqc-{qr+fr a"he aqs grarqwrit "rffi

aqftr Is{qfiVftqtc1rrqc{i gdFqr Rvuarsa} As-{F{: cRE: r

.To calculate the correct Drigbala (6rAo) of planets, please seechepter 2 of Sripatipaddhati (ffi cCftF)

I

&66 rnrrntt Adh. Il!+

q{fe'gfr: qqqnEfuftnqwknm*, n RR tlSloha. B?^ The Sun and lvlaro look upwirde.

Venus and Mercury look eideways The t"totn .ooJupiter look evenly. The looks of Rahu and saturnincline downwards.

Qrq?6srorqgE1qqqpwtffiq;il: r'qrilrfrqiiqtft(urt tqrRq, qnwrftur, q: tilltlfrqrRqrqtqqqlqft tttqqpn-

Rierr{frfogFf$iT{r{ rotrffiqqRnfrqnGil'dt*l

?uaiQniqqQqt{ .f *q?r: (g: lt lS tl' Srotu. .t3. planete have predominant atrength of

position ( tur<+er-$tthanabala ) when they o..upy theVaiseslrika Vargas (Vidc Adhy_aya l, Sloha, 44. iufra,)Lrroduced by the combination of three or more of theVargas enumerated below:-

rle-SwochclLr (the planet,e own exaltation cign),etstr'rqr-swathrikorra (the pra'et's Moorathrikona), ig-f,q-Swasuhrid (the planat{riend's house), tcturor.$wa.drekkana (the planet's own Drekkana), RRnt,Swa Raoi(the planet's own house), ret{r-Swa-amoa (the planet,cown Navamasa), and being in:the ascendant'porr-ar, ,,u,merous benef ic dots (more than 4, aitle Adhyaya 10,on Ashtaka Varga).

sloha. i4. planets which do not posless benefica$pect or other such good influenceg rDay not proveauspiciouo when they are in their depreroion, tr ioconjunction witb ininical or nalefic glaneto cr acpectcd

Ul, 35,U6 tBtlrrlsqn:

by then or in their Vargas or i; the $rndhis or havefewer pointo (in the Ashtak,r Varga) or when theyocrupy the bad portions of a sign, or whan they arecclipeed by thb Sun's rays or oveicome in planetary-far.

NorBs.

fhe positional strength of jlanets will be better understoodby a reference to Sripati's rules r.rn the subject, Vidc Sripatipad-dhati trft q&.Adhyayc IV-sl 8

fforqnrc{q;Trilqr gwr}cd-u-g€*ft rd qqgR{rutt iq riloT t filEo{rftn: tg, nl\tl

Slola. 35. Mercury and Jupiter have their fttcs'Digbala or Etrong quarter in the East or Lrgna. Venugand the Moon have it in the 'North or 4th bhava,Saturn har it irfthe \il/est or ?th bhava; the Sun andlvlarr in thc&uth or the l0th bhava.

c/. lriry<

1 gftqt l{ftorrkeft cc:qo$I q fttotrt ririti<tr' g*nr*il g dr Rrm<crr& rrlmq u

Also ilnc-Srcfi qtq$ eEr€rs* .fih qt rrrrntffi3fuerqqTrsa€d

Also {Iq'lffil, Ailhyayplll, sl. I and 8.

nUqrqr*wr:qffiffin: rfteftrurqqr: g{rs$w gs: {il isroilft{urftt' QQ

Sloho, 36. Th: Moon, Srturn and Mrrs haverrcreKalabala or temporal streirgth at night; the reetduring the day. Each planet is strong in his hour, day,month and year. The benafic anJ malefic plan:ts haveItr€ngth in the bright and dark hrlv:s of tha monrh res.pectively. Mercury is always stroog.

68 ltftqfiqrf Adh. II

cf, tqqrarffir nQrglsln: e*qr irsfu qrF>rrgofutaar: q: gft.lr: **ur rrrmAcs€tromd' {r€4irq.

The reader will see that the author has referred to six of thesub-divisions of Kalabala (nn"as; in this sloka, Vit, (l)Natonnata.

bala (rfur*o), (2) Pakshabala (qqqo), (l) Varshapabala (dcru)(+) Masapabala (qr€qc-€), (5) Dinapalula (kqq-qa), (6) Horapabala(trfi-{-d) a/. Sripatipaddhati (4rqhcqft'\, ldhyaya-I I I, Slohas{,-li.

Alsp af. mFrd*qrffiifrsfr Rq sat mtag*cr ftfuirrcrcqiretcrq {fsn: *}rrr, fuiselfth r

*nqamqqhqf k({Rrtrf Gqrfu{rf*qruHqtq itwfttorl isnut{rrfufl ' r

drqrtqger rfigegr*dgnurar sn(twfq {6rFfi: qfruwrqrdg+rtnrj rrlun

Sloha 37.' Venus, Mercury, Mars, Jupiter andSaturn,when in their retrograda motion or in conjunctionwith the Moon, are consid:red to be victorious (in plaoe,tary war. The Sun and the Moon are strong in theUttarayana or Northern course. The motional etrengthof the planats tak:n in regular order from Mars is addi,

, tive in the; northern course. $aturn, Mar8, Mercwy,Jupiter, Venus. the Moon and the Sunris: eucceosivelyin natural strength (,pfftw-Nairargikabila) -

'cl. tn<r+fitr.fi ciqit ffiqqaq: tq@ 16r:q+q g"entor Eftr+ qdcicnre rrffi{qq{ cr$: gu!,qr*rFt&0i qfua: rcr't ctft{itg* r}sft qrRrs' eT|ten rr

gl 98 ftCr{lsrcc:

Atso ttqnrqEqqslt ftfiffi{$ Eraqmmr: qftttqr: I

' ftgan.{r ge ftr€rcqrifua{rtgrn: cRoac{r: I

The wordss{{+ts.t in the toxt have been used in a purely

technical way, the meaning being "when in conjunction with tho

[foon" ,.f. "{m'rqfi:7.1q dim: qffq gE, qAot fttil qqqt {Fltfi-grfu 4q:n (ctq-€:)

cf. 6ffi Adhlaya.Ill.ls & 16.Also {rg{nrqflqr

c* dt ffi ftqt isr.Ra trscrTtsfr nFor details regarding tbe effects

'of the several kinds of

balas, please refer to Saravali (qra+tfi)Jal. 7. Slokas'28'46.'

ftrffiqnPfiffiqqqfolft rgqdtfrrgfrgtoffi eift mqFil qtRI: rr 16 rl

Stc&o. 38. Professors of Astrology say that thecix kinde of strength (w.co'Slradbala) taken inthe follow'

iog order namely $ca'Dri-bala (strength of aspect),grrccst thanabal a (p os i t i o n al s t re n gth ), Mlq-N i s araga'bala (natural strdngth), tsrr€Cheshtabala (motional

strength), Qrro-Digbala (directional istrength), Fr€ntq'Kalabrla (temporal $trength) have varieties indicated bythe numbere 1, 5, 1, 5, l, 7.

Nores.Here the author wants to mention the number of lsub'6itt'

sions of the several kinds of balas, oil',

(t) origbata (rrqo) is by itself one;

. (2) Stthanabala (smqo) consists of 5 sub'divisions, viz; (i)

Uchcbahh (vrao) (ii) Sapthavargajabala (sr*ird{o) (iii) Yugma-yugmrbrta (gngrqlr) (iv) Kendradibrta (tqiitro) an{ (v) Drek'kanabala 11t6qqo)

(l) Nisatgabala(htfso)is by itself oneand has no sub-division.(+) CUesUtabala iiero) is said to eonsist of 5 sub-divisiogs;

rbst these are, it is not exactly known. [i Vakra (rt), ii Saoagaoa

69

,

(tcrtrc), iii lUdagayanabala (s<tmi{d) iv Ayanabala (cw{u),pnd v Yuddhabala (gsso)l ,Vidc Slohrs l6t to 18,llh1ayc IU cfSripatipaddhati.

(5) Disbala (f?so) is by itself one.(e) Katabata (mo,ra) is composed of (i) Natonnatabala ({iltlrilro)

li il Patstabala (q{lo r (i ii) Di n arath ri th r i bhagabala (kq<rFftect'rso)

i(iv) Varshapabala (qfqqo), (.') Masapabala (rneq *a), (v i) Di n apabala(R-<qs-o) and (vii Horapabala (troqso),

F€qwdTrflq0fit{n qqGftitqqEot&t' .r.hhur e*rr{t {ilqrt qai fA g,fr f}qt q:6 n u Q1 tt. Sioha 39. 60th parts and 360th prrts (of a Rupa)

foined to cercain Rupas or whole numbere represent theshadbalas of planets. as following the strength of thekposition;in the signs Makara eto (w.rmu'Ayanabda).

The otrength of planets is full, tlrree'quarlcn or halfpecording to the varying intensity of the fcrces making

up tte aggregate of lqro'Shadbala

il{ftq'd qts(tdq qt, gnq qrrffieq{ r'qt€g{e qd qi}.i, Stutft' qftq{6qfr*q1 11 !o ll

$loka. 40. The Sun and Jupiter have-6ff Rupro

cach ; Venus has 5* Rupas ; 7 are assigned to Mercury;

the Moon gets 6 ; Saturn and Mars have 5 Rupar ar

their. qlrao Purnabalac/. q-d{tTrdl

qdh q {rqltt't ed<rq si{til sa^ qs ?gamq3 |

asgqft q$€ ffqfft csrq ft* qd sn( u

tq<g cta A @ t*q qqrcrqrs;rw q' iqs ,TEIqi sqd aorh fih;er wtq oulr*vift rt

i4;fue1-6, ffiaqq:trThffir t,aF r ({fi TiliPd dFqqr{r lrq q|trrft lr 8t fl

9.112.t5 'itln;:

Slgha. 41. Planets are mutually friendly for .thdtime being when they occupy the Znd and the l2th, thc3rd and the llth, or the 4th and the l0th plaoes;[romone another. They are iuimical if they occupy otherpoe itione

This sloka gives only the atqt&r frientlship of planets Cneto tlreir occupying corlain houses.

c/. ttrgtms{Rrl 0 3 l r4Z tz

r!/ iilFrr{b;sr: (g: glfi r*,m: q fuuqrcqqi&pr. qq1. ;f t t7 E e 5 6' : qrirqqrgq u{ g*qqrftrrr* ftcc} hqur: n

S*q* rrrte: *Fqgrt *nffirrrri lr* ft rsil lrrrtqqr eTrq{-d, a*thir,{i A&rorq,,

Rrtft rtnJt $q$iqlqr: tgs RnrqT nftrql wnifsqqat lqi Rqar'{siii qql geHrqRmfters r!: n8Rtlqrrq frrriir rftgffqrrant Rg: gsqrqt wrqt rwtgtcril ggql gqe qqr, rdfcirqnirFrrf.g, ,,rl,tqfr1qq1' gTfit dr sT fril* rRqr {qrr: Ifri ffidl WffEqQfuarq{ qtqcql qqrf, n uB flq;qq^uil?g$cil{ {Tr: {q: duq' WEl fti;gil rmsrailffiTffi {qqr gr; {serqrt.*Rftrtrq=, ilB\fl

,Sloht. 42 The Sun's friendg are Mare, the Moonand Jupiter' venue and saturn are hrs enemiee. Mercuryis neutral towards him. The Moon's friende are the$un and Mercury. Jupiter, Man, Venus .na Ut*rrr.r.oeutral.

Sloho. 41. Mars' friendr are the gun, the Moon,aod Jupiter. Mercury ic hio en€oy. Venuc and gaornare Deutrals to him. Tbe $un and venua are friendr'of

?l

n r]isqlfrrfr Adb. rt

Mercury, Saturn, Jupiter and Mars are his neuffalsrand the Moon is his enemy.

Sloha. 44. The Sun, Mars and thc Mo,rn arc thefriends of Jupiter. His enemies ate Venus and Mercury;'Saturn is neutral to him. Saturn and Mercury are thefriends of Venus. His enemies are the Su:r and theMoon. Jupiter and Mars are his neutrals,

Sloha. 45. The enemies of Saturn are the Sun, the,\{oon and Mars, Jupiter is neutral cowards him. Venuaand Mercury are his friends. The planetE are to L^-deemed exceedingly friendly or irtimical by their beingfriendly or inimical both naturally rind for the timebeing. Thus planet' are divided into 5 clag;gg, vi;, (l)ftr-Mithra, (2) srF{ft*- Adhimithra, r3) rg-Sathru,(4) dft{tg- Adhisatlrru and (s) qq- Sama.

NoTrs,

In order to tinil out the naturirl fr iendship or otherrvrse ofplanets with respect fo any ,rne of the'rest, the following

gencral rule is laid cl<.ru'n by ;i€[;rP{ -satyacharyai Vh.,

gtrqtkdlurqT{rtqs ttrdi e'atsq }Fnrq'f Isfi Aq+ rril dt* q wqe( cl itqr: n

Planets are friendly to any given planet when they happen t<l

own the 5th, l2th, 2^d, lth,8th, anrl l l th houses counted from the

planet's Moolatrikona Rasi, or when they happen tql o'wn the

plenet's exaltation Rasi. The rest :rre his enemies.

Place the planet in its ]Vloolatrikona irnd mark the 2nd, l?tlt'

sth, 9th, the planet's exaltation Rasi, the 8th and the lOth. Planets

twice invited become friendsl pli.nets-, once invited beconre

acquaintances and planets that are uninvited become enemies. flut

the Sun and the Moon become friends on a single invitatiorr (as

each owns only a single sign in the Zodiac).

The Sun invites Mars twice, Jupiter twice, the Moon once and

Mircury once. Venus and Saturn are uninvited. Therefore Mars,

$[ re-rl |lit{}sqiq:

Jupiter, and the Moon are thc friends of the Sun,and Mercuryhisacquaintanco. Venus and Saturn are his enemies. Similady ittho case of other planets. c/. g(sftiT.tr

veit ggqfu*torqsir{ Fm( Frncn*tdcr:tiwg:$nqr: reoapnqwtHr}qr&R il

But Yavaneswara holds the following view:' riftffiscqr.i gfr€ Srt qRW st r

crrttatt qnf{rFRr r<*geS g6q: ftbr: rr' Ttrreq gp: trftrqrq flq* E:fi{* tcgr s f}qnt rI *rrr ftnruq;fugqnt: trvq fiqffi qort rr ilrtl tl

Only some authorities hold the above vierv and not all, sgygVarahamihirr

a/. 1qw6a

firs? *cg$ est:gffidi -rr+t ftSqr: lFrtr-ffi Rgr*;6na g6q: H'Rti cnqn

For frieuds of Rah'u antl Ketrr, the following is stated in€qt{fuilcfu :-Sarwartthachinthaman i :

rr*rg ftrrF qdkrfrqr: *ffiare qqF( w{r: tl

afr' gF* i{ftfrrflr qA,$M iI qqtftqr{: IWruqttg€aq*qtiRg,ffi: ll Bq rl

Sloka. 46. If there is friendlinese both naturallyand temporarily on the part of a planet, he is a greatfriend. Those that are enemies both ways are deadlyfoes i'rvariably. That planet is but a friend which hagthe character of being {riendly and neutral from the twopoints of view, while the one which haa the characterof being neutral and inmical is an enemy. A planetthat is inimical in the one case and friendly in the otherie to be taken as neutral.

qft: fos qftmlx: Rr![il: Uq{qgil€ ftq, Iqg: ffiqgfratgqqlt, gilFr: qftfrffi' tpsl

r0

?s

11 ucxrfuil Adr. II

Eloha, 47. Sages eay that the Sun is steadfast; theMoon'is wandering (unsteady); Mars is violent; Mer'cury has a mixture of diverse qualities; Jupiter ie gentle;Venus iu light or easy and Saturn is harsh.

Tqrirmk{rrkrrtrrqqr;Frqdqwmildrn: Iffirarft{qsy5qQqql:q' ll 8z ll

Sluho. 48. In the case of moveable, immoveableand dual eigns, planets occupving reEpectively the llth'gth and the Tth houses from them or their lords will_proyc excecdingly troublesome planets if they happen toown at thc same time the houses occupied by the lordof Khara (nrlor Mandi (qrFn).

It i t lc inhu Adhyaya ,\VIII sl.30. F'rr:(qq) Khara,Vide Y-56infr,l,

wffi il{lllqfie-qrnffi Aqff<iq

wi t{nrqEqnftRgarehqnqgnrfrqlq-gR{d,qrwg€rl{5,{6*rrd, tt uq tl

Slcfrrr, 4lt. A pereon ought to divine abouthiiown selfr father, influeur:e, hcalth, Vigour and fortunefrom the Sun. It is thc Moon that determines thec:haracter'of one's heart, understanding, royal favour,mothcr and affluence. It is through Mars that a personc.rn ascertain his own rcourage, disease, characterioticqralities, younger brother, lande, foes and blood-(parternal) relations. It is Mercury that:influences one'Elearning, relatives in general, dircriminationr maternaluncte, friends, speech and action.

#

q{rRttrftge(qrffitfr qF{i'fi r(rftqnn$qrlt qqn€qrqnfi<d qrfr, I

$[. t0,52 fr?frsrqrq:

qrgdkTE(ItnorRqii{ilEmr rtfr :fiil{ ftilHii g ftrR*rr qrilFd Ate\ lt\oll

S:oha. 5q. One ought to conjecture about one'E

own genius, wealth, physicrl devalopm:nt, 'sots anf

knowledge by referring to Jupiter. informrtion regardi:rg

otle'8 wife, vehicles, ornaments, love a{fairs and

pleaoures ir to bE oought through Venrts' It is $atq1n

ihat oettles a p:rson'e period of life. liveli[cod, thg

cause of death, hie advereity and prosperity' One

ought to guess about one's paternal grand father through

Rahu and about the maternal grandfather tbrough -Ketu'

grftrtwrafi qge,ffiidWRaeaqfl qrd* rtt!f!!x: I

ft{stRRisql dqwt{il:g(geRi|qg: iffisfi: qH-oqT( ll \t ll

Sloho. 51, The Karakas of the Bhavas beginning

with the Lrgna or the rising sign are (1) The Sutt

('l) Jupiter (l) Mars (a) Thc Moon and Mercurv (6) Ju'-piter (6) Saturn and Mars (?) Venus (8) Srturn (9) TheSon

"ni Jupitar (t0) Jupiter, th: Sun, Mercury'and

Saturn (tl) Jupitar and (12) Saturn.cf , qloP

qfi $: ge: Crdt gtfiw: fta: tFt: tq5rqe{gfr fi-{1ffEav rlr4stcot: ll

sfql{dlaifitrt'?1tmr, ftteggrt{tir€Fltdt: IqftsqrfrsRoqril\g tTilErI$: rtRftfu<, qr( ll\Rll

S/ota. 52. Venus, Mercury and Jupiter whenthey occupy respectively the 7th., the 4ch and the 5ch

houser from the Lagna ale indced .harmful ln all horo'

16

,r0 rrffiffr Adb'II, Y V Y T Y Y Y t r t t : Y v r u t v Y Y r Y Y t Y Y Y r u v v Y Y Y v : v w Y U v i Y Y Y Y U Y v v

-

tcopet. Saturn in the Bth house frorn the ['tg* gives in'

pariablY what ia agreeable-,Notus.

The harmful yogas as given by Manthreswara in his mo{if{ril

are as follow:

clt q,it:66qfqgrrri irt *s: quei tsrF{t t' 6tt g""-,ti {IJq: iFqirreq ftrFtcga? rt

mfilrfi qqrqtt, ffiIrraqr!il q[Rsst{' t

ffi, q#tffRlqi f{*q't' qIGrtIqtHFI; ll \1 ll

Sloha,63 'Poeeessedofenef$} lo fasquarabui l tb"dy;. ;hck'red in mien, of eyes bright as wine'.of a

;ifi;; ne^3ure, torr"ly with his linited quanriry of hair,

,i. Sun consisrs chiefly of the quality of goodneos'

cl' fl(qdlqfir$Fqeq{w'cgcft$<l<evd

t-g,fr cgfttrqrtaqi: {t: saoc: Rn: tt rfiqrragffirgaaru: ffirrsTt q€r{.

rrrdtragc+: Egir'{: *rgrmrer rft: tt

dqIGnA qe{rFlH gtqq{rail(fu$t' I

dF {qtwggqfiq: qffifrqriil { gqsqr ail-( ll\B l

Stoha. 64, The Moon has phlegm atrd wind in

his compogition, and is given to rambling' Hit speech

i, ,oflie is discrimioating. He has fine eyec;his limbs

are firm and exceedingly lovely. He is always sensible,

with a figure slim, but round',/. ff{Kal

drq: rrrtffi ngrarrftt' 6ar* gr' fig: qpffilme3 cri €6i qrft{r: t

qrtql-r*mrtc6: &c€(+ t*6'€rfr gfr r r'

1g{rg rerUtsftgtra: IFreRTf{cl: ll

sf. 6g+c fttjts;rnr: 77

urq? adgorftg trtt$rtrt: tt \\ tlSloka. 55. Mars has fierce eyel, a youthful

appearance and generouE disposition. I{e has bile inhis composition; he is exceedingly fickle. fle har aslender waisr His limbs are fine and of a reddish huc.He is energetic and luetful ; and his tendenciee are to,wards the quality of Thamas lcrg) or darkness.,' cf. wa*dt, trs: fuootsrit aag{f.eif}anri}amif

qqf€firrwrmn: qgir: qtar rtem-*rq tf gt$F s efi rlnet'rr : fttncs6q€-

{os: qclt+t ftera${ro: tcuirr:.6a: IG a

tfiTl{{grdGl: ($Fr{ !5ttTf:etm twtgE{ilrqftilqefo. ,

uftffr RfdtQtmn,rfruriqr{Gl:rdlqftfm: ufrtqt RrfE ll itQ ll

Sloha. 56. Mercury has a person green at theblade of Durva or panic g(ass. He has a distinct arti,culation. He is spare aod thin, He is thQ sovereign ofthoae who are endowed with the quality of ruq.R.x;1gor passion. He is exceedingly fond of fun. He delightcin danage. He has plenty of bile, phlegm and windin hic compoeition; he hae a weahh of ready e$et111and is a 8age.

r/. ercr+dlilur<rtqileill* r1g€rqctEoe {rs o-

rqwrtsfffift+: Egqqr: t*cfrfrveirr r

t8 s!*clftlte Adb.II

$r wnrsn<rq Sftgf. g<: ffi<e:c*qrguftf* iqa*: vrqrrtarcIt gq: ll

qEgq€Rt(, {teEol, i$6rflI[

i {Iso!rytsi(' q*il€rhwtt rEfrstltuqt{: tnfrtqintq {qrt

qogEqRRa, {qir t{r.rt 11 \u llslokn. ,7 Jupiter possesu?s a big'beliied body ;

hir colour is yellow. FIe is of a phlegmatic temperament

He poosesses all virtues ; is endowed with'an aPtitude

for every gcience. His eyes and hair are brown. He

por0esse8 the quality of goodness or purity.' He icerceedingly intelligent. His p:rlon is graced withmarks of royalty not to be despised.

a/. armsrtqfitrodtct g ittrt : ft€rrotrE : ftrrt :

Q(irfttr: g?tgqoraareg {tiftdtqo: t

rd tr&dt f+s?ilAgdr edr{ara: {*qrdleirsrsssrcq*tSfu :cqrit 1t: tt

meeoftnfu: finfr;(t{nfi{rqilftfttrg' s}rqeqsrq{ffs' 1

qRqffisq.rilT rsnr: qtfdqn'

lfqq6{fgqrrdfiFfi(a{Klg{: ll \d llS,ofta. 68. Venrlg has black curled hair. He ic

dfrt'hrown and handsom:. His linbs ar: very stnrn3!,rieal end lovely :He has sefteyes and an amorou$ dic'position. He has much wind and phlegm in hic compo.sition and is endowed with Rajas (twq) or the qualityof paroion. He hae an amplitude of grace, ease, vigourand all kinds of excellence.

sf-r,Ti,"-""",,/. sr<rcd

qrtft&gq: EqEq": ga;rltt: +rffrrq

. Scqrgrr?anqqcotkrQgit q{qvlqrqq; 1ilfr smqsr{d'tsRgrrrtFsqflrqit arw

'

*orqrdqftqlftqgPraa: qg@w: Rre: n

ilAFqiqn"€: iftttflr Fiftrcrr' $$qltilflt I

ffiq{relqliqs& dfMrg8dtftoq, Rn( ll \q ltSloks. 59. Saturri hae stiff hair and limbs; he ir

tean. FIis body is dark as Durva grass. His compoci'tion has phlegm and wind in it. He has large teethand eyeo of a fine reddish hrrown. He is intent on darkdesigns and disposed to inactivity.

cf anl+drftfr hraEslsi: ${aT{tt: frrtdsqs:

EsIrF: qqartcrmftgns cnarrir A'iur: tq* : qga,t&;il :ft c fan'r crFr,1ffi

ti* diqcir wnftqa. ?Ftonnit rrrwft: n

si[01 q;q: qftrr rfige, $'Aq d* gwn frffi<: rfttr gfr gtqF{EI ![s, gQa qq, €g {sqt rcil 8o

Sloha. 60. In planetary war, Saturn is over-powered by the $un ; Mars by Saturn Jupiter by Maru;the Moon by Jupiter ; Venus by the Moon; Mercuryby Venus; and the Moon by Mercury.

dqqdrqr*agerrMatrrErqffiErrqes Rae q& r

rrffis6ffil{rt Rqq0r{irnaqar{ tt qt tl

S/oA.l. 61, The Sun is invariably Ettoog, in the

following poeitiono:-his exalcrtion, bio own horer.hii

80 di$ffirt Adh. Ir

Drckkana, his Hora, hie week day, his Navamsa, hienorthern pessage, the middle of day, the time of hisentering a eign, the initial portion of the Navamsa of afriendly ptanet, and the tenth house.

qE(, sftilar .ffi ltqffirsrq*{{*<nq-i gffiUq ftfrr ge qrrqrqt qld{q r

rd: tffi qR rdt q{e qFr Rqrs+aitr{qileilq $* Wuqti ?lunq. ll qR ll

Stohtt. 62. Thc Moon hae strength in Cancer,Ttutur, his week day, his Drekkana, ;his Hora, hisNavamsa, the e nd of a sign; when aspected, by beneficplanets s' at night; in the 4th houae ; in hie passage tothe south of the Equator. The Moon with all the digitscomplete io otrong ir: all poeitions except the RikshaSendhis (d. e. the last quarters of Aslesha, Jyeshta andRevati). The same when aspected by all the planetsbring to men a royal destiny

qm €irRaqqmsqM{ilffifigt

q* q qTsqfrRr rrRTgQ qordrqrf $drm+ q g€ qKrR ll Ql n

S|rla. 63. Mars hat abundant otrength in hisown weekdry, in his Navamea, in hie Drekkana, in therigns Meena, Vriechika, Kumbha, Makara and Meeha,during night time, in his retrograde movements, whenhe is in the southern quarter, and also in the intialportion of a sign. He gives prooperity when he is intbc 10th hotrrc from the Lagna and also when he is inKeaks

tl. crtc {hfltrm{: ct

riltqTfrr{f ffiq|t Rn qftqrm3rg: r

ffiqrq{rtfr qfrT{euil qr qq zdfofcc (I( tl 18 tt

Sloka. 64. .Mercury is oighty in Kanya andMithuoa, in his weekday, in his owo Varga, in Dhanus,shen witbout the Sun, b! day as well ae by night' inhir northern pasEage (that portion of thc ecliptic whiclllies to the north of the Equator) and in the middle of arign. He invariably promotec fame, strength and pros'prity if he be in the rising oign.

ffiM{frqs{Gffi qR qrRrqQ t

tt q atqrqffr qd stq], uil gt q qirt rgRr(: qr( ll q\ ll

Sloka. 65. Jupiter ie powerful in Meena, Vrie'

,chika, Dhanus and Kataka, in his owu Varga andlweek'day, at mid.day, in his passage to the north of the

Equtor, in the middle of a sign, in Ktrmbha, as algo inhil depreasion 'aign. He gives much wealth whenlo the rising sign, in the fourth ac wcll as in the l0thhouse from the Lagna.

MrffiqR{n?nQilgqqtgwt a$ qn} t

gtqfimrffigr}f,rq gqfr qR frll' qr( ll qq ll

Sl..rla. 66. Venuo is aucpicious in his exaltation

rignr io hio Vargar in hio weekday, when in the niddlel l

8Sl ftTq|ft|t Ad[r. tI

of a sign, in the 6th, t2th, 3rd and the 4th houseE froothe lagna, in the afternoon, in his conjunction withthe Moon, in his retrograde motion and when he is hadvance of the $un.

qqqfnqw*qd u,q*qtr{nql Rqgquftt $nqq I

qt U{q wt qR Eqtrrtqh w€qE*g 5vrfrq: enq ll qe ll

Sloha. 67, Saturn is predominant in Thula,Makara, Kumbha, in the 7th houre from the Lagna, inhio paesage to the south of the Equator, io hie ownDrekkana, weekday and Daca, in the concluding portionof a sign, in planetary wsrr in the dark half of a month,

and in all the twelve signr when retrograde.Norgr.

But according to Garga, Saturn in Tula, l)hanus or Moenaidcntical with the Lagna is capable of conferring royalty on thenative; for he says.

qortqc<#<1r1i onts: rfrrr: t:aitft {cfr cncrqwdt rr{(Fq tl

Urt q w{rgcrfrq: qR( ||5;qrdff{'lqrilqQ ftnqF

sqra*gqql q ffi ret cq flq4llSloAa. 68. In Merha, Vrischika, Kumbha, Kanya

Vrishabha, Kataka, and in the l0th house from the

Lagna, lahu has otrength. Ketu dominates over theconcluding portion of Kanya, Vrisbabha, Dhanus, thenight.time generally and over a birth occurring at

'a

period of any striking phenomenon such aB an eclipoe.

sl. 69-72 fiftftsrn{:

ftertru{er?{ilt t q&ntrfr ftqot {rFe tuh qltg ({rttg r {Ir{gfif{ nnfil qi}e ttEqtt

Sloha. 69. Those plan:ts which pcose$s the

str€ogth dcscrib:d al:ovc b?com: rrtuvriling whztr ch-:y

t"ppi to b: in the initial prrticn of a rrrt'bhrva or

hrus. ae ascertained by rrrltgir'bhavr sphutr (correct cal'

culations). Accordingly, none of the effects alrcady

deecribed in so far ae they relate to Bhrv.rs, yogas and

the various fortunes of a p:rson's tif': can be.exp:cce..l

to hold good in this case.N. B. This in terpretat iorr is onl1 ' t r rntat ive V' S '

qqlutlr ffirq tirgftm ril: tq{iltf€ilr qrr}etfr:1g: $€ilt{s ll eo ll

Slofra' ?0. Planets in the six signs bafore the Sun

are called Prone: Th:se in th: six behind the $un are

sufinc and are productive of happiness and wealth'

firrrr{{rrd{ilr: nlor w<rttrqr*Reilr|;il' tilflqqsirnt'r qdltt{ agtdl{oss{flt ts ll sl ll

Stoha. ?1. Satu(n, Jupiter, Mtrs, the $un, Venuc'

Mercury and the Moon are the planets adranged- sari'

atirn a*ording to the length of the time they abide in

the zodiacal .igo.. Rahu wh rse position is at the

topoost point of the Errth'e orbit (ascending node) has

prldooiniting strength when he occupies a posicion '

felow the planete above'oentioned r' e' when he is ba

fore or to the east of them

(Tbis nreaning is only tontative')

{qrgfr[, {firq{gt q€' gt-qftgilt $tt IW,-wi (Rq' sel trdrdfr itqor *{rA iletil'

83

84 rratqftnrd Adb" It

Sltha.7r. The Moon in conjunction with the Sun,.Mercury in the 4th house from the Lagna Jupiter iri 'the 5th, Mars in thc 2nd, Venus in the 6th, and Saturnin the ?th become barren of effect,

NorPs., Saturn is said to have his full (Greo) Digbata in the 7th house,Vidc sloha 35 sapra, It is therefore difficult to reconcile withthe above the statement nrade in this slolia that he becomes Darrenof effect when in the 7th house.

\ . \ \ \(Ilfilq ${t a;ngmt(I lFl{r, ITqrsri $rq'r aFe qgofr flr4ffifu: ll el tt{qril trq;rl q {ood trq g r(fi: rffitfi die{rflatrql(tilq+ rr eB ll

SloA:rs ?3,?4.Mercury (when in strength) can coun,teract the evil caused by Rahu. Saturn t'in a similarpoaition) can counteract the evil influences of the formertwo combined; Mars (when in a posicion of advantage)can remove the" evil .caused by the three foregoingptanets put together. Venus has power to nullify theevil cauged by these four. Jupiter can destroy thd evilworked by the previous five. The Moon can obviatethe malefic influence of the six preceding. The Suncan renove the evil effects of the foregoing 8eveo.This he doee more effectually when he is in his north'ward course

eEr frrta,trEtEfqEtqr{qftmft{tmo*' rilrAFlffffi{iF{, qifr frqaq{t R{ttt' ll s\ tt

S/o&4. 76 The Sun (when malefic) invariablyproduces mental incompetence ttrrough the instrument-a[ity of the gervrnts of a king, of Gods and of Brahming-iri aggravation of such ailments aE an aching head, rag.ing fever, wasting consumption and'dysentery.

ill. 76119 flGQsraq:- v - - - - t - - t . - - - .

q|qqirrdAr{rfrdl qlt{rR(qqtfilqf ' ttrlturg€{tMqM q $d ![ Tfrtn' ll sq ll

Stoha. 76. The Moon ( when malefic ) cauFt

trouble by m:ans of diaeasee generally brought on by

venereal indulgence, such as pallor, cahrrh' :iaundice

and iiflamnrtion of tbe nose, and also with the aid of

oumerouo female goblins and demonesser

(tldqrqqq${{ffqw{qqrtlstqi' r

+raq,,Mti-CftSftqtg of qqKil: ll es ll

Sto la . l lMars(whenmale f ic )qu ick lycarJrerfear by a swelling of the scrotum phlegm' weapono' fire;

til; tumours, boils arr1 such disea'e' as are born of

l;Jig;r."; and also through the instrumentality of

Siur"t heroic hosts and the terrific forms of that deity.

8e

qnf*r?qfi{ilr{twk g'r{ uRTe' $ffi rl ed llSt. ha ?8. M;rcury (when male{/'r) rporhr much

mieerybyproduc ingwind imperc :p t ib ly in thereg ionoo{ the privities and the stomach, by bri'ging on leptooy,

iiJig.rrion, colic, diarrhoeaadd other diseases; ald alro

throirgh the inetrum;nt;lify cf spirirs, the devoted ser,

*r.otrlf Vishnu of whom the leader is called Budha

fiqrfrEg€t{grilq$' d+ q ga{€qfrrrrua'-u'tfil tiiiniiuhlmo,grir €sf'rrrqrde&'rq61*',,

Sloko 7',, Jupite r (when malefic) cauees Eorro\rr

due to the evil effects of maledictions uttered by preceP'

tors, Gods, Parent.i and such other venerable people and

, Btahqinr, as well as the diseage of the eple:n '

rilrqr$rit r*jVeaus producee'peril through euch causeE as drlnk

aod Ciabeteo arising from the diseases of the belovedwo6en associated with a result induc:d by addiccionto femalec endeared by exceeeive gallantry.

lf 6ilPd rRq' ea *ftnlt' r

€tqn{rugqil?qftr *9, tt c. llSloha. 8). Saturn occasions distress, by leading

!Q asts which the evils of poverty breed by neans of)iends and thieves ag algo by diseases affecting the jointc.

And Ketu causea the affliction by ih: itch, by anoutbreak of enallpox, by o.rchinitions of en,:mieo, bvdireaseo in general an3 by the instrum:ntalityof lowoutcast hordeo,

qitsq rqn{(Rr6 gu*uft}eiWr{ {t: IE.[;l{r{rrof\ $ii}r' ftggtqrR{t tttqrr( | lc t rl.S/bfr.1. 81. Rahu 'causeE graat fear to m:n by

nidhd of epilepay, smallpox, halter, flies, worms, ghosto,fi€rldoland goblino'; also by leading to suicides byhang-ingl:6..*Use of disoasee icsulting in want of app:tite'and lcproey.

'flqw6q{rfiq{rdr n*rn-qrRsr{frilrfiffir

qffiEqfi{ft'f,er[r: sr{qraKGI(t: (t-i[ffFr$qEi${(; RtI( ll cR, lt

-Sloft.i.,i 31.- 'Tlie planets-sh-rwn'in the following

three prira -the $urr'and- Mare,' €atrlrh' an.l thl"\dorrl,

Sl. 8g{,1 ififtrm:

Jupiter and Venuc.-- respectively producq etfect whan

they are in the beginning, the end and the rniddle of a

cign. Mdrcuty produceg effect at all times

cf. ttqmq'Rctithft nitc.rt gttgst qqis ctqqn\ trftgtnftr*r ftftfu{ft rrftraqq; qtK qf5rq n

Also qcFrcqr* sund $rsr* cQ ftir{* relqr l: aqftf,-{tq{qrt qor* ll

q{rddqqP{flffirnrr.*inflqqrg qrdfrdrmes I

twqfurqqffinr{ qil'gtrq{rherdtil q: ll zl ll

Sloha. 83. Whenever dieeaees are caused by irri'

tation of particular constituents of the body, people

should, in view to allay all such diseaoec, propitiate the

lord of the irritated constituents in quectioor by ocano

of prayere, tibations of water, oblations (thrown in the

fire) and by liberal gifte. When their minds are by

these means freed fiom apprehenrions of diseare 'and

sorrowr they will become porreroed of health, happinerc

hme and otrength.

rror gntsq t5n q !d €ir{ {Frq$S nts tfrsut"fsqil: tti rg, {tqqh1: gak fl{rt ll 4u ll

Sloha. 84. In an odd sign, accordiog to the nun'

ber of degreea advanced, a planet is caid to be in infancy'

in boyhood, in adoleecence, in advanced age and in

c*lrcnis, But in an even eign, theee ceveral divirionr

bave to be again made regularly in the reverse order'

8?

'Adh. ll'50, " " - V - a V Y V t t J - . Y t t

NorEs;

cf. ttrl cttoli rtarqsamutft c{ts{n{tcq

rrd tgt (6) ft€f ctg|tt$ Tfft fr $il r3: | "t

Id: ffqcsm: cct ltorqqqr tfuir qTcrq n

n* g.ft*rdift garr{ ${R} qrri c tgrq t

l3r qci qqitsqlq: st r {t'qrot qlrq: n

ln somc of .the astrological works' these states or conditions

of a planet are described as du" to the nature of the Rasi occupiod

by it ; thus, a planet is Bala'qr€i or in a state of infancy whcn

it is placed in the house of a friend-some subdivide this condi'

,il il AaiiU"t"'ffiuto and Bala'{ro' It is in a state of Kumara'

iFrIK or boyhood 'vhen in its own house (or in a Trikona Rasi ac'

cording to some). It is said to be in Yuvan'$fi or a state of sdole'

scence when it o""ont"' "

irikona'Fr*m or Ucha Rasi'sta{€r; some

recognise these as two distinct conditions and call thern Yuva'lfilt

and RaJa'tr<t respectively n-' and so on' Seperate effects.are

;JJ to each of tt "r"

conditions and are declared to be felt dur'

ilt in" u"* perio{ of the planet concerned' cf'

qftrro: €qk{fr rt* tegqt fue: t

!ilm: aFIfQI: srsftrdit glrt ta< n

srsrflrdt rrtrr rgg: {t$f fure: I

{tt{rflftC?q€0 qftd rqrddt rrttt lt

, qlQQpqrffi{rq: qqfftt(: t

rllt'! sgtrrstt{ g"ttq aa: tfitq' ll

qtnrl {aim @ Tfvt'" lrrrrt<qn xfi qdts(trfi fttt rt

qftilaqnrdre ci lr{qas{: t

tllv(l g q{Ir6rs *lTQrF: nusffi tl

!!nf{? qllrfie hqrsudtrr: t

{tT{g' $rcte trfr lrrsrrqq: tt

Iqtvqtttrr0 cct* 3s66t: I

|gffuri T{ot ctft ftrlqq u

gL 66 ffiill{: 89

AIso qKl{cft I n

etrnri*etmi rgrttt lncfrlt tqfffiF ilrdi i Scffr' qrc frfril: rqwf *niterr{i grrrq: qdffa: frqhffir<i q rqr crr iliRil: uffi sUqi q {qn qrsrtQttt tffitsscstt|er s$qi g qrtr rret nctt: S* g{ft<r"q"ffiryr: t

lSeftat fd{*dr qqil rqqq 1g{ftnt: grcirdkr: s$ffif*lit sfo{: t

ftr$: gvftr: qn qfrr'q qrqth ilgcffififurig ir €{d: qrrmfrt-tt: gtrtt3 |

wqgr<efttar: ftrsr: teat: qcdfgr: ti

sqi'ri tl{qtri q qFr€*i *qFt fr tg(qEt{rft cd gfi etqrfuhmq ll d\ ll

Slolc. 85. That portion of a'zodiacal cign'in which

a planet io in itg exaltation anC that Navamsa which iE

owned by it, they say, is its waking rtate. The Navam'

ra betonging to a friendly planet is its dreaoing Etate'

while itc sleep is that portion wherein it is ih its de'

preocion as also that which is owned by an eneoy.6J: cmR-*trtrftt fuff.r q EecP{€r grq tlrt I

RsrT& rl0n * 1 gqttil+q nfirnq sqdget cr*anrggRis'I3 | .ftiqa: q{sr1 <ntrm13 51{qnffi: il

srtrrfiqr q$r6ET sqier qrfr t

h!q,€rq(rua€{r tttsrTt gftqilc I

Bcside,s the teu Avastha's (qqgr:) or conditions described iu

slokas 16r-18 strf ra and the three ones mentioned iu the present'slolca,

i.''ere are some rriore Avastbas (lt*eff:) wirich bave been

tscribe,l to the several planots due to their being placed iq'certain

12

90 Adh. ll

positions. An accurate knowledge of these app@rs to bo veryessential for making correct predictions. It has often been seenthat, in the case of 2 or more persoDs born at one and the sanietime (say in the same Lagla, in the same day, month and year),the. phalas or effects are not at all similar but quite different.This is mostly due to the entire change in their Avasthas (E{s-gr:) inn'hich the ptanets are situated in these lioroscopes' !'or insl.ance,.one ought to naturallj' expect Sarrthanavriddhi (rqrta?) if -a'benefic planet occupies the 5th house an<l Puthrauasa (ga;6r) if apalefic one should occupy the same. But it is stated that beueficplanets in tlre Cheshta (=)st) state in the Sayana (:f+q) and Nidra

Avasthas (fr4r w<vr) occupying the 5th house do moro harm tharr

good for progeuy, while malefics in the same positiori ancl in t

the

eame conditions are capable of .helping the Santhanavriddhi(silIqER) of the native. As the several Avasthas (qcqrl:) of theplanets are thus seen to play a very iruportant part in moulding

tbe nature of their eflects cluring any birth, a detailed description

cf the sante here will not be cousiderecl out of place.

x{gdqtrftrIEMi sg.ftqr rrFrr: {tQlat rrGe: ga tft,il{Tt {qk{ fuE4t q rFrr-'g"r llofqdr .rftia*e gRrerfm<ur tgqd: Sft{dia .1trn+' cffrfer:gztgm; knr rrgkggftr Rq tTfltffqs*$Ffr affinr qt qq q llg6{riqt} srsft ftr4ilir& rrftga: I

rftt* *sft rrRfr gFft: s'eftqt: nflgitr {tggdt RS€* rrasft r

!fte: s s Atq: {dfgdr qqr ttqt ll

norft Rra: ta: qlSqT sr<Alft'd: Ig{.lFr { $mfil qfr<: s irfliFt: lfP{*rdt ftTgd f**sr qradftt: tgaor sftiiit qtr gkd: q c*Rd: trrfor frfr qal qmt: T{cFd rAqr t

&fut t Mrqr€3qr qq *firn: n

9[ It ftOiltsrqrv:

lg tS r urig qeffi qtqr Igftrc: tr)fu8t qrsft s at g:slrrw: u

. 'q! t}or Aqd{ q*rl{g q&t: rrorqddtq tnrsl: strtrqs n]ffi s gqr gtu qt ilt rftgr: IGOA asfi tft: sr$ q cf,merq Iutenl Rq-fr qq ftre€a&ecsl rgfue: 8rfun tsft q atr g:<rrca: ugmml qnqq vFrft rT.E q;r it Ignat?ffr qhs qnksrA t.dqr r il$lfrfuetqfnrlc €si qq .rr trq IBqt es qrft ir s<tqr( itrtrqr: I

Six varieties have fortnerly treen declared,'lry Sarnbhu rgg:rrd'

ing tl,re. conditions of planets, vizi, (1) Lsjjitha'q8ilil ashamed or

abashed, (2) Gan'itba-rrfqa (hauglrty or conceitd)' (3) Kshudhitha'gf+o (hunsrr), (4) Thrushitha-ufre (thirstv or Snedv), (5) Muditba'

gfm (pleaied or detightecl) and (o) Kshobhithn'trilm (agitate-tf or

cxcite<i).(i) A planet is said to be in a Laiiltha'sGrfr condition when

it occupies the 5th botlse in coniunction with Rahu, Kctu, the Sun,

Saturn or Mars.(ii) [t is saiJ to bc Garvitha {t{flaghen it is in its eraltation

psilion o* in its llloolatrhikona.(iii) It is io a Kshudhitha-gF're state whcn it occypies an

inimical house or is in conjunction witlt Siturn or an inlpical

trirlpnet or aspectecl by an inimical planpt'I (iv) If the plarict being in a rvatery'sign be at the sarne tinro

aspected by'an inimical planet and una$pected lry benefic ones'

it is said to be in a Thrushitha Tt!il state.

(v) gut if it occupies a frien<l's house apd be in cgnjunction

with a friendly planet, or Jupiter or be aspectud by another ffiend'

ly planet, it is in a Muditha gfm condition'r

(ri) Lastty, its condition will be Kshobitha dfre when

it is eclipsed by the lun and has on it the aspect of malefics oq.

llrqt of an inimical Planot'.

0r

,l |l|f||fiFTNU AOO. 11

Tra {rqtt rrtlrrq qhF6{r& $ntr' tqtTqi . d gq, wt q* qsmcq[

ttqi q'tEttr q ffirxeiflaqlmle-gT q rr*i srnt c€ft<rrr uqrrft ffi tn tqr$qsT r ,f?gqq gRr qer"rt *sr q rfuei: qfuRfh: uftze q.tE k*{ t sfttrtq ISfitr tli tr{?rt foq}qaq ,,srr{€ eqr@c cgr g}: rrRqr q€ lrrlr tTt ili1ffi<Qitt rrtnryfta'{trmlq gr: {rqqq\ Iqrcrqftot tg*'!-*6c (Run da' ilr* q- irql t{ st $rrt{rt aqr rg* et I tgrii g! dtFr ffiq ngft eiqr: *qrrq n,i qqrr qrtr rcIft e{cfi tq rlr qqtlgssq Itrt 6* s rlor WMi eR* *Qq, r iff{Er Rtsr q rFrdr gftErfi. tldt sq* it tsr* Rgti svq rFierqi qdr q sr+i rfutti fug: ilg{rg:,i lttruli q sfrqqnl relFranr Ilrerri f{fttq ?r<i ft trqr gt, rr

There are twelve other conditions of planets which have qlsoto be specially noticed. They in their order are (l) S4yana{rFl(lying down), (21Uwvesa Efr{r (sitting), (3)Nethrapani MI(witb the hand on the 6ye), (a) Prakasana Trfi?t-d (making brieht otirradiating) (5) Gamanechcha rrqkz (desire to go), (6) Garrqaa.E{(soiqs), (Z) Sabnayam Vasati tr|{tci {€fr (dweUiqg or. beiqg in gnassembly), (8) esama sTrrrfr (cominb), (9) Sr{-d (eatiqs), (tO; t*ruEq-tipsa:Wtrqr (desire to dance) (lt) Kauthut" *f+ (deliAl, jgvrpleasure) and (12) Nidra fr{ (sleep).

To find the particular olirtrt1 of any planet, tbe fo[o11ipg iqtbc method to be adopted':-

ttl*srme 90

gicd tbe product of the folloring thrcc numbers:-(l) The numler rqpresenting t\o order of thc plan.et (couqtpd

from the Sun whose Avastha'q{gl has to be found' (e) tno-.

lumber representing the order of the Nakshatra"(counted frotu

Aswini) in wbich the'planet is situated; and (3) thenumber

]egfppentipg the actual degree in whicb the planet is at the time

Buder consideration. To this product must be added (l) the nuqber

tpdicating the order of.the person's:Janma Nakshatra-wwF (Z) thc

Dunqbr represenling the order of the Jananalagna'wrrou (counted

horq uesba) snd (3) the nusrber represeutiqg the ghatikal that

lave elapsed since suorise till the time of birth. Divide the Ie-jult by 12. Thi, remainder will indicate tbe order of the Avastha

rtit{n (corrnted from 6qa) of the planet'

Again, multiply the remainder above obtained by itself' To

:this add the number giveu in the marginally noted table ur:der the

initial letter of the name of the person concerned. Divide the re--

sult by 12. To the remainder add the Kshepa'Sv, rihich is also

It ql appended in the margin, belooginq

_ to the planet, and divide this by..3.r ! The rtmainder will iudicate ing ' which of tbe tbree-Drishti, Che-|t q sbta or Vicheshta-rt, iur, or ftiut

! ! conditions in' tbo Avaeth*'qgt

( q already found, the planet act'qlly

C f is at the time'

4 5 Take for example the case of

- tbe horoscope gived in the notest to 3ripathipaddhathi afirrM.2 Soooose it is required to 6nd tbp,o

1 putti"ular Avast!4'rrvt of Jupi'r ter. The birth is stqted to be qt5 t.tf a glrati&a before Sunrise or3 io the 60th ghatika from the pre-3 vious Sunrise. l'he position of4

;upiter is 8 signs, ldegree,.25{ miootes, ! socoad. Jueiter is in

t'

r[

t ' l t c

t l l lt f tT 3 C

t r t qr I r q

t l f , q

188

Surfs Ksbpa ig

Il[@a's ,,Mq{s' ,,

, Meqcury'g t,Jupiter's ,,Yg$+e's ,,Sqttru's ,,

,BabB ,,Kethu . ,,

o4 {l5{rtrtil Adh. II

,

ii ttre sttr when counted from the sun. Moela-not is the lgth

ftom Aswini'qttffil.

fherefore multiplying 5 x 19 x 2=190'

1'o this must be added the number represented by the Janana'

t*gn.-._;; (which is ltfesha-lc in thisloroscope), the numbbr

representing the Janmanakshatra":fafrfQF (which is Sravana'tltlul

o,r 2211&fron Aswini'qfA*) ald the number representing the gha-

t i kas tha thavee lapseds ince las tSun r i se (wh ic l ' i s60 in t l r ep re .

celt case)'

t . h e r e s u l t i s l g C * | . + 2 2 . | 6 0 o r 2 7 3 . D i v i d i n g t l r i s l l y l 2 ,

we lrave 9 as the retuaintler whicl" nreans that Jupiter's Avastlra'

arirql at the tirne is Rhojana"fra-a'

Again squaring 9, we get 8l' -Tlre -nanre of the native.begins

with the letter S and the number giveo fol that letter is l' So we

' ;; 8l l I or 82. Dividing this bv 12' -

there iR p remainder l0'

t ;i; nrust be added tlre Kshepa'qir of Jupiter'.viz' 5' T"',11

t-

,U-"rii"t" fS' Wlren this is airllae{}v.3', thcre is a remainder 3

J"i.*"s that Jrtpiter is in Vicheshta'Rlsl'in the Bbojana

.Avastha-'fr'fit{{lr'

Thefol lowingtableishowsthepart icutar 'Avast lrar.r t {€I fandthe sub'state o,

"ooiiton therein in whic\ lhP'serse?al planets are

iitt*a in the horoscope under reference: '

*

Actual position Name of the The Sub'state

Planets in the Licliptic' Avasthas.

"'

-u. s. ('*lwr) or condition

Sun r{l-17-43-$ Kauth'uka (#gd) Drishti (ED)

Moon 9-l+-29-39 'r ti t' tt

Mars ll-27==53-- 9 " ." t'

Mercury ll-24-13-44 " r' " "

;;oiter 8- t:25- I Bhojana (ftc-{) vicheshta (frist)

Venus O-.l+"12-51 Itauthuka (AIgd) Che^shta (isr)

Saturn G-27-55-4fi " " "' " tt

1r' For further details see Hora Ratna'

'

Sl. 8e+z ftfrSs.qn:

ftfrqqqe, t{e, flsrd q,sEr urq Igd(qtl, qrsif qEI qlmttRr{r: ll cQ ll

Sloha. 86. A planet io a $irchodaya aign (Vidc

Adhyaya 1. Sloka. 14) yields fruit at the initial portion

of tht period of lite influenced by him: But . the sameplanet .n a Prishtodaya iign doee it at the final ttage.But if he should be in a sign which has both the charac'teristicr, he becomes fruitful at all times

r.f. rtv*rrcgBmq*ar*qt<+ee}:e: lutg r*qr: n

Also rnFt:srnrftTqcrr$cE: rQn :gshrm tq{ncfi cc} ftc;ql=* qffifu il

Also. frt<t+dtqri q{rrg soq: qNqrrrfucRr* fttrr: tsqAnt q q* €{r+{ gtH q *s! r

fiq{il*{qq(rcr.. qlilfiqlftqrt t

nafrqrsqUoutE: dttfre: rfuuqmztqq ll ds llSl;ho, 8?. By the special favor of the planets'the

diversity of their work, form and properties has been

iet forth in the Jataka Parijata which hac thereforE be'

.or. abuodantly illuminated with the pith of pianeary

effects treated of in all astrological works'

fi *qEq{urqr ?qilt{fr$rtqrdfiqfiMrt rcKquontqrfr ftitqt tt

Thus endc the second adhyaya upon the 'Nature

urd Properties of the Planen' i'n the work Tataka Pari'

[o'-."tnored bv Vaidyanatha uder'the auspicea of the

nine plane"' r or'r-nrn*..r-"'-*

95

.f'ffT

"-r"i i ,. l i{3;i r. 'r3 Adh'yaya lll.

lflrrrror,o Btnrus, eto.Out of the 80 slokas in this Adhyaya, 46 have beeu taken

from tsrihat Jataka, f iz-, Slokas l.:4,7-15, 2l-25,38-40, +3'+1,

46.17,58, 60-79. I :rr1 sr,(ry.,The first l0 slokas of this clnpter deal with Viyonijantna

(REftq-rcl. The words Amsa (sfEr) and Ithag (rTr.I) llave been used

to imply Dwadasamsas (Aiilt) and not Nar-amsas 'qci{r)

as will

be scen by the wotd Dwirasa bhaga (l*(gr{rq) in the opening sloka.

The information contained in these ten slokas can Lre used with

advant4gc fgr horary purposes$ when a thing is lost or an anirnal is

lost, or to enable tbe agriculturist and breeders of animals to

find 6rrt the best seos(rn for cultivation or for breeding purlnses'

It can also be applie<t to:rn rJtdiuttry l ioroscope tri see hos' tt luch

of anirnal uature the Jataki ("indf) has or to see if the horoscopc

irtdicates'hunran activity or becr.rntes useless like inaninrate beings.

! 'urther, it can be uti l ised for ascertaining if the native is

fortunate or not with respect to aniurals or cultivatiorl aDd if so

to what extent.

trd, grRti\frfrq ftstr

. ?re {tsq qi6 frftfrts: u t rrSJo&n 1. If, at the time of the'birth 'of any living

creature or of a query regarding it' thd malefic planetc

are fouod to be ltrong anil the benefic 'oner weak, aod

uffi;tt

$b 1. tffitsrqrq:

if I neutral planet (Saturn or Mercury) be in a kendra

position or aspect the rising sign' the astrologer may

L"hr" the birlh of a living being similar in form to that

, indicated bv the Moon'e Dwadasamsa provided thistp.ra"tttr" b.longs to what is called a ffifr (Viyoni)

rign (\[esha. Vrishaba, Katakar Simha, :Vrischika' first

, hatf of Dhanur, Makara, or Meeoa).Norps.

Viyonijanma (fttrkq;q) means a living being inferior in status

[o man, whether of the animal or vegetable kingdom'

q7

For an animal to be born, determine whether the Dwadasanrsa

occupiecl by tbe Moou belongs to a Viyoni Rasi (ffift1nt')' These

are the Rasis wbere an animal is likely to be born' Along with

the above, the benefics sbould be wealc, aud the malefics should

bc stroug. One of the neutral planets like Mercury or Saturn

should be in ao angular house with respect to the Lagna or'aspect

the I-agua. Then only we must predict that an zrnimal indicated

by the house owning the Dwadasamsa occupied by the Moon

will be born.

Mer. SunVenus!Ioon9ei

Eromllc

Suppose B person comes and' puts a question (Horary)

"o"f,

-J"itions of the plaaets in thc zodiac as above are shown

at the tirp: Then we have to judge that the person has- t11

..an;rnet end of the kind indicated by the 4th house from the Moon'

and

DWn

an

I l 3

08 *nnrqltqfr Adtr. itt.

' Suppose we come across such a position in the nativity of

ittly person. We have to judge that the nran is fortunate in

auintals.Another interpreta tion for (qalqr1i4lq'.Tr.rs{rrei) (Chandro-

l).gsadvirasabbagasarnanarupam). A form typilted by the Dreklsna'i,'ns;r (fi'€-cr.r)=2 x l; or 3rd) occupied by the iVlocn. In queriis <if;{lreft, etc., these arre useful.to predict the forrn of the thieves, etc,

c/. 'inrcdt-d: gaort*: +rj\frlr$rffirfte! ar rdrrzn*,rqi *at afiftft Er fifrii: Rr.q tl

qrqr qfua: €qrril: qRTt fi'q-orq drrtqt' tI ofi q R*rfrtlTni =$Hrfr Rqlftqfttrq u q, ll'

s/oftr. Z. Finding thatihc malef ic planets are Etrong;tnd in their own Dwadasamsas while the benefic planetsare strengthless and in Dwadasamsas not their own ;and finding also that the rising sign is a ft.ilft (Viyoni),thc astrologer may announce the birth of a ffiFrarq(Viyoniianma) as before (r. e. corresponding in form tothat indicated by the l2th portion of the sign occupieclbv thc. Moon, provided the- Rasi owning thc tZth

i:ortion in question is rr ffih (Viyoni) one.Norrs.

I1 t lrr . : untlermenticlnecl exatnple, Moon ' [^ iudi lates Vrishablra

l)r\r :rdasau)sa. T'he nlan, we judge, t ' i l l be ptr.5psrous in cow.,.

ln lrorarl f i i . tutc as i tbcvc, breeding ol cows, etc., indicated by

I \ lars 9J upi ter 2

[

^".F-xenrpre

turo

tt - *I

1 .

I l

St. 3-1 qditcean: 99

Vrishabha will be prosperous or we may judge according to thc

question, that a cow has heen lost. In the above flgure, suPposl

the Moon was in 39" of Mesha. lte will then tre in Meena l)wa'

rlasamsa. This will be very good for fishiog.

Bhattotpala interprets €rTlrr{ (Swabhaga$a) to mean'in ti9

Navamsa'.

fiq: fuM Gilq'qrdq* qsgttqqt$ rlQcqqritrsw t6wdr fu{S*.EFrdrra qQFr{r* lllll

Sloha. 3. [n the body of a quadruped, Ariessignifies the bcad; Taurrrs, the mouth and the dewlap ;(iemini. the forelegs aod the shoulders ; Cancer, ttreback; Lio; tire breast; Virgo, the eides ; Libra, thebelly; $corpio, the anus; Sagittarius, the higd legs;Capricornus, Membrum vitileand the $crotum; Aq*-rius, the bttttocks; and Pisces, the rail.

c.f. qKHJi

*v1&.gertq,iric+'rfrg ftgarft* <: rvdqcclts q ffiftt+frinrnt uffi nsiaft qffir nqat gqftqrEl ,.irrgo"*iuR"qedr q6'de$r rfrgi-.n{c€atFfr stt rrrt oilqrqni q t

sd {qqerltqq+r€tveiffi;qr: u

@+rrltqtfratg(ra+fl r€s"{r mfd r+fiqhoqqr tst fuU{ gt tr r rr

Slota. 4. By putting together all the strong pointswhether derived from the rising sign or the risingDwa,dasamga, the presence therein or the aspect thereon ofcerain planets, the astrologer should be able to give outthe colours that may be found in the creature born(ffift); the number of the prevailing hueg, he shoulddeclare ruiably to the planetc on lhe Lagna ; and as to

Ioo mmfiqft ig.tjSe etreaks on the animal's back, if any, he may guessfhem in accordance with the planet in the ?th bhava.

Norrs.w.{tvrA4ldl is another reading. cs?ar'6ci is another reading

sb q+{€e<€r.Find out how many planets are posited in the Lagna or

spect the Lagna. If tbese planets are strong, then only they

6fu.st be taken into coosideration. [f not; find out the rising Dwa-'asamsa and predict the colour of the animal as dqscribedio l, 23r'nd, 1I l9). The greater the number of planets io the Lagna or

;specting the Lagna, the greater will be the varieties of colours

o the auimal. The colour on the back of the aoimal (natural

tripes of the animal at its bar:k) shculd be predicted tbrough the,lanets place<l irt the 7th bhava from thr"Lagna.

r/. aHrdr' lqrlqfu€ff&iirqi q€gt'*a rtqt r€ €

"or 1<re* ee #r srsft re.ntrqrtMl c{t?r+ *utq. r

,' Graqdql: e{t g& i€i sseqilq rffi qrqd ffiMpe irrrq: ITsffr rrqqqr: ofrft qfi ftt*rrq rrfri 6tPd *rq: nrft fti qrtfr ftfti s trul Cnmqtftit rfoE: uror ifu: {r<v{ nir r* qrqrn cTilrfr €H ftst r ;jt6q{, cdsfr vi SsffiI gq1 Sa* rlqfiffi: ql*6etS'={ fipv r

f f t . =' ! fFqrr{ofu S3 arrrg: vtgffisR u

t:. q-rtq ife: qttt<rta qfrTrBffiqq Itanrr?friurqi eti'iufi ccfu qrf,rirq rr

Gunakara (S"nfl) and Bhattotpala (rrilm-o) interpret

lmsa (qrr) in the sloka as Navamsa-

fw

, t€fgfi gsftfr qgqlqili uiq r: Ri sgn E?drds* qd{fr' n \ ll

the worC

st, : i:- --:g:T'*"----- --, -- -, -.]j1Sloha.5. Grant that the lords of the 4ch and the lat

bhavas occupy respectively the lst aod the 4th Bhavas;the'blrth of a quadruped may ba possible; the birth of abrote may likewise happen when the lord of the Lagnaand the ruler of the 4th (wa) bhava. are in coniunc-tron with Rahu and Ketu.

g*fti Tfrqili qfr.qrf*qf?{i t:n il{ {rg*SW iq, qrqr&s;qqdqi?: ll Q ll

Slo ha. 6, If (in a fltdftffqtla'Viyonijauma Yoga) therising sign be aspected by Venrrs, the birth will be of iuraoimal of the cow kind; when the Lagna is in conJunc,tion with or aspected by Saturn,the animalborn ig of thebuffalo kind;it is of thesheep orgoat kiod when there isRahu or Ketu in the Lagna. An animal unlike all thesetailGs birth when the rising sign abounds with maleficplanem.

c/. eaftifu;ssfi1gslre fttrir rfirtqr: qc$rr*trre gir: tras: rrev4q1*qt qrtirsq ee] e'rtq ertfrs;lsg6*.r' ,,

rqt srru qsdwr n ftur gt qtqi{rffi rgqffi r fr€rn: qoigqr at*atqqrtr{rfrqqr: uetl

Sloha. 7. When the rising decanate is a ciQi;wt (Pakshi Drekkana) or when the rising Dwadasamsais that of a moveable sign or of Mercury andhas a strong

.pl'-et in it, land or water birds may, come into exist,( . cording as the rising decanate and the Dwada,Eamsi in the three caEes are occupied, if not aspected,by Saturn or the Moon.'

NorBs.

For Pakshi drekkanas siilc Adhyaya 5, Sloka 55 itfra. But

t02 ilCT|Rilt Adb" TII

aMitlruna, Zod-in Thula, lst in Simha and lst in Kumbha.

lf a Paksbi Drekkana as above is risiog on the l.g8na ead be

aspected b1 occupied by Saturn or the Moon, then birds are born

or indicated as the case maY be'

If \{akara, i\'Iesha, Kataka arrd Tula (uroveable signs) Dwe-

dasamsas are rising on the Lagna aspected or occupied by Saturn

or the l'Ioon, then birds are born or iodicated as the cass may be.

tf the Dwadasamsaq of Trlercurl' (tlithuna or Kalya) arc

risiog onlthe l-egna o.cupred ot aspected by Saturn or the Moon,

then birds are born or inCicated es the ease rnay be,

ln the above, Saturrt indicate:: birds who live on earth as

.op1",osed to birds li'!-inc irr rvater. The l$oon indicates birds on'rater.

. The previous sloka holds good for predictiggi tbe cqlour pf

tbe bird, Bhattotpala and Gunakara inlerpret 'fi( Atrua il tbe slCba

3s f$3vaolsa.'c/. r.n<ntt

Rurif?accrh clq s&it qi q qtrrtir t

diil il flt.i'tt €r< rqr{r: dtfkitftat sq{: il

; o{rfr{aratEo{9RK qRi:c .

i €r{fir q{ ir€f aRtilIqqrfls ll c ll ''

Sloha.. 8. With the Lagri,a, the Moon, Jupiternd the Sun, all devoid of strength, the astrologer may

.*o,rn"" the springing of trees. Iil/'hether they spring

.n land of, water is to be decided fron the cbaracter ofnthe risiog Dwldasamsa; i- c. frod the hct of its belong'

ing to a land or watery sign' The trees gtowing in

laid or water will be as many as ther€ are Rasis from

the lagna uP to the next land or water'sigo

81" g

The-Lagua, the l\toon, Jupiter and the Sun must be power-less. Find the Dwadasamsa of the Lagna. If it be a Viyooi (ftfi?)sign and at the same time be a lancllor watery Rasi, thdn wE uraysay that thetrees are either in land or watery places.:: Supposeitis l\{akara Dwadasamsa (first hatf) ttrat is rising. This will indi-cate a tree in a garden or park. Suppose the Lngna to be l7n inlianya. Then the rising Qwadasamsa is that of Meena. 'l'his

wilt inclicate a tree near the river.

lf the rtsft' (Taruprti)-the ruler of the I-agna Dwaclasaursais away from the Lagna, predict the nurnber of the trees by the'signs intervening the Lagna and the atcfr (T'arupati). As..r6trr* tt(,1ferir (Dasaclhyayee), the following is the rule.. yrind crut ther\1'urtlaya of ttre gio:rd1 (Kundali). Convert the years, months anddays into days. f.'he number arrived at will inclicate the numberclf trees or plants.

Suppose the l4th degree of Mithuna to be rising. 'fhen the

rising l)wadasams,r is the 6th in Mithuna lhsi, r. r., Vrischikawhich is only a watery sign. lf at the time the position of Mars(the l,rrd of Vrischil<a) be Kurrrbrra, the number of trees wilr belhc nutnber of Rasis separating Mars frolrr the I:agla l. e., fronrX'Iitlruna to Kurnbha d. c., t). Again, fronr lhe slokas of Saravali(lu.rted below, the follorviog has also to be noted,: If the trord ofthe ris.ing Drvadasamya either qrccupy his exaltatiou sign or bcrettograde in his motionr the number already obtairred should bctreblerl. If he be in his Vargottarnamsa, or bis own f)wadasamsa,Nevarrrsa or oDrekk^na,

such number should be doubled. Foreraiirple, if l'Iars in the instaunr:e cited be retrqrade in his motion,or rnstead of o'.:cupying Kumbha be in Makara, his exaltationsig:n,the nunrber (It{akaral being the tith fronr lllithuna) should bbtrebled. We shalltthus bave 24. But if Marp qhor,rld I oceqiyMesha llavamsa or illesha Dwadasamsa of Kumbha, d.a, hir ownsign, the nurnber of tlees qrll be only gx il or lg and so oa

c/. $trsnj'

aar*rfrEsrf{r$' lrt'q {rq}fti grtt I

lod

swtr|rc?htfl|n ttrnffi rt1ry3 x

104 rtuuc|ftcfi Adh III

erocatrt ssrsrqft rrd g isft arqa: rfrFrgqd ?vrqqqtqc+rr?eq n

" lt should thus be understood that in order that a human

being should be strong and powerful, the Lagna, tbe Moon, Jupiterand the Sun shoukl possess strength. Illse, the uative beccmespowerless lrke a tree arrd becomes a depeudant on others.

effi :{f{l-{ wqft f{t$il{ qfqgs

SiQqiqkqfrer fiuancf{ *q, tEFtRrfr ffif,ffi Sqifiiliq gr:

fuiqrRFg: sg$freqr{ qftgilg {3, tRttSloha, 9. The Sun generates trees that are in,

wardly strong (nrassive); Saturm produces such as areunsightly. The Moon gives birth to those that are sappy;]r{ars brings forth thorny ones. Jupiter and Mercuryproduce respectively fruit.bearing and fruitless trees.Venus ushers into the world those that merely blossombut bear no fruic, \l/e have to say again that the Moonmakee his trees oily and those produced by Mars bavcltrong,scented boughs.

. Nolss.

. This rnust be appliccl to the horolicopg, ,if every landlord.

The Sun governs timbcr ancl othcr trees which are rnwardli'

strong. . Saturn inclicates useless tret:s; l{oon, saplr1' trees i anrl

Mars, thorny tree:; cr plants, lrrlriter .!{(.rvern$ trees bearing

fruits. l\Iercury r{overns good trees but not hearin;gfruit. Venus

will produce llolvery trees or plrrntl i, I\,foorr relrrest'ntr; oil l ' trees

while i\Iars denotes ugly ones.'fhe land investments are iridicated by the 4tlr bhara and rts

lord. Some people are unfnrtutratti in land investment, . because

the 4th bhava and its l.ord nrc weak. Corning to progression (by

any system), progressed Nloon in any aspect to planets in radix

goodor bad, wift indicate- grrod or tad fortune in:thc 'trecs or

plants indicatErl as :tbovc.

$1. ro tftqtsrqt{:

c/. qFr+A

rrnf,:qRr{ wr{ ilgt{t{ rtft trqr{ |$$nre}er{nrft gc sirsHr nrgrueft* tfu: ggffi{trqr $tF: rWqqo*egert gtil's racfthi ctlq u

AIso iREK

qur{ qiqft q,il $tTrn q,ttlr: rufrifurf€w *rf : figi,iqr{ qrgil [

$ gd e'norFqx gsqsr{ qrr}: gr: I

r \ $ a . \'' gfrtgqii efu STdi' tttft Eq ffierqqr r

*, q(t{r* qHfr fr"uel tnllE{Ek iFqrc{fiilqtftqri ll I o tl

; ll {ft Rdftwqrs{nrr: llSlo&a. 10. When the phnet presiding over rlic

birth of a tree, being benefic, is in the house of aoalefic one, it generateE.a eoodtree in a bad placaThererult ig revbrsed when the condition is reversed Thatis, if the tree.producing planet, being malefic, occupythe-houss of a b:nefic one, a bed tree wi't[ spring up in'a good soil.

'Tbe number ol trees of the kind spoken ofbefore will be the number o[ Dwadasamsar reckonedfrom the.planct's own Dwadasamsa last occupied by itlp to th: alicn onc which it now occupies.

Notrs' c!, qrr'Rff

, Tr: *rq'Jtqrr} yefti otrit guit rirrqrq crqqEi ffifr gni sft rqrrfri: gc.$t qcrk ftrr: <g 1ryr: I

l0t

ll qq ftffi{Br ll -'t

swgtqqmqrqqrd-{ .ril g fiuFqg5nfrrir 'we\-qw& gq$qhQi ftor irimdft ttFtil ii ? I tt

Sloirr. l l . The menses of a woman which arc

due to the interaction of Mars and thq Moon, i' e', of'

bile and blood, set in every month whcn the Mcon is

in an slqqqqrrFT (Apachayasthana, d. c.r lst, znd, 4th, 5th,'?th

,8th, 9th or l?th) from the Lagna' But if the Mcon

occupies a different position, i. e', is in an ETqqrrrrrt

(Upachayasthana, 3rd, 6th, 1oth or llth) and is aspected

by a benefic male pianet, the woman lovingly uoites

106 qtn+qii'ilR Adh. nl.,ff_*.-__-#-+---*T:-

tqotqcaqftqi Proqoqni g <tu-l qfl: n

tlicrrcri{qrfog annrren rralh f,te;il: I

torsiit qr sr€tctt il irct: nq fu<qqt e'{ft 11

.V.B-'f lre reitt ler rvil l do well ro go througtr Chapter 53 of qrttdr

(saravali) fi;r detailecl i'formatio' on fidfhr=q (\riyoniianma)

,liorrs '$ 'r

!'he Moon governs fluid natter of a t'onran' Mars signilies

.the blood of a wottr:ro. A combination of the tvo causes ntenstru'

ation

ciq (Narena) ttre rvord means a man in the true sense, tlrat

is ure capable ,f procreatirrg e,Tffit,Kaptini rrreans 1 female who ca'

rmenstruate. frsk (.Peedarksha) Rasis are {Jcq{ (Anumchaya)

places i . a . ls t , 2nd, ' l th , 5th, '7 th, Uth, gt l r and l2th l rouues,

grtqc (Upaclrata) places are 3rd, 6th, lOth and'I lt lr houses'

tsy the vorcl ga5r€ (Subhapunrgraln), Jupiter is lrere nreetnt as

he is the only benehc male planet. if the \Ioon iil his transi t

occupies an srFt{ (Upacbaya) place "and be aspecteil by Jupiter on

tbe 5th day aftcr menstrud'tion, the woman ioins her husband and

conceives.

with a man

,i .r';$'ir ,;".r|$ rla,i; i t-,. i ,*$1e , . l

sl, t 1. t!fltdlstqrq:

worlis:-If, in the case of a rvonran as soon

stoppage of the men.es, the iltoon in her

For conception to take place on the 5th or the followingnights, the l\{oon by transit o' the 5th ilay after nrenstruationttrtrst receirre tlre aspect of Jupiter without, '.their being ary orhernsr)ect fronr a hermaphrodite pJanet. frrorir the above principle itis possible to deduce rvhetlrer o worlran rvill hnve issues or not.' l 'he

follorving additionar infirnrrtion is f 'u'd i ' otl ier

rM

be cou'ted from the Laguaaud not from the r.c(,i{ (Janma Rasi.IVIoon's piace). lt is necessary that Jupiter must throw his aspecton tlre I\{oon on the 5th day after menstruation for conception tolre possibie. Along with this, should any hermaplrrodite planetstrong in position aspect the Moon in transit, the conceptioncannot take place. 'lhe position of all planets except the Moonslro'rld be rvith reference to the radix, (oativity at birth).r

If we take a women's horoscope, it wil l be seen tlrat therewill only be 3 houses rvhere Mars afgicts the rloon, IJut 2 of ttrernure liliely to be fteEi (peedarkslu) bouses.

in t 'e follorving 'oroscope l\Iars aspccts l iur'b'a, Vrishabhaand l\ ' I i thuna slrich happe' to be the 7th, lOth r,ntr l l th houses'respectivell ' . Lea'ing cff the lOth'and I lth which are sq{zt(Upar:hai'a) places, I iurnhha is t[e only l lasi where *hun tl,"II.on corrres in his transit that r 'enstruatio' is capable of .Recti t t g i ' - inu or causing coucept ion.

I

il

lt

rt

i

'#,

as slre bathes after theorbit slroulcl ccupy an

lTt---tll-r-=-l='l

Dir i n"o,* II of a $orr:an I

Sarurn I I

t0E tr|rrr$ifi .,: Adh rl.l

Upachaya Rasi qndbe at the same time aspected by.posrerfulJupiter, she will have s'exuil intercourse.with hbf husband. If theMoon in the above said Upachaya position be aspected by the Sun,she rvill have sexuil'union with an officer of the King. If thcaspecting planei be'Mais, the union will be with a voluptuaiy.'If.it be Mercury,. the intercourse will lle n,ith a fichle-nrinded pdrson.!f venus be thi aspectiig planet, it will be with a beautiful loveriIf it be Saturn, she I'ill bave criminal iutinraci \'itl, ao ordinaryservant. If the Moon be aspected. by several malefig planets,thO woman rvill leave her own house and become a prostitute.

gurrfi:' nftfirftqrtgt qgRwf,t'clRe:

{fuccc,ifrn r5{ftItilir q?frt tqrrsrarnF& gqqqnat iqdtrqRftalf*i <qforrrlrtft d r{tfn $

^ e64; qrq ftrcigir (rnnirll(qr Ic'lq €srFtnArgfk: qila t} ftsqrl,t fqei I

Also qRKdt'

ugvwnfiir,tst* gg4rrrrr*i rfutua Irfirrr* gqftnt {s-dtt dr ga.fr* rrfrg.S@ gnlsffiv.eqrrrflftft{ frt sntqi rG dn ft*a rtil: rrtt *g rqt qrqft rfr qts ftft<tq qftmi art rEqlcd€ f}gtir qfffi qff{ ifd rsqrrqqrfr qqqqdr lwn gefr(cqrCl rSer ntrft {'ri ftirqc: Sa*rs: rrc;i S*{ st g.qsft e6 rfu tq}q rrrqgt.tq rfrqr rR*qrfrh q*i ilq**in sb qr< siqr*: gaffi: ni: rd: sqi effqr qiqfi{ ar'{rq Srrfirr u

qqTciltrfrgi ftfr dm {r'.m ftgqqqh, rqcq{ilfrfriltgttk qtq*, tt{srT{m, il tR tl

Ft ln, lOftcl'rri 10r-€--.-,t#-

Stoha 12. The kind of copulat'ion that the native

,can have is such as it is with tbe creature typified by

the ?th Rqsi. If the qetrfu (Asta Rasi) or the ?th

house from thl qrur-I (Adhana) Lagoa be aspected oroccupied by a malefic planet, the union will be in wrath;

,but if the sreFs (Asta Lagna) be aspected or occupied'

by benefic planets; tbe union will abound in amorous

pliy and laughter.NorBs

r lt"shorrld;be noted that the twelve R&srs arc Night and Day

Signs. Night signs represent enjoyment in darkness and D. ay

signs. enjoymcnt in the presence of tignt either of a hmp or of

the Moon.

Further, It{esha and Vrishabha repredent the enjoymctt of squadruped of the ram and buffalo kind. I{ithuna' Kanya, Tula,

I)hanus' 6rst half and Kumbln represent the enjoyment of a

Iruman being. Vrischika aud Makam (latter half), Kataka and

Meena-dlz(Ke:tn)-represent copulation among centipeds,

which is bad. Simha (t,ion) represents an enjoyment by force.

Why ? Because, the lion is a forcible animal. Makara (tst tutf)

is very good for enjoyment ;'and so on. A combinatioo. of the

above two ideas rvill come to thip: consider that Mesha represents

the 7th house at the time of enjoyment. A man and woman.under

such circumstances enjoy each other like a quadru;rd in thrltness.

Sirnilarly for the rest.

If malefics aspect or occupy the 7th house'from the snrllaof,

(Adhana Lagna), then the enjoyrnent takes place hruch against the

wish of one of the trvo.

Atothn intctftctatio;-If rrralefics aspect or occupy the 7th,

the woman corrcerned gets into tnget ofin satisfaolior if Mars

should'be the planet concerncd : aithott sal$facliot ov csiol,'lssl

if Saturn be the occupying or aspecting plinet' If the Sun be the

nralefic concerned, tlere is n tcltttlsion at tht ottlstl ilsclf. lf bepe.fics aspect or occupy the 7th, t lren the union nil l be follorved''by

fteta (\'itasa) and qrs (Hasa), i. r. real conjugal bliss.

110 rndft{rt :Adh.III

. c/. mcnd

eq"<*rgqrsri rrrrlqri awfr1aq n ^rljj.,wtt gnga* ctrss.oi rr?grrq, Istf qtrt: g€ qrrsrq{tmirtrrearrq u ,il

ffiggilHrf,fr, eqrrrttt frqilqilfl{Rqtf,t n rqrdrq* ft ffift{rfril wr frqtffieqf{ilssr:rr t Q rr

S/ola. 13. When the Mocn and Mars (in the caseof a woman) or the Sun and Venus (in the cas: of aanan)occupy their own house or their Navamsae, there wif lbe a conception of an cffspring. Co:rceptirn will equallytake place wh:n Jupiter occupies the Lagnr or one ofthe Thrikona hous:s. These planetary conjunctiorrsfail of effect with regard ro p:ople void of viritity, jtrstas theMoon.beamg in the caie of ttr. blind.

NorEs.' The corrnlentator Rhattotpah exprains that it is not necessary

that all the'four foregoing pranets shou.ld rre sinrurtaneously intheir Navamsas ; for conception to take place, it is enough thatthe Sun and Ve nus are in their Navamsas in the sqrrs (Upachaya)houses of ttre 'rale, or the Moon ancl Mars occupy their orvn

. Navamsas iD the sqq4 ({.lpachaya) places of the female.-- If Jupiter is trine to the qrsFI (Adhana) f.agna, the union is

likely to bear fruit. ii*flii (\ribeejinanr) l,eru nreans of thoscwho have lost their seed or poteutiality on account rrf bld age,occident or operation.'

cf gurrm tu '

€d{rit ftr{t sr$r i{rurttrttrrf,nrgcc] qF{ qrrnrr{ rqr q eqdqrTscr(Fqtrir\ sr.rrrfc tT{ft ee ftcirq: rrq .{i qRrar *rrr qrik{c&rA rftsq.ori ft,ftlrrqrggir FtrltrFtr rr

St. rr qSrhsrlta: i l l

Als,o flllFlolsqqq.t rF{g* cft* gv: qciu€rrir r

. gatrt S{q"et Tqr ilil rrtfurrir rrsft ilAlso of"it*6'

rvgit €'&iirc*$R€rgcqei* $v-rq rCtvri cr gwsrft rqr aqr rr&tTfr ccfr tl

The abovscombinations need not uecessarily bc with respectto the male or feurale. They rnay :rlso be rvit lr rcqnct to the timeof conception or r\dhana Legna (s{I+rn'og).

ct. tRFfs'tgtr**earftft: qlrircsqfqt: gld n rtr{ff{qnqq& ss{Rt rr*b *qa} mfr rt

Also'<ik+'qrtrtaqnrc*-aFra *cr ftcilt+r : rg*sqccqt sngr Rih erti gt n

z\nother meaning can also be attributed to the sloha asfol lorvs:-

gd wler: ltur; ft*srqi ! {rtrt: ISo <fr-Ravi in the slolia means fffi) Pingala and ag-Indu nrearns

{lr1 (Ida) Thesi are thewirtls passing through the right antl leftnadis itG.arteries and veirrs-). gmrcfts-Sukravanija will meansemen 'and blood or the malo and female energy. The slokawill then mean

(i) tf ttre author of conception has, at the time of connec.tion, strong tvintl passing through the right alB, then the fernalervil l conceive a niale child ancl if in the lcft q ferrrale chilt l .

( i i) If semen be greater, t lre fenrale rvil l c<rnceive a rnale childand if blood, a female child.

In the case of equality of rvind in the right and left natl is orof the semen and blood, the frrnale .uil l cenceive a eunuch.

c/. e;ttt<rqrqqr tqr;q€qrdilr qntFt 6qq rgctRcg3r cqfrsrd ft *c" n

il2 rrefiRill Adh. III

Also trter*sfr* rftgsqr gb rtnirrilOnSuqrrr rqqrqil: gsrffiqrft frlfti.crft rqrqrrfrr n

lnd guattct. d. U'lTdqxsftrrrt tfri aFa*qqisft sr rqs.S ttqrfifr Slqrt ftlrqt: n

ItctdFit: sFil snd$ qqrql $qufifuit€Er tIrqg{dt €tgsit g.fi'ilqr aqwsqt qwrqsm rrtBrl

Slo&4. 14 Mars anu Saturn in the ?th ptace fr.omthe $un t ring illness upon the h,rsband. The twoplanets in the ?th place from the Moon afflict the wifewith disease. They bring on death if they be 'iq thel2th and the llnd p'lace of rhe Sun in the one case andof the Moon in the other. If one of them be'ir^ conjunc'tion .with the Sun or the Moon and the other aspectthe $un or the Moon, they likewise cau$e d:ath.

. NorEs.(t) tf tvtlrs and Saturn occupy the 7th place from the Sun at

thc time of copulation, the tnan is likely to suffer very much fromrltncreel complaints.

(2) lf Mars and Saturn occupy the 7th place 'Srom tho Moon

et lhc tlms of copulation, it is the wonlin that worrld grffer.,

El. 14 qrftc'i$rtf: 1r3

e Tth from the Sun'

arxl Saturn, tho Tth.frorn the Moon, the man and woman will

respectively fall ill. [See chart in the previous page ]

ln olher words the above cas€s can be brietly put ihus :

(c) Sott opposition Mars antl Saturn ;

. (bl Moon opposition Mars antl Saturn :

(o) Sun opposition Mars: and Moon opposition Saturn'

lf any such yoga as mentioned above happens to be in the radix

c[ a native, we may safely say that the native is bouncl to sufter

from venereal diseases. This is e:<actly the western principle also

If Mars and Saturn at conception be on both sides of the Sun,

Oo.tl2thanrl2nd from the Sun or l2th and Znd from the Mo6n

the death of the rnaD or the woman should be predicted. In the

ebove principle, Mars shoutd be in the l2th and Saturn in the 2nd;

it is an important principle that Saturn in the visible half of the

zodiac will increase the life. Hencerin the preseut instance if the

life is to be cut short, Saturn should be in the 2nd atone. 5{r4ii}gdt ilar rlq-gwr (Kujarkajau yutau'tatha tadeka drishtva) means

Mars must bc in conjunction with the Sun and Saturn in opposition

or in the 4th from the Lagoa. Then it will cause death. This

mounts to

(t) Sun conjunction Mars square Saturn or (2) Sun con'

iunction Mars npposition Saturn caus€s death of male.

(l) Moon conjuriction Mars square Sattrn c:

t5

i:l:l:- lMars i

I lt+ ncffid m(+) wtoon conjunction Mars opposition Saturn ciuses death

of fcmEle.(5) Sun conjunction Saturu squerc Mars or(O) Sun conjunction Siturn opposition Mers csus€s d€atb

of male.

rSi

r i

{ t

-j (7) Irtoon-conjunction Saturn square Mars or

: (S) Moon conjunction Saturn opposition Mars causes doathaof female.

: 4g 'm 'ftnrfr wtfi trfurrrd: *qrftlrq* Trrc: ri: r

, qtw* qftt gcTr'ffi s *fd ftftrgr* rrF'er sorne rnore similar yogasr of.alsa frt(tsrflil{

, T-qR{i. saq't|firfuftfr{r ft* Frli irq| &!3 |h, ri: nqrr$Eq ilrFTer g*r trn: g5rp1mrr: I

I w@qrfrffiirr&g61rr!ftrI gSRq, furE't Tcrqt rtlrr *ftr g rar*q r

. ?igw! frr€{: *?,t g<riue: qr\e: c.hq: ri ilrfi*{frfrr rRgr frfr: sfiri: cqqFil ssqlq r

qfteftrqfrF T(: U* qr ftftvrqfihtgft:qri il r?qr wi' qryffi.fiqn*teq,tFn€

$srq I

Adh.

--l (otI

;*l-i

RrtfuSi frEqrEilfufr f ic{ffi ffir,iw rffi g erqfiqql{trnir ilfr, sqi lt t\rr

81. 1t,16 tillrlqrq: ul

Slo&4. l!. The $rn and Venrn are termed fatberand nother rerpectively of the ceed cown cluring theday; Saturn and the Moon during the night. Failing toplay the role of parento each of thece paire of planeB

Bet the.designation of paternal uncle and maternal aunt.They become propitioue to the pair they represent whenthey occupy the odd and even signs (the mrle amongthem being in the odd, the female in the even).

Norrs;rt

The Sun represents the father at dal time, 'and Venus, ihc

mother; Saturn, the paternal uncle ; aud the Moon, the mother'isistcr. ls1 night time, Saturn represents the father, Moon, themothef ; thc Sun, the paternal uncle : and Venus, the mother'ssister. If the Sul is in an odd sign, and Venus in an even onc, itis good for both the man and the woman. Similarly, Satrxn inan odd sign and the Moon in an oven one is good for lntornalrincte and maternal aunt.

The Sun and Saturn are planets that stay tolerably for along period .in. a sign, Pia., 30 days and 30 months respecti.vcly. If the above principle is applied, it becomes fallacious asghere cannot be so many deaths alnong those born during thc

lrriods when the planets in their transits complete their passagein that sign. It should therefore be taken as drqq-{ (Ojabhqva) andqot Mt (Ojarasi).. Then it will prove correct.

C/. sKwdrftct rnr&(t grr* rffi ftqnqt q rrrq{ft*frqsft Rstqrqtffift 'rtt: n

',lif Rc* fiftrn,q qrfrq lft ftc: r qE ftnrqrfusrrft tanrff{tdrn: ftg: ftqtcq tqr: qc: rrlqrlftffi: <rrq$frs€ cq *g u

nrerrtqttg qrrfiirftS wq: Mesq! | lnrRil 1ut: r

dilafiftfr,frffigFqqqtl r*fttdqRi qdssG tr$ Nr: {rrqq1 {iqiq r

l to r|irrflTtilt Adh.III

*sfu{tlqon ftffi $qfffir* gqr{wd{F\ q qot g,rgtqdffilkt lltqll

* Slola. L6. If a woman'B menses eet in when the

, Moon is in an or$rsq place and aspected by Mars, they)ecome favourable to oonception and not othetwiEe.f'he husband should $ow the seed when the Moon occu,pies an srq{ house and is aspected by Jupiter. Thir iEto be done at an unexceptionable lagna with many goodpoints in its favor and unconnected with ct and other

, . objectionable periods of time.Norss.

s The last quarter of this sloka reads thus in s'o'illEq;l

s, srsrct qrrn grrrftrgt cnlfrfldlftFt.n Rut the reading in the text is the more geoerally'acccptcd' onc.

A few of the objectionable periods nre(a) Nakshatras rtrqd1, Afo+l, qEi, mbr6 qrtrra ̂ nd grlwtra.(b) qc$and other Vishtiriktas, and

, (c) Sankrama and such other sacred days, fasting days, birth

days, anniversary days and their previous ones. For detailed infor-

inatiott; see Muhurtha Sastras.

u ftqmtilqffirfu{at Ti[frqTqr tITIil{Es tilrnfiqiT fiHtnm qil{ {nnl (K{r: ffiGtrr [lsll

Sloku. 17.. The firgt 16 nights from the menEtru,ation of a woman are termed the season. The firet 4 arenot fit for impregnation. The other nights-;those thatare. bven'-are recommended as conducing to the concep,tion of tr male offapring

NorBs.There is adiflerence of opinion for discardingthe first four'

days as unfit for irnpregnation. Some hold 'tg(r1 tre-<rftqn:' whilo

others hs16 kg€hK{fril:'. For impregnation, pirrity of the wombis dcsirod,

Y1'.,t31-o-. - - - . - -, - - - . - 39:'::'- - - - -,,,, - - . - - - - - - - -tI, qqTiq qrt il€ftsi ctrilR*q I

qt{rRnrdt tirfttrwr frftdr rfrq rrAt this time the female is supposecl to attain the following

qual if icati,ons:cf. Yahata:

{rrtlTfffi{qit cgt:*Frr,fr{rq, I tr

e<rrfhg€i Stfici Rqreqqfrt iieq n -\,

For this aud the following sloka, see slslS{IS( for more

infornration.

gffi6r {nsd q;sn 91' gq{d Rwr r{rqr{ qtqr qtdftoKqr dt t**' en(s'l(r}, ttqltqatt

Slofta. 18. The offspring conceived during the 13nights commencing with the 4th after menstruation, willbe of the following description: lf conceived on the4th night, it will be a short,lived son; if on the 5th, agirl ; if on the 6th, a founder of a family; if on the ?th,a barren female ; if on the 8th, a son; it on the gth, aberautiful female; if on the 10th' a lord; if onthe'l l th,a deformcd female ; if on the 12th, a fortunate son, if'onthe l3th, a sinful female wretch; if on the t4th, a vir-tuous son; if on the l5th, the very goddess of fortune;and if on the 16th, an all'wise son.

qsquqi q{ ftis{ft, gfrmq' rqqqtssqHo{Ig fi*rurfr Gfr* ll tq ll

Stofta. 19 When the Sun is in the 3rd place fromthe Nisheka Lagna fiitos, (here will be the birth of ani$ue. The same result qay be expected when the Suiroccupieo a Trikona Rasi fr$rorrnft from the Adhanaqpnir or Nisheka l.ag,na ftitqs.

qfoqrqrffit iI gq€sgh$rfl |{qtSdtqEr{ il(: (r{ffit ll le ,ll

118 rdRq|l Adh" III

$pected or occupied by a benefic planet, the con bornwill be long-lived and proeperouc and will attain profi-ciency in all brancheg of knowledga

dWsnt{*s@:fnq rqt( wtffifttr\s tiiter r

ggH ffi at {ft?rnr rfi{ gnt fr{:n{w grft{onq qqd s{fu qt * nrttl

'' Sloka. 2L. With the Lagna, the Sun, Jupitcr andthc Moon otrong irl an odd rign and in a Narnmraowned by ao odd sign, the astrologer should declare thebirth of a mrle bhild. If the Lagna and:the planeccabove-named be in an even eign and in a Navamraowned by an even sign, the birth of a femalecbild ir announced. Jupiter and the Sun in an odd oign(irrecpective of the Navamsas occupied) produce a malechild. The Moon, Venus and Marc in an even oign(irrerpective of the Navameae they may be in) nake fora female child. Theoe five planets occupyiirg a Narn,msa owned by a dual Rasi,and atthe same time aopectedby Mercury, produce twins correoponding to thecharacter of the dual Rasi to which. the Navamsa meyhappen to beftrng; that ic to my, both males if the Na,vamoa belongs to a male dual Rasi, Mithuna or Dhanuc ;both females if the Navamaa be owned by a female drulRaci, Kanya or Meena; male and female when the Na,vamtiu are of both kindc.

' "\l

" If mrle as well as female

rigne, onc being aa odd dualplinets gccupy Navamsas of dualsign and ono evon, for iostance,

8[ zz Gftlgn: lrit...s#

tithuna and Moena, or Dhanus and l(anya, a twin is likly to be

born, ono being a male and the other a female.

cf. qmrdl"

ffi &qcirrrril trrcrffficlr16n rfta: I

:; Utfin cq gqi <i €cit gaft'*rclrl rrffi gaqfi iRrt tc: <* fdtrig$ir: rrrqrit q;ln6c rr{fiilt ftm rfuq. rr

, ftgl d.*gq ${d qrroa* tiqr: If a*rg* t',mi it-an?trrilcr f,i u qrasss sl

Also ogqnq

liFt Aqqt Mt frftreir gtwnqomrt: rgqFcfiI qq\ {fftet qrriqiwqitr: n

ffu* fi*s*g€ ni fui cca$ gt;gfucr: I-ccd AtrtTitrtkrgc?wr <ilngtr* tl

Ruq qt Rrq*dss fr('|fr fwqsfr Rorq rfururrTwdqq *{ qt"{ xqil g?frtqr il il Rl tr

" i Sloha 22. Saturn not being in the rieing sign butoccupying an odd house therefrom, aloo bringe aboutthe birth of a male child. Thue the iseue should bedeclared to be male or female upon ascertaining thepreponderance in strength of the ceveral planeto abovementi@ed intluencing birttu

NorusTlre latter half of the sloka is applicable not only to tho lirst

holf but also to the previous sloka.

./. 'ir<n-d"' ' wt gt{r ftqt rfum: Seqwqt rrcft r }{iir ' i

n rri Vr, dtt REqs ss qd?qc qtri Rrt qrsft n (i:

It may here be observed that these slokas tiz. 21 & 22 oto.pound fourteeu male and fourteen female y%as, ttisa r,

8 of each in the first half of sloka 2l '

lz0 ltlr't|ftil Adh. III

' 3 of each in thc 3rd quarter thereof

2.,,,..Do 4th quarter thereof, and

1.. . . . .Do in sLoka, 22-l-iefore malting any pretliction in this

yogas shoulrt be carefully weigled and thatdcratiug inlluence predicted,

ffi:

connection both thewhich has a prepon-

dr;iF{ qR qwril: {Ftrtdt qqlfr(ffiq* m w,i Gfuqrt Frtd *(M ,

gfr &rrmqft g{'ltqtTqri!&htd$qft Rteendla?twrn qF.S{inilRtEl I tR I ll

Sloliu, 23, The following are the sir planetarypositions tending severally to the production of acunuch:-

(1) The Sun and th,: Moon in opposition- andthcrefore mutually aspecting.

(2) Mersury and Saturn in opposition and so mutu,ally acpecting.

(3) Mars in opposition to the Sun, the $un beingin an even sign; or the Sun in an even sign, being as"pected by Mars (Mars being in any sign); or, in otherwords, the Sun in an even qign in .opposition or 'Equare

to Mars or in quincuox i8p?3r..

(a) The Moon and the Lqgna being iu odd signs'and aspected by Mars (which means'affliction by Marsbeing in square to one and in quincunx to another).

(5) The Moon in an even sign and Mercury in an

odd sign both being aspected by Mare; and

(6) Venue, the Moon aud the Lagna occupying

Navamsas belonging to odd oigne.

Nores.

st.23 gftftsw:v y - y y v - v v - v w v v v i

v v Y Y l Y v Y t Y Y Y r v v $

121

i r'"

r( t) iQ)

I

I!

!II

Ii -II

n l ' - )I

+Ql

_t__s (,) l_*

Irrn""

s(z)

Mars III

l , - - : - -'fhe above six yogas at the tirne r'r[' copulation will result iu

nothing. ln other *o"lt, the coiticln rvill be fruitless and if any

of the above yog&s are found in the hrrroscope of a male clr fenrate

the native will not be capable of procluiing or bringing forth issues'

(Ttris is the real meaning of gftq-kleeba)'

l6

tIz rili|'llht Adti. ItI

A closer examination of this sloka will lead us to tbe follow.ing conctusions:-

(t) fn" Sun and the llfoon in oppositiou (or qfdlrrPoornima),(Zl Saturn in opposition to Mercury ('l'wo herrnaphrodite

planets in opposition),

(f) Mars afficting the Sun in an even signn(4) The Moon and fhe Lagua both in ocld signs in aff,iction

rvith lvlars,

(5) l'Iars afilicting the I\{oon in an even sign and alsr"r Mer.cury in an odd sign, and

(O) Venus, the Moon and the Lagna occupying Navarnsasbelonging to odd signs or male Rasis

are inost unfavorable and detrimental to conccption. IAlso mFrdr I

q;de,i ftq-* ftqrffi ftt?*irf€wRgi| qr tff iA* aftv+ t'(n! tl.c{cfe qE! sn* q{

"rirq* q ftsr* | 1

clt rrfrrq: St'& gftft: sgrQs: I, oitsernrRR{rcil il;(.s,t SiQn$t $ttr: I

c{i Mi fliqgw: fuarfttgr {r IThese eunuch ycgas take efiect only in the absence of male

end female yogas. They are to be predicted from the qlsl.f (Adl,o-

na) Lagua or ql{o[ (Prasua Lagna) and not from horoscopes. Andif they be predicted from horoscopes of the last child and if thbseyogas should exist thereih, then the mother will bear no. mors.The author of the <tmarft (another commentary for Brihat Jatali.r)after commenting on the sloka says: Ei $cSt{frfi stt: c}{-€cr*{rdcs

aqrr.{i a1fqt<'qqq61: aftt3r cFrr;fir} nrft iqndfrAliiw<r: rrt+f}qrThe commentator of llrihatjatal.ia twists this slolra so as to

bring it in line with the slokas he quotes frorn }iadarayana whichtre given below:-

f,fqh{,rft{ftr*ffiii Mft ffi&t rEg.qrfrg*r qr r*d agv* iffi: 11

tll. 2' q|tllrilt: tzg

tfi ffi qt: er.T*t n6qrdtrq rifif* otq rrraQm: Ufucd{cft ilgqsrff scdf Mccafft *nntr rsiltqr{tt{rrtirr ofugffitmr: I

The English rendering rn accordance with the commentator

would thin be as follows:

The following aro the six plnnetary positions iending severallyto the produition of a eunuch:-

(l) The Moon and the Sun respectively in an even and anodd sign mutually aspecting;

l2l Saturn in an evcn sign and li{"r"ory in nn odd ohcaspecting each other ;

(t) Mars in an odd sign aspecting and being aspected bythe Sun in an even sign ;

(4) Mars in l.n even sign aspecting the Moon and the Lelinan an odd sign;

(5) The Moon in ln even sign and Mercury in nn odd signbGing aspected by Mars; ind

(ft) Venus, I;tgna and the Moon occupying male Navamsas.

gfi qqfifcr*rfrqrrfi tgffifrqqrailt{ ilR{Arfr q wft g'ig il fitq: t

USR frgt lftqqfrilr*qt{uFqrqfre|t t fril{ rqtqtfirrgw€fr}: ilq uRutl

Sloku 24. The Moon and Venuc in even signc n

with Mars, Mercury, Iupiter and the Lagna in oddsigna cauoe the formation of a twin embryo. The risingrign and the Moon being in even signr rnd aspectedby any male planet cause alco twins. Mercury, Mars,Jupiter and the Lagna being in even signs and poeseeeedof strength likewise lead to a twin fetus being conceivedin the womb. There will be a trio of eobryoE cos,

lz4 rfircfitfrt Adh. III

ceived when Mercury in his own Navamsa aspectgall planets and the Lagna, or if the Lagna and all theplanets occupy Navamsas belonging to dual signs. I*oout of these triplets will have their sexes determioe,Jby the character of the Navamsa occupied by'Mercury-baing males if the Navarnsa is rhat of Mithuna, andfemales if the Navamsa is owned by Kanya. The tri-plets will be of one and the same sex if all the Nava,msas concerneC are owned by dual signs of the samesex ; i.c , the trio will be all malec when the Navamsasare those of Mithuna and Dhanus ; females, when theNavamsas are those of Kanya and Meena.

NorBs.J'here are three 1'ogas . rnentioned in this sloka for the birth

of tlvius. Iu the first yoga two female planets are in even signs,while Lagna, Mercury, IV{ars ar.rd Jupiter are in odd signs. Inthe second yoga, a rnale planet (the Sun, Mars or Jnpiter) rnust.flspect the I-agna aud the l[r.ron, both these being in even signs.In the third yoga, N{ercury, I\'Iars, Jupitef and the Lagna mustbe powerful in even signs.

y'. qrcrqdi. $,$ wp'qri qcr?Rf.rt q;i q t?{iffrh eagtr rrrfisqr silst flgt {r*F€[ft fi(qq. il s"rrlrtr{ir rihlsa{if&q} rJFr*s\rcofrS If*{r{?} ar rfug c"},q. dtsf€cc*c tB.'ntrir*girr{ u-6n?aori' q r{qfrgge Iftrg{iir qib+r ;ii Stii ftaqfr,i <rt?r. u.ftnitiir+gurq r6rftvri'

" qi4d€qi t

T:riir f *t Stqq ftrftqi rr$ rr!8' ftgt ugirr.rdfi{ q€rF{er' q l1-{rTd€g(l{rr. ftg{itrq{rr uqr gtfrat aa-r rr$ rr

.s;{rrfraiasrd frern.gq,f a g{frqnnra. ,Ywft fttftrrgaaq; ffc|frrq il{I rI*: 1

. SL gt;s gd{srnr3 18t

In the first ling of the sloka in tbe text, some books roed

1gr* q--d*d\ ilfiqq-{+' for 'g't +'ntar+qiqwi'.'

qgftqFerrrt ffi qkfiqrft{fut, rffiqr {rtgtr e} tft q{dr qft drtr$qm'll1\ll

SloAa. 25. Many are the etnbryos encased in theembryonic bag when the risi*! sign is the laet Navam'sa of Dhanrs and the planets are strong in the Navamsaowned by Dhenus and when the Lagna is aspecteci bvMercury a:rd Saturn in their strength.

Norps.

(gqrif,qr is another reading for ircffirr.

If the last Navamsa of Dhanus , is rising, then more than

three children are 1'rossible in tfre case of dogs,. etc. The commen-

tator, Bhattotpala is of opinion that the word c-l[Ft: (Prabhutab)

may mean 5, 7 or l0 " g-,{ sg {{r an trr trr4i}d."

,fr{tt*fltgstq ffir{ wr q qrqft |u;qtqweqffifid ffi Eiq rr Rq tlgrqt{fiRt fi-"t6r * Sqtff} q qrtqrr IglnftmrF{uf q qtlult gQqIQrq: llRetlFqrgqftu*teinw grqtutr gqr IsaTrntiils, qlrqlftdt q&qerFrf ll Rd ll

Slofra. 96. When Mercury in a mit,NavamEa ownedby *crKa-nya aspects the . other planete and the rioingcign, each of which is in a rEtt'Navamga owned by adual Rasi, the aatrologer should declare a trio to be inthe womb.

Sloka. 27. 'If

Mercury occupying a Navamsa be,lo'nging to Mithuna aspects the other planets and tlrericing sign, in the position described in the previousSloka, a teqale and two males are in the urnmh rc

t26 mrrqRqfi rAdh. Iil.

Mercury in a Mithuna Navamsa ehould aspect theplaneta and the rising sign every one of which alsooccupies Mithuor Navamsa. there will be threa males inthe embryo.

Sloka, 28. Mercury in a Mithuna Navamsr Npcct'ing the other planets, and the rising sign occupying the

,Navams,re own:d by any of the two signs Kanya andMithuna will tend to produce the same resuit. But if

Mercury be in a Nava.msa owned by Kanya and aspgct

the other planets and the rising sign io the positions

described in the foregoing sloka, there will be th1ee

females in the womH

Ngrrns.These nre rnere repetitions of what has nlready been stated in

sloka 24 s11,pra.,

6qqn{il{*gs gq?fitld I

$n${tk

$eerq diqrf,figilrf ll R\ lldlgt ir* qonofttne: t

dq${ffiIF(' $a$uutr*wr ll I o ll.S/oArrs. 29 and 30. The Sun and lupitcr in a dual

eign arpected by Mercury gerlerat: male twins' The

M-ooo, Venus rnd Mars in a similar position produce

, twin iemales. In such cises, according to 6is peculiarl.otrength or weaknesg, ,Mqrcury tends to produc': .r

female hernapl\iodite whih Satu/n proil,rct's a male one.

( l ' l t t ' iew'n

"r' rr?di* grprgd"ineir gtflai) |

tKI.c c?c*tci{rfurdt $gn at'r rt.itlqgfl drcdtcaia.r€ar g*fhm: tr*gdt qrq$f,ih rrT gr*tgtt rrtq u

gl. 31194 qrllfrsrrr: lrls ; - v g v v v v t r ! ! l l v t v v t v v - v v v Y t v : r t ' Y v L " n ' #

R66* qqmffiat qR q{,ry6,t

etq qqqd qr Sw;qx* ilr ll lt ll, Slpl,c 3 t. If at the time of impregnation the Moon

ancl the $un aspect each other, they tend to produce a

eunuch, The Moon and Saturn aspccting mutually at

ruch a time, do likewiee.

ftt+ )Trtrfuqit qqo?twr tslt xqsqQ sl* qr qqolfiqr f l 11 ll

' Slokt t?. When the lords of the 3rd and the lstbhavas are in conjunctiott, twins will become possible.

'\[/hen the lord of the rising sign is in a Varga-at'owned by the 3rd bhava or in hi6 own exaltation, twinissues become equally possible.

qt{il ffiq-.ft gq! qgrnJ qR Igqql q qqd qq qr ulrluur lt ll llgvtqr*{ tfrqr $affit *( t

S/oAir. 33. If a housr: owrted by Mercury be thcLagn;t tt r birth and if the lord of the (rth bhrvil be inthc Llgua and Mercury lrc in thc ( th bhava. the pcroonbrrrn will be a fernale hcrmlphrodicc. If Saturn be irrthe phce occupied by Mercury (i.c be inthe 6thbhava)in tl're grevious case, the pcr$on born will be a maleherrnaphrodite.

qilfr s{ftrrfr iqqolaqs qr( |rdtqirtr * fti* Srqlnrgh qfr qrqqr(r n 18 ll

S/oftcr. 34. There willrising sign there be its ownthe 3rd bhava at the time of

be.twin issues if in thelorC as well as the logd ofRfu Nisheka. If the lagna

128 t|Crcrnd A&i III

t ava in conjunction

with Rahu, the child will be born with the lege foremoet.

Nolris.'

Th" readi'g of the seconcl half 'f this sloka is difierent in

sqivlfuilqpr uf.?.,

qfrq{rf;r gti lii'r+dxcttmtEi ete arrd nppears to be thc

correct one.

uaqt arrnt ilfrd qrEdqi It<rtl r;x\ o* qnr qq di{ic: ll n\ ll

S/ota. 35. When Rahu is in the Lagna and its

lord is in the 10th bhava. the child will be born with

the legs foremost. When the lord of the 8th house is

in the Ltgn" in conjunction with Rahu, the person born

will have a cord coiled round his body'

Notr,se

c/'tsiifsflcicr

ortcri i,i"i hori fFfr-qgitr sft crqcril: t

As a rnatter of fact, this ought io be the frrst half of the next

sloka. It is dilncult to account for the omission'

clqi qrqgt Rsi qralqt{itnta*rq qq I*A etrd gfthil $ aarT qr frqt{gt ll QQ tiiltqauri q atfiuro} ilfr{ffiffi€fl{ qq Iq'

S/ota. 36 When the lord of the 8th bhava occupy

the Lagna in conjuuction with a malefic planet, theper'

eon born will have a caul wound about his body' When

a Kendra is occupied by Rahu in conjunctiqr with

(gfu61 Gulika, or the lord of the rising sigg is irr conjunc-

tion with the lord of the 8th bhava anditrhen the rising

sign happens to ba a Drekkana of a'malefic planet'.the perc; born will have a cord coiled round''hio body.

sL xrl8 {Ortrrm: 129

t -

tqfirqt q €fl fuftf qKktmftfrqr{ qq llQstlSloka. 37 When Mercury, Rahu and Srturo are

in the ricing (tTcI) iDrekkana and when thic last i0 occu'

pied by itg -lord,

having no alPect cf bendic planete

upoo it, the pe(ton born hae r cord wound about hir

body.Notns.

'fhis also appcars in ttl{fi;rrrrFt' The reading of the first

half thert is slightty difterent : oiz.,

r orrftrmisns-ffm ar.qg't il ilr frnft I

{ilt @ {rfi*{t?rnt trtr cnRqtEtil qtdtirsft {t lll6rl

SJofrct. 38. When the Moon occupieo a decanete

owned by Mare and benefic planeto are io the 2nd-and

thc llth houres from the Lagna, the iccue will be a

(eerpnt) reptile; or a child will be born with a navel

.orj toond itt boCy. Again, when the riring oign ic

that of a malefic planet and is in the decanate of lvlarc

and benetic planets are in th. Zrrd and llth bhavas' the

p".on born witl lrave a cord coiled round hia body'

y' glrrd{qrtqt qlqgt ft,rft qr tffi tftcrrftrfi t

$ffiqTxrrrl: rrt(rr; qqft qinrrqfftfufr t I

Also qRnol

tsrrfrlrA qrn * lS- ffirgl lr ttlrlqt: *ftfitrila* g*c il

Also rtffirrtr r€ Sr&tmrftril: rsffitqmqe ftftfiltqr

fifrTqrR3nt AdL III

. Neither in the text, nor in the slokas 4bove qqoted, tbe posi-

tion of the rnalefics is specified. But they are to be either withj!9 Moon or the Lagna and for tl:ris purpose Crqr{ (Sapap6) has to

be.added on by the granrnratical 1'rrocess of (qtctqtq) Adhyaharana.C1. t+-,r-d<r

sqdrshtn: k* imis*n*rt r: arcftr q ostt qrcfut$: gt: il

sr{i}a&ilRa Rrgtfr Frrnq}q Iaf4trwr srraznili qHrrritd: rr

Also UtitTInFIqnRFr: c+*. .rft, {r#il<r qf'r$ r ,rrnqrflrrc{rcrctr{&ttQ*: gt, rtwrfr cT{ fMft os *aRra: c? rdttss +d qri?G qrd dq *Eeq tl

Anrl =frqfr,, dr cfrt niaq oss tftralsEirt t'i' r{&uqftl*'iar *rt: crrrt&t: rr

qil.qErrt qrfi t\fit{ql'{* |frng&q qre qr{: mtfr rl lq ll

Sloka. 39, When the Sun is io a quadruped signand'the other planets are possessed of strength and indual or mutable signs (or Navamsas), there will betwinsporn wrirpped in one theath (secundineo).

Nores., "/.

qKr{dt

rt{agcqSef: trqr Bqrft<itqil cRrn:' tf,.htfuttd "{q* qg c{ciftTe r

Also gaffitqarG Rqt t* Qfitrmaf*l\' r{Ai +gt*ft a qoffifu* rt

Also rrrtqgcqqtfir q{ ft<rna{t' rt' r'eqtm qrcffiftfrei&* rr

t30

tl 3-, - - --. - - ... -.,-*"*- " " ".. ", - " " " -., - " " . t tl

Here is an illustration for the birth of twins (bottr matbs):-

lg32January 19, Tuesday' one at tl'19 P' M' and the other at

I l-50 P..M. Madras Time. Place of birth-Madras' .

The Moon is in the 3rcl Pada (qtt) of the star Rohini (tfRdtt'

Venus

ulMarsSun

Merc

I-agna or Ascendant for the First child-5-:2+"-36'-30'

,, r, Second child-6-2o-19'-30"'

From the above chart it will .be observed that almost all tho

planets occupy either a dual Itasi or a dual Navamsa'

The Sun is in the first half of Makara and therefore in a

quadruped sign'

The Mosn is in his e:sltation sign, in the bright half of the

month and is therefore strong'

Mars is in his e:<attation and in a dual Navamsa'

MercurY is in Dhanus, a dual sign'

Jupiter is in exaltation and in Meenn Navamsa, a Resi of

dual nature. Further, he is retrograde'

Venus is in a Navamsa owned by Dhanus, a dual sign'

Saturn is strong being in his Vargottamamsa' Rahu aud

Kotu are in dual ltasis.

Eri R st of e.Q frtsqil ut trm4ttqEt qA qrqt qroldnl ll 8" ll

Sloka. 40. When the rising sign is Mecha lq,

Simba fit{ or Vrishabha gqrr, and when Saturn or Mars

,occupiea it, the percon borh will have a cord coiled

ryl qtl5lft|fr Adh. In

-,'". ";;

;;; d;;; bv thc,iring riglor by the sign owning the Lagna Navamsa.

ef . qr<r<tfl

fifrrcdffi erfr ar&t lfttlt wrg: I

sA u+ss ftl rn{nsqrilEr rr'arqrQR

tq oi t is another reading. lt will tben mean " If

Ifleshaor Simha be tbe I-agna and be at the sarrre time occupied

I by S.tutn, or if Mars occupy Vrishabha identical with the l-4na,

and ro other planet rrccupies the Lagna in eitlrer case, then thr

cficct seid in the text will happen."

c/. t+'rir<rvqA *q-dt nt frhrc{qqc| nt r

6a Sr q$rd tl d( liiarn llAlso Tftqrflqq

qi urt fi €tr TRf€r funfr qfr tq* qriffi t rrtrilrf ctt r;i srlfuSelqRrrrft vccdtgft t

dqr q etffi ax Rmffi qR n

d wfr rl'fiqst tqqqrqt qfttsww tqtwerrt g frfit {r rrfr qt ntofttfrilTt! llutll

Slctha. 41. When the rising sign has a maleficplanet in it and is either aepected by manl malefic pla'

netc or occupied by Rahu or Kethu in addition, thepcrson born has a cord coiled round hio'body. 'Agern,

rnhen the Lagna bclongr to a malefic planet and tbeother conditions mentioned previouely obtain, the camcresult follows.

f,eeft owt wul ui Sil trqnrq* tn

d TS tflfr{ s} qril rt noftnfocu: ll 81 llSlohu'. 47. When a malefic planet other than Marr

ir in thc Lagna in conjunction with Rahu, or when

gL 18 atrftsqtr! N138

ected by'Rah", or

when Seturn ig in the Lagna and is aspected by lvlaru,

the perubn born will have a cord coiled round his body.r r " ' NorBs.

Venkatesadaivagua reads tqt{(ql'{ t Valaranatha instead .of

' Tr{R{iq' Vasuranatha in his qsf'{Herqft Sarwarthachintamani.

ilGrofrgffidGI(ffi|+R$qrrffii96, n{l

qlrrdfr Rnftqqrd{Ff-REft ms fiqG( lrq ll 81 ll

SJofta. 43. Find the particular Dwadasamsa (ertntritr)

of a cign which the Moon occuiier. Find the Rasi to

w.hich thic DwadaoamEa belongs. Count from this sign

as Deny Raeia as the number tepresented by the Dwa'daramsa in question.' When the Moon is in the Rari

thus found in the month of delivery, the birth cf thcchild in the womb may be expected. Secondly, tiadwbat fraction of the DwadasamEa haa boen passed by the

Mo,rn at the time of the query 61 unnrr'Adhana (impreg'

netion). When this much of the Raei is passed by theMoon in the month of delivery, the birth may be predict'

ed. This gives thc (ete) Nakehatra of birth. T'turdly 'find whether the rioing sign at.the time of the query or{rcrtpAdhana, is q day or night' sign (ztide crf,ccdtilrc.

Jathakaparijatha Adhyaya. I. S/. 14) ar,d also whatfraction of the Lagna is pasaed. When so much of the

day or the night ie passed, the birth in queotion shouldbe declared to happen.

sfficr' ihrrtfrtrwstl ctrore qr qhtseth* adi I

,ri,, ln,g lmurtd ilfr ntsfun ret qii, lt " ' :r't

ta4 rtlrqrft|tt Adb.II I

dqr{l5.rllaKftrRrfrri Er rri qrq rfqnr€rraqqfr Td€i &rdlsrt sr nrfirrRrqt aT ficfteq *dar tafti rfigrrq* $st oFFdr €q rr

I aqr.Id rrt +iqRi *qa wct I i', f<iF miti ar Uilq qofrrrn: il

q?-{t{rfii cft art**r csd {{+{ rtrErritr iei{r*crflsRm+gft ueirr qftrrwi sqt.t{# qrrce Ik<rrfuFslrrrn& a;* ftrrqa: zg n

w

. qs ttsarrq ffi* qrqdr RqR: rilirerT fi ndr iicr sr rsir rrlq u ,aroreaeafifuqift qra€rqrqqftarft: t $r,arq?rlt .ri rrir eer Er cffc} }Iiq rrrfl*arffi ori wi Tr {rAs€TaI IRflrRrTre sfi r;i ar frarcrar.rr.rq i\ffiqq cgai* qrsdt Rrfa; rarai rrmqi qrsqi {etrsth ar fritt rrq{drqq-d: $ v&;<ncahir rqfusrqrrfi{rq aM qrFn IE'rrrcqriT {€*qffiA*c c{r gi Itri ftagriarqr( c{ ftfr frri'rrq i

uc qr{}snsrnrE c{T{crs{ri g*qn*rrqfsr* qi wfr r*t rrrfr q+i rftrrti T.{ri qrft e*'t+,r{A s tt: I

qfut rd'r q.A efi rs* rri+qft qfuilsrrrarf qrr r,rltt: r. qrErqai rrflitr tfnrQc'jqlrterf,: t

atere*q<di rrft,idrii aei rrlq rrqqrri: r *qritrrorrqr ers?qrGi ers{riir wd{r smRqi{tlfl

Rr<rc<€ac] ql uit<q .s*qti q*q, qsFafrft r orq a;rgr{rTi-rrcqtira t-1" qv.neqlF{ t\o e*o*qqfulE(fittrrifet teoowqi tr<r qfi'elqlr{€rrcrd ftftqgcrdocti q1ftrgi6 iFrT

til.43 qdlisrqrq: I35

(* ltr ail'lsEtril{,erssT.;r{r q;4a{T icfufu f}.lrc: rff} g il{Tr-lFgrr qift€a+r arfitlTm arrt&n<r*ce{mriN.q;| sie rsqtrUg$AI q$rq: I axrl ir (rr{rqqtrq | {.}

oBpgrqtnd rrchTri rqqRrf,rrd: I r

e3y.{ crffi rr*s lrntQrqrr: n

.. rgqercfusfto61 Erqrritil' qfo-<rftd ffi r qft

qa q;lsrtqi{u} * roerq aq errqriffiqfrr s;{efifiq:trUi gru'ero* r

,, *iiff rerlrE as frrcrffi rrfrr: trrrrinnrnTri rrftr: fu[e f]* rea: rr fc.

rr rr&grrqrt{rtsqr+nEr@ t6 qr.cq.Suppose the oTrq6og (Adhanalagna) or qryaq (Prasnalagna)

.,to be'3 signs 8o 12' 20" and the position of the Moon at the time4 signs lO o25'

35'. As the lUoorr is in the 5th Dwadasams.t ofSimha, the Dwadasamsa is Dhanus. The birth has

'to be pre-

dicted when thb Moon passes through the 5th llasi countedfrom Dhanus, i.'. Mesha. This is the view of sonre.

According to others the birth should be predicted thus:-Find by counting from I\{esha the order of the Rasi representingthe Dwadasnmsa ; when tlre Moon traverses through so manyRasis frorn the Dwadasarrrsa Rasi, birth will happen. Accordingto this view, Dhanus happens to bb the 9th from Mesha; the birthwitl happen when the Moon is in the 9th Rasi from Dbanus. i.cSimha- The former view seems more rational.

. Thcn, to 6nd the cxact position of the Moon, we have +#

of Ctq):Mesha as having been traversed by the Moonat birth iime,

or 5o'l t6 or the second quarter of the star Aswini.To know the time, we proceed thus:

'Tha Lagnr is 80 l4 20" inifizs (Kataka) wbich is a night sign.

'fhc'cxecf time will therefore t"

", flfi$, fo ghetikas (tfre

poiul,of !ryht) or rt 8 ghatikas, l2tiViglatit ae in tha nt$.-i

i36 *usrffi Adh" III, - . ' - " - " ' - " .

Balabhadra also adds that obly in the case of the Moon and

the lortl of the 5th bhaua lt the time of query or (uilsrt) Adhena

ot:cupying orle au'tl the sattre ltasi, it has to lrc lrredicted that the

pregnsnt womau t'il1 be delivercd of her child at that very instant '

nnd not otherwise'The cooverse process of cleducing the tirne of conception

(,{tcta+ta-Adhanalialn) frorn the data given for any birth hEs

not been defiuitely stated in any of our astrologicat works as far

ls I har'e seen-

But the follorvrrrg geueral prirrciples cnunciated in Scpheriel's

" trilanual rif Astrology,ii ^nd which have been fourrcl to be truc

after elaborate tests will be found to be very useful :-

(t) wtren the ilIoon at birth tt *axin8 and visible' 9r waD'

iog and invisible, the period intervening between qN|a (Adhana)

aod bilth will be les'i thau the time token for l0 lunar revolutions

or'9 Solar lnonths.(e) tf ttre Moon at birth be waxing an'l invisible ({rcri'

Atlrislardha), or rvaning and visible' the interval between concep'

tion and actual time of birth will be more then l0 lunar

revolutions. '

{f) f'ne actual nurnber of days-:loss or more-is obteiocd

by findios the distance of the Moon fronr the horizon' the distance

i"tn, "o*,"d

fronr the Lagna when the Moon is iuvisible' aod

i*. ,U. ,,n house (q(ers-Asta Lagna) when the Moon is visible'

Convert this distance to degrees and divide the result W 12' Tbe

quotient will represent the number of days required''

(4) tf the birth takes place in {f5q{ (Suklapksha-bright

baff of a month), the sign denotinel the Lagna will reprosent tbc

Moon's position at the time of qHId (lairana)'

(5) If the birth be in ifwmqr (Krisbnapaksha-dark hrlf of r

monttr), the sign denoting the 7th bhava wilt contain the Moo rt

ofiqta (Adhana).(6) 'The Rasi occupied by '{hp lrloon at birth will bc ririry

C, s"tiirrg at the tirrn of ''rI{FT{'Ia (Adhanakala) according es the

srid Moon is waxing or'wauing'

Let us take the following exemPle:-

Tberewas* birtb. et 4a;m' ou'8t! Jaquqrf 1900 (lFrqf-rr

fi, 19 qrf{tsrrrr: t37

Ayenamsa, 22' 26' +')-Vikari yoar, Dhauur month-Z5th, Sunclay,night and Monday morning, I-at. l3o N.

. tVton ... l l signs 2l'15'

Sun 8 signs 2+o 2f

i Lagna ... 7 signs zio Sl'

The Moon is waxing and below tha horiaon (invisible). Ttcinterval between conceptiou time aud birth time is thereforc porc

Sun

I

enus' Chart at Marsr conccption

timc 1899April, lst

Rabu I

than l0 lunar rnontbs (Rule 2 above). Tho distancc of the.Moonfrom the borizon is-

Il-2lo-15, tnin*t 7-21"-Sl. (Lagua) qr 3-tgo-24rrbich wben converted into days at an average rate of l2o per day

(Vidr f,u1s 3) is t# or 9'95 days.

The conccption should thcrcforc havc takcn placc lOx27'32305 (period of one revolution of the Moon is. 2V'32305 drys\+9'95 or rougbly 283'180 days prior to birth. The Moon baing inthc 22td degree of fr-q (Meena) at birth, the qt{rf,€s (Adhana I-ag.na) must have been Meena,ZL'. Looking at tne Panchanga fortbat time, we deduce that the time d. conception should havebccn at about the early hours of the morning on the lst .l,pqil 1899rhen Mepna had not fully risen

[Thc child died at 3-30 p. u. on Friday the 22od. Merch 1901tfi6 th. Moon was transiting (Aswini 2nd Pada, g$It{f{ ) t!e'6tbbmftr thc lrgns.l

t3

l8ttr Jan. 1S00,Venusl 4 a. m,

tE8 rtq|lluf AdT III

sqqRr qgqtt qrqt q qtqi? mft R-*r qfr(qqrfur r

qftft g Rfti{ e,rEilQr qsql-f f i f f iqff ispgfiqt1BB.tl

Sloha. 44. Ifi at the,time of conception, ihe risingNarnmoa belongo to $aturn .nd ih.t pl'rnet occupies-thc7th trouse (vn;the child will take 3 years to be born.If the:conception takes prace when thE Moon ,it undergimilar eiteums,ta.ac€E, i. tr. when the rioing Na,mmsabelonge to Kataka'and the Moon occupies the ?th house(nrl}th. birtb willhappen afrer L.L y?irt. Theeff;btbat bave beeR degcribed in this Chapter.as due to pla,ne6ry coojunctions ar the time of rle (qrqr+) Adhanamust also be predicted in regard to the time of the birthwhen the eame planetary conjunctions are found to exigr.

,/. ss{qR|Ii NotBs'

d mRt c1N ftAr& glmFTF( |tft: urfu €Aft Erqrr"r{sr rl

Also gwrl:sqq qRr agts*istr st \q crn<rqdiq rreqqini't fr* q"rldfr.* ,rrqi q rrci qR{" urrqt n

Aleo grcndiqrl tttrdit nfirl erdT fr ftt* r{c"tur qfirifirti{, ;vefr,f" isq,l

Thethird quartor of the Sloka is interpreted in {qrTcqfd (Dasa..dbyayj) to mean "If the Navamsa Rasi of theMoon at the time of

sorception be one of saturn's houses and if saturn be in trre l*,bhara from the Moon, thon thc.birtn WiIl happon in tbc twetfth

$L +l ttttsqC:

(Brihath.prajapathya) is quoted :' TrT tntcrrs qcqEl <rgt rre: I

c|'ir il Qg* qriqRrffir.r6Btt uIn trnqms (Brihathprajapathya) it is said " tm qg6,1

Septhamam hibukam va ard in the text gnr& s (Sapthamasthcchr)is used. This q (cba) sbould be taken to meaD ggqr? ffi s gfi(Septhamastle Hibukastbe-cha sathi.) The object of Varahaqrihirain putting Saturn in the'7th houso is.- not onty to .securs bis fullaspect on the Lagua.or the Moon, but also to givo him bis fullDigbala (directional .strongth) as Saturu's Digbala ia too Ztbbousc ts futt.

,1. qrrqthr

teaorff"i tt*stlmi tlir rtrlRcflr t&ry rts qitttqnrgq rr

It is also opinod that if,these yqgal crist, tbr feneldwiU b.gno more.

'n Etqfitmqr{rrcne qrdfu ilssrma: ft ri'qefr ril tr: sqk cqlt rdRlft: rr

, f$t tur: oqkcrq$.t Allva Iqi qtqftsrU" murrvcftril ilTr Iqlrtr q trfd| Rem: rel gl: rrq{ffi * itfr wtr rrrilfr: cfr: n

tEttqil S,d tit rotgt rftil drilnqfrRilrr g.i r tffir nu\tlort rfr qrrt,t r dqFilgfr qiq t

Sloha. 45. When the lorda of thL 9th aad tfthbhavac are in bad pooitiooEr tod the lord of trhe ririogaign is strong, the iscue bac undoubtedly been boro.eithout. fxa (Seenabtha) --and-other. guritiqagor y. rtta,.

1|9

t40 rlcrdf€A Adh. III

* " "bharn and rhat is owneC by a malefic planet alro, therewill be no issue with th: purificatory dlwae (Seeoantha)ceremony performed upoo ic

o/' udtFrnfir

[:Qrrifr r$gurffir s& ftqrrr&cfiaqrdtq Ielqrdrclt R*l qFfi rfrrr: ctlrftrls& ae nsrt sqri tec ilq1le cr wn) q(; $qihls& er r

ftsqfcr qtwq orft?al{$qft rfttrse qrt qsqrgu |{dmt n Bq tl

Slola. 46. When the Moon does not aspect tbelagna, the birth of a child is out o[ thg father'r sight.And be ie at tbe time absent in a foreign couotry, if ihe$un be,ln a mcveable cign and has falleo out of the ase(lvfadhya) er the l0rh bheva i. e, h in the gth or 9thbhava.

Notrso/. tr<r*A

r.ffi qIfrft rti{fun ftert rinr: rllrwsgl cr c{* rrir fa1.rni,tqarftnrrR qt fualcft dfht ggla rqcqnfr Rtctqrc qns cT{irrahq n

Also 141a4

cst ftfr*;q ftg: rrlt fiqFm: crcft tt Frrq. I' qrfutsi$s:cq{i cl &qqrf* Rattf qtl-{q illf tbe.risiog sign is unaspected by the Moou and thc Sun lr

eirher in the 8th or 9th bbava, tbeu the father is not present at tbcplace of birth of the child. If ttre above Sun be in a movcablesiga, thc father will be in a foreign conDtrt. If hG bc in tr bngrnabfr s!n, tbc falb,ef ;iU b. ia tbc srotrthq fts

n4t 1 l4l

rrtcre btrth took placo. If the Sun be in a dual aigu, thcn thrfather will bo on his way home. The Yqa deoicted is g dayScenery.

E'or the second yoga given in the latter half of the slola (iathc text),the c.ondition that the Legna is not aspected by the Moooia accossary; c/. (9a'srdq,) Sukajathaka:

qmftmt qrlr qilrrgtftql ri Rnl: ftar frttnt sr;r qtor lftraq rr

EEqfrsft {r qt Oi il.h qqrrfu rffi qpn: qqnr\ ffirtsdarrt3 ttBe tl

Sluha. 47, When Saturn is to rise on the lagnaor Maf,q io setting (occupies the ?th rmr $[nv.1 or if thEMqoo be between Mercury and Venur, then alro thehther will'be away at the time o[ the birth of the lhild,

Balabhadra sligbtly difiers-He says

trlqkt nsrcnrgi flffi-*sc.qqqt stl triqqr qffiwrrl ftitretn qi* Ttt u

tbere the Moon if between Mars aud the Sca it dC to causc thc

lErnc aflect.In tbe preVious eloka, the day scenery was depicted. In thc

prcrcot sloka the oight scenery (birth at uight time) is describc4since Saturn (the Karaka of the father at a night birth) ig tel*

iitd consideration instead of the Sun as io the previous sfda.G/. gKrsd

q{irr}rtifte{t: gfr{ trss,it: ftgrnn: | ,! -

srrrtr cGir gtfrrit*q al qe: nThe Sun at a day birth and Saturu at a night birth, if espectcd

by Mars, iodicate the abseuce of the fatber. Aad if the sign tbst

ir occupied aud aspected respectively by the above'meationed twopielets be a moveable one, the yoga indicgtes demise of thc fathot

brforergoplaceat the time. Tbe autbor of Saraveli furtDcrsstl;qnrftrni {foi qq'*T rrfuqq{t*n Irr l?hni r{qft Qaf tg* n

w

t1g rilmh!|lt Adh, III4 i - * a A t t h A G r _ s r r J { J t y L w r r y y - ! - . f f r r ! _ g t r '

_ a r j g . j -

tutnqGfrilhhsffittdmmqtsrfrlF{ffit rr Bztl

Sto*a. +U. If the Mecn b: in a sign owl:d by abenefic planet or in a mt (Varga) of Jupiter, the cbildborn is legitimate.

,/. gmcrfr{trwltlrn qt'grmfftsfr er rcrRqRKr fttsft a chfe pli rr

Vidc also sloka 59 ialto

Sir q ffitg' T{rt qr$r?tq rN{ qium, {ft-fi {r qorFqe: t} 81 tl

,sr Stoha. 49. When Jupicer is not aspecteC by Marr,and the Sun and the Moon are in their sd (Varga). thechild born is a tar (Kshethraja). The same is the calealso when Jupiter is stroog and in conjunction with. Mercury.

rcfFit qA qfrrgke {qt rffg{Ft*tizt gr' tntfr t'r{ rr \o tf

Sfola. 50, When the Moon is in the rrt (Varga)of Setrrrn and the 5th vtE (bhava):is occupied by Satwnand also aepecteJ by the Sun and Venue, the ooo botnir a lhnfc (Pounarbhava); i. c. the eon of a remarriedwoElan.

Sl r[.r" 51. Whenby the $un,or the SunVarga of tbe Moon aod

board.

Gqt rnwtngt qd {rwtqif,tr tqFffitS qrfr iltrfrt frqq: n \t u

the 12th W-tr.bnava is aspectedand the Moon are.in the rrtthe Sun, the peroon born ic a

t[ 58't5 Erflcl$crr: ;Il3

qfi€Agfr@,rafiqqgil.ETf{ Eqgfr qtq(r tl \q tl

{'ii Sloha. 52. When qrFE (Mandi) is aspecred by the*l' lvloon and ic in conjunction with Saturn or aspected by

s him, tbe child bom will be given away by the parentoto aoother to adopt-

'f,gt cd'nsq,iqt tqirc{tftt tD, uH{ g frftt}( ri \t tr

S/ola. i3. When the ?th or the 5th Hre-!6.u. 'to occuDied by. Saturn abi!'Mare and is unarp*ted by otGr,planete, the son born should be marked out as 6ftf,Krithrima (i, e.. to be adopted by othere)

qcqQrrrd g ffiftrfr wrourq roil{fr ft Rgh{rt {r E{qr?€g* qfii qtq u \B rl

Slof,a; .J1.. If tbe lords of the &rr (Hora) and the{th.vn.bhava count4d from qqqrr (Janmalagna) occupyeaqh otherts.houses or if either of them be.in conjunc,titro with Rahu.or Ketu, the- chitd bom was begotten byatotherr:

s,i mr* gttrinqari r {qt Mr& il'rE *frq,9{ ilfift qrii qtwqwrqta r,\E lr

S/ola. 55. It Jupiter does not aspect the Lagna orthe Moon, or be not in one and the eame houee witheither, and if the Lagna or the Moon be not in a rrcl,Varga of Jupiter, then the actrologer should declare thechild to be boro in consequence of tllre ootber'l congreElwith eqcher,

rlTIfufi tf,; mY . ! . U . Y I : ! y t v y y t y t t r y y r r y y ! y E ! v y y y ! . j !

qnt ftdiqr dtqr€w qwqt rftqffi qrfirqnl rqgeafter i\s qnr qtfr qElh il \q rr

Sloha, 56. A chitd boro in any of the three follow,iiog combinations of ftft-Thithbi, qn,Varaand rlr,Nak,rbatra is declared to be the rerult of the notherbcongreEs with ancther: ( l) fi*rqr-owitheeya, rffrrr.,sun-day anC srdt€wather,, e) wadl-Sapthami, glm-W,edner,day and Ht-Rerntbee, (31 Erfift Dwadasee, {tgfr(.Sundayand rFlu,sravishttha.

!{orag.

Balabhadra in his trcrr (Horarathna) statcs that this clokair from ffir (Thathamisra.) Thc readius given is as folloos:--

qrifrtfiqrtfffii s?mqi eettHrg req grEdcrGnqaqcfr criq qrfr srEqgr rqq ilqilt;q|eftg*g frqrEqtFEis q Iqt*ftqqfts qtdrdfrfr{ fig' tt \e ll

Sloha. 57. When any one of the 3 weekdayrr vi!&turday' Sunday and Tuesday, is ascociated with aqrfff-Bhadra thithbi, (r. e ftilcr-Dwitheeya, ecfr-Sap,thani, or rcrft-Dwadasi) and a ftqrrnnmhripada n.L,rhatr4 (i'c. gq*q-Itunar\asu, ffqtKl,lrlrakha or $rq-vqr), the child born b declared tobc begotten byanorbgc_

Norss., Thc folloving arc somc morc yoges for iltcgitimatc o$pring$

: tffieireffffqrriwr gileldt qrqfl lmilrrt I, sfisqfl qqgfec rsr: ir&r gfficrrs; n llornnr r

rlqamr gei" si wftffi r, lrenrnr: s ftM *.isftrran sqq il[ .tlrnrnrr! rt g$ qrcril cQ'i

ttfoftmr gltwrqwil: s rrri r uft r

LU

Cl. iE rtdtSrltrnr: 116

Tffisrffirgett?f cuqkcttt! I. frlnt fuhtt qgtrft arnnrsms ! qreme il

&fi'* I ftftrrril ar* rqftg r, tnltFi c rl ilr: ritsecrre: c$fffrr: I

qmtq*t@ftfi tTqeft qfr rsg{i ti*qrqft ilr* qrqt s€rq, r

n orFFt q lKfrttqil r {r mr* Gfi wrrrctrwrqdsillr gdrrr*r qnt qtur ild rrqlk furqr(riqar

Slola 58. When Jupiter does not aspect the rieiog'cign and the Moonr or ttre Moon in conjunction withthe Suo; or

'when the Moon ia in conjunction with'the Sun and a malefic plinet; the offepring ie poeitively

declared to have been begotiea by toother.

For e child to b" a""rlrll' ,"*,r,mate (l) Lagna or theMooa must rcccive iu''iopect of Jupiter I e) ttcsuir lr.conjunc.tion tpith the Moori sboukl be aspected by Jupitci; of (.})'tbcro.sbould not be any maleftc aloog with thc Moon in coniurctionrith the Sun.i

"/. sarqd} qtqRr .r ge!.rfiri qi q ftilri tE{ |

., "nrg,i lr er*{nt fi qrcslrd? RnE tl

But it has to be strted hore that if the Lagna en<l the ftfoofrbc in a Navamsa belortsirlg to Jugiter, theu tbe child ehoufd-'uOtbc drclared as illegitrmate.

c/. qftr<

ctrtrtstnqiQf ar iflir +ilsr reurit rr rEn rrWft 3aFa anl siirrr lvrcdutq u

' ? lt tadl <fo|l qclqe: Nava Sas.anko Ravina Samarpthaba.le sno$rr rcaAirrg. Tlre whole sloka is cagrable of 6ei6g inteoprctcd thus:

l9

l{e rtfinnr|| Adh. ltl* #

qrr !IG! yd qrd t i ftO{tr tqT rr{trt: rQor ecrrrrtr cft q*;ug(: mft qcns; qfr il gar: rqri clq ild frrqncqFr n

That is, if Jupitcr does not 'aspect the Legna and theMoon, and at the eeme time tho Moon be not in conjunction withthe Sun, and secondly, the I-agna and the Moon being unaspectedby Jupiter, if the Moon in conjunction with the Sun be also esso.ciated with a malefic planet, then the child should-in theabsonco of any restricting (unm,Apavcda) yogas-bo declaredillcgitimate.

Cf. tq'<*ei q{r qnftd q ql qrqqfteqr riregqtor trilfr.nnfinr arut: llqqrqsl qr giq: ql|gcdqq rgt: mrfrcttutdrfi ilirr* ilhftluqsrqr* rgtse $Fenrq( |acftc ftqnrq nlQq ga{t rrrq rr

It would appeer that +{ ur<R (Apavada) yogas wero aftcgreat penance observed one after another by Sagcs as statod bdlow:Brahma, Subrahmanya \ Garga Iald surya t + .Marichi IzVyaaa ... ... 3 Manu ,.. IVssishta ;.. I Anglrag o.. .r. 5Attri ... .r. ... 2 l-omg1gg,, ... ... I

t ,{:s*f{

\r

Prtasgra o.. .- ...

lleayepeNrndl ...

2 Peulase -. 33 Chyevena F ... I2 Sauneke .,. o

7jdc Srutis.

wffiq* ae* qFqilFdr Inffi ett qr r qtde rqt rr \q tl

.Slolo 59. When the Moon io in a nrQr (Raei)oyrnd by Jupiter or is in another rrRr (Rmi) in conjunc,tion with Jupiter or ir in Jupiter'e irqpl'lDreehLnil

l4llfriftsrnr:

or crtn (Navamsa), the child born has not been b:got,ten by a. paramour.

Norps.This stoka is'from Garga. Please see sloha 48 and thc noto

thercto. qF{(m (Vanyarasige) is auother reading and segms tobe the correct oue.

T*.rdqitr$ q{kffi{FqqRqfr tr{R fffitqrqr € m dtqu+fr QmllQo

Sloha 6f. If the two malefic planets $aturn andlvlars te in malefic signs Meoha, SimL and Kumbhaandoccupy the ?th, the gth cr the 5th place from the $uo,the father of the child born is in a state of forced oeclu-rion confined in a foreigr, place, in his own or on hisway to his own country, according as the sign occupiedby the $un is moveable, inmoveable or a dual one.

4. smqd.crrnqqui qft{6t! cntfr r

q\ \a

rq: lQar;<ft}TRrrrtrqtswr crT ilFrom the plural numbors usod in tho abovc guotation, it

tould eppear that the term " malefics" nced not necessarily bcconfined to Saturn and Mars, but may bc extndod to woa& Moorr,Snbu rnd Kotu. But it is aot .o. Aod by " T(d o'Knrrarksbl

Norrs.

r{6 rRsl*il| Adb" lil

ll the five houses of ma{eficl, viz. Meshe, Siqlhe, Vrirchitn,[alrara and Kumbha are not meant, but only Mesba, Simha andiumbha. Here the difieronce between the terms paparksha (tfCd)nd Krurarksha qtf{ rnay be noted.

The one means "all the houses owned by nrale6cs,, wbilclo other confines them to " their odd signs.', ,/. f6n-*fC(

fftrcwril (ocn4; q<\ urrrncgattrt rgrilt fit in$ ci* {req ei.rmrq u

i{+<q adds " If th" Sun in the above case benui*tcr (Nigala drekkana), the father is forciblydofintd; and if any other l)rekkana, on account of$11y."

in gqrl s.(i l lesally)

business oi

Sffi cd$ ftr\ o{qh s\ sfr ret qttitsftsfr n qt tnqer rqi* Inll

S;loka 61. When the Moon ig full aod in his own,ign i.e. Kataka, and when Mercury ie in ihe ;;rt";;;"rnd Jupiter occupi€s the 4th house, the pregna"t -o,nan is delivereil of her burdoo in a boat. This nay)appen alro when the rising sign io a watery one and;he Moon (whether futl or

"o$ls io the ?th bharn.

NorBs.Thc word si€ (saumve), may also be interpreted as bencfic.

Iho meaning will then be " If the Moon be full and in Katat arnd if benefic planets be in the lagoa and the 4th$ousc, then tbcbirth takes placc in a boat., tT the l.ag!8 be a watery sign andthe Moon be in the 7th bcing rlso full, then alrc the birth taltclDlace in a bet."

,1. qr{Ir|0t

ih* qa g s{r'rrh Erfi,ft €ftTffi |qrtrofrrffi afis<n qtRrfr r

Tba.rrcrd gc (Subba) in (Subh6, Sukh6),!g\ *' in tbe tcrtbrf b|fc nndoritoOd to meen pnly .Jupitcr by tbe commcntrtor astsp'il.rn'.dlrr r jee*ihilitrcf vcuus oceugying tho.{tb plror

Dl. 60-:t<=:Yv-ffir,*-v

qfirilsrrrri: l+',7

from Mercury in thc LaCna.$&q: n (qqrd cl. rgfqraq

" am gq-qgns sgW*T(Tgtri

{h{: *t[gi t qfti drr{rr fr.oy' .l,tso gcn*"1

ffi t gan $illi st ect{ft Nit r '

efi ffi fffifuft cr rqrTh nF{dqrs;rr r* rRut the word Swarasig6 €fftfi may apply to (Sasini) qrftrft ot

(Saumyc)ttlq in the text. For the latter view. c/t 16g1ilr{iloft qgfi grqFmTrTqr eilA gi Iqlt: ridr qq*tqr-+ ffi c?q n

Also tqr<qirr

ait'fr gtfiTe dqr ffi r grqt IqiilrrQT3lls! gt fitfrqi [€ir +q I

According to the above, the word ai\ (SubhU) may alsrinclude Venus and (Poorne Sasini) td rril,fr will mean thc Moorduring the ten drys from fu.1fif to Srqtfq1f11it

qr rS tTfil s{i{isq{r tt$qrr'gsrrrs qr( qfr: .qfrfu r tuql nQirr

S/ofra 62. If the Lagna be a watery rign with thefull Moon in it, or if such Mcon be in opposition to theLagna, or in the 10th or in the 4th bhava from the Lagna,then the child will be born near water.

Norss.Anothcr irlnfuetation. Whcn the rising signis a watery onc

and the Moon occupies a watery sign, the delivery takes place iutbe vicioity od.rater. The same happens when thc fult Mmnaspects a tratery sign; or the Lagna beiog a (Jetaresi) fioilflr,tho Moon occupies the l0th, the +th or the"lst bhava.

cFfrfi qprlq: is another reading.t €r<rt,l

rrfrerrarl cqft qer* {tat cqr q0: rqqt qb* ft*rfa{{qqfrt{qa rnf u,

r60 qrfiilctfrwl Adh, m

strrrffiq&n g.Frt qrqff,ffftt ql rqrdsffigt M dr\ ffi?rfrsqt rrqtrrS/<iAc 6.i. Wh.n the rising eign and the Mo.rn

happen to be in one anrl the same rrfu (n"ri) .oa *i"oSaturn is in the 12th rnq (Bhava) and aepected by a male,fic planet, the delivary will take place in a Eecret Epot.(Probably widows derivering children secretly is hinted herc).

Again, when the Lagna is E&r (Vriechika) or uzr(Kataka) and $aturn occupies it and ie aepect'ed by theMoon, the delivery will take place in a pi t,

c/. trrmilrsorffirtqemt srq: qslr{rihil: rgfr rqft"rsl atortcJccrQrq rr

' eA offi qqr ibr m frri Er* rir{sgqel: rftdigrfa csh stq rr

Also G[;(fr{rsqA?ftstqafri c"E: cFlft{tftril; rrRTt wvrwft tcti cqfr *Ra: il

Also dt+rttcrqq€r*0tiqcnf tr, qilq tra: r{frq'lr *lrrqt: qqt Ta{iroi rr

Also snrqotffiwltifrf c€Rirq* rqcft rrs": ff {qfu qq:fr; rilt qfir(ir, t

rqssqrrf Ru{i gqfrgPrtfirft ilqr( tstsrr{t gqut {u{ *qr(frERtrE ir qB tl

Sloka 64. According as Saturn, occupying a watery,riring sign, ie aspected by Mercury, the Sun or theMoon, the delivery will take place in a pleasure housea temple, on a saltish ground or on a sandy place.

EL 66 Ifti$ilT: t6l

c/. sr(r{dfrRS qashafi dffi gqfut !r(E: I

' rRpr M aqlcl +{ a'Qor rr

ln the yoga described in the sloka in the text, the espectingas woll as the aspected planets must be strong.

ol. t*qtrrrnftSorsqefr gtq q?{ frtira: rffioq orrst ?qrrri ltaraar rrsqt nrftrr sit {6at qoariirr I

?rdrn hq.Wr {q{fi at fttotgr(t^rdi* trlidlqrq$iltsts ltqrqt {r q({ stit uq\tl

Sloha 63. If the ricing sigh be a human Rasi, andSaturn occupying it be aspected by Mare, the deliverywill be in a cemetery, cremation ground or kitchen, IfVenus and the Moon aspect Saturn in the poeition des,cribed, the place of delivery will be a lovely one, IfJupiter be the asp€cting planet, the delivery will takeplace in the house dedicated to the cacred fires. If the$un should aopect, the place of delivery will be a palace,a temple or a cow houee, And laetly an art,gallery willbe the place of detivery when Mercury is the aspectingPlanet'

Norrsa/. gr<rqdl

ail{oqqqae* FRqreil am ril qfi ra&ifrA 'qlrr* ftrer+Qu'ig ilaia rtqXQrt d'rtq'aaqri' g*garrai reofm!fir ta*ass i?trzfAe.H aieif arffiglk WRq, n

Also rgq-+rt4,

liur{n '-{d'c*EatQffil0 Ie ,qwriRrdqTt cteil cl tl

162 rtmftd Adh.III

tnq{mrnd qril w{* ftfr ut tqarffi qqFqi rotrrrqil{aq$*r n QQ rr

' Sloha 66. The place of birth of a child ir ur,rnllythat correeponding to the rising sign or its Na\reorawhichever of them ie etronger. If the stronger of thetwo be moveable, the birth will be in a building faraway from the native place of the father. If immoveable, the birth will be in farher'c own house; if in adual oigo, it will be in an out,houge. If the ricing

,,Ilavamea be a Vargottama one, then the birth will be in)he child'o maternal grand,fatherb house.I *ot'"1r'

o/. 6-qtl<r \'

qcql qfidhner wri qftrr*t I'dt qtrArtrrqi aarQ astmqftfrq: ll

qfr .futrsnftrfrltrr€ rqcltq fuit q'nrrq;q*qqurrrql: lltrrcrfurr sr *d* arlrltfr qr rqtm&< cr {qrd"r nq qtq rr ttqqrr{rf }tnrqtsQq {ftoq r

Aiso ttFdIIqFrdT

rt ftfr sr rr* cT EFI Fdrrr;R{m tlusrftrzqql n<} edat gffisft cr r ,

. riri qnt qnqitt ilwFR Ilagnlr5tqrqlqtq"cQ$saqr llftg clsr cut: dqiftnr}rar rf* funqqQrqr rgwrrilsmrrrft tl

For the last quarter of the sloka r/. ffirdKlrtffiet qtlqcnnkrrrwtrnlrdurr r\f,r* rislt+ |

1688[ d? dllnrtr:

trft6 t]lflrnrcr'- lggdt qca{ rlEr sufrrt t

ftrrftrrrqrqrc* cqffi{ fr qt ll

The consideration of the stronger of tbc iq19' viz', Rasi and

Navamsa is important "tJ**u

J*"yt bc bomo in mind' Sup'

;;"fi."t of tu" n*ti 't"t is dircctly contrary to thc onc

given for the Amsa o""opi"a by the.Lagna or tbo Moon' Wc

oust 6rst decide r::ich of th" ,*o is strongcr --"d :l*j:llprrceed. Varahamihir" o'r"' this ori-ncldc throughout hie worr

Brihat Jataka. ruf"." "*lideration

of the Rasi aloqc will not

thcrefore sufrce."o''*frffifrfifr*urt q-Ask q Rqdsrqqr t -.}s{tnqqF{t- {qfgr gsffq= *' llqtrtl

Slofra 6?- If the Moon be intrine to Mars and Saturn

and occupies at ,h. t";t time the ?th house' the child

born ir ab.odon.i byl; io*tt' But if the Moon be

arpected by Jupiter, tt'c cnila becooeglong'lived' h"ppy

and well.cgred for. Norrs.

Asothct isdpctalioa. " Wbcn thc Moon. T:ttnt--:l:.:lb'tbc 9th or the 7th housc ia rcrpect to Mars aud Srtrrfn occupyrlg

oac and tbo same bougcr etc"' t/' ff(t{ai

rctrMftqris<rttftggqtrm I

n $"rgptt g<rFc* tfiffi r n

Also qlIlETilT'-* -'-;--tq,.ot{*: *itst t* ftqg'llsrrrtr lt

Chandrelrreq-Nisanotberreadiogfor(ChandreAethc)

" qi*r aod the t""oiil''tiir ii"o bo "If the Moon or the Sun

bc trino to Mars and Saturn etc"'qk (nstna) mey also bo iutcr-prcted as

'cclipsod" i'!" itl

coniuuction with tbe Sun' '1: 5<it<t-vvx'----'--- q$tt wcrtl &frq I

qt ; ecqt qrrr ei! q! ftt'fqc I

s

ta1 incgntrd .fan. nlTlu slbka quoted above distinctly says that the l\Io-on shburdbc 6 (nfooana) i.a., eclipsed by the rays of the Suu and so thewords (Asttagatne) qgqir and e{Ril .q,stie in the quotations fromsararali and samudrajatake do not m.an ,, the 7th house,, butmean @lipscd;"

- For rlleviating tte efiects <if'the yoga described in the text,.

Jrqpiter muSt bc st?ong.c/. qqinr

rfter g1q1 r} dr* eq r{R rqS E, CBfr ffig, {qngki e *ga: rrqfrfht qQiqts& si*Yd Qarqft $qt*q+€.nsst Ift*sft qrqR;q,frqqcifr

' ffifrg rqgqfrsqry: n q6 flSldka 6f. When the Moon is in tfie lagna and

arfct.d by,a malefic planet and \rfars occupiec the ?th4-."* the child periehee being abandoned dl;; i*foTbe carne h.pp"or when lv&rc and Saturn

"r ii O"

lltt qrt?. When atenefic planet arpects tte Mooo, thechtld paslet irrto tbe b:rrrds of'a pereon of.a crase corrgp,ponding to;the.aopec.ting benefic plaoet. II .oott * .ii"nc under'the above yoga aspects the Lagna, then thechild bereft of the mother wirt fail into thl handc or dipeople and will die. Even if cared for Uy otn.rr; Lqhild lives not.

' Norrs *: l l

c/ sr<r{Ofuqil qd€ qrrftFr &sri sts€}r erG: IwcF€arq rmqHgqrg! qr$irtd{ ilqITft Strc] wqrqrrr.JGrpt argqil snil; I- l5ucrclrrrififuttlsfreffin

{si

Sl. 6E tdtftsqrr: ,lis- 9 - - . - - . - - - - - - t

etitg {qr Aig wfi glrtrtt: tqqft asr ffi<lee*stg il

Balabhadra adds qil$ftrfi ffA s's}

TqNt crar ff6 cn'i U[rft t sft q Smild*

r'$l

g{qrll6r|rl

I

Also lltqFtlqg- - giffi Rrnat otaQt6ql ng '

!'r| irrrtrr rreffi 116r wqfttlrffi: n

arn flri frnrflt qrfr qrar ftqsqt I

crtrts<r gfirt!€qnq ti rtt: llqreitiqrq crt" *flSksr eqr fuh t

qnltqfi*frg qei q{qft a g{r: Iq6qoH.oi Utrft ftqt c(' llgrervr! qq irccn.6 ndt frqt rft n

errrvrc*gerittft qr mgk* ll

| (2') tff i i

l--r:

t l l

l06 ltf,r\rRwt Adh II

frqqrqutsqR tilrtr

eeoqeeiloffis ilqlr,gtu dtftfr olq. ftql rqril u qq tl

S/o[c 69. The delivery will take place in rhehouoe of the father, mother, paternal uncll or maternalaunt accordiog to the strength of the planet represelt-ing theoe relativeg (vide Sloka tS Supra). It will happenin an erpoeed phce auch ao a grave, a rampart or a river.bank, if the benefic planets be ia their depression houses.If the Moon occupying the Lagoa be not aspected bytbe benefic planets o:cupyiog one and the eame oign,the child will be born in a lonely place. ,$

Noras.a/. gr<r,rot

trcddmtt|Qr csif tc: q{isu gdftrt rftqdft EtFt qan*r aqrs'q1t ilrrgrisRt Yi e$s<Mkuti tftqfilxtrsilc€tr{rrk refrrnq llnnnrtrfrg r qffiIt: €r&' Iffflil cfiqqtrsmqu cwccrq r

Also tnrrir<r

ffiSnaBgqrt: i@g rrq3&sirrffiritffi' rf

c/. mq*ae*qr qnrft€ c r sfaqft c{qft rcqt t ss* qrt ftqt ftffffi rr

,And lteqHTte{q rf$ + qt rtftqrft *dFrq rS*sgfr sT ttr c| As* ffi q aq. ttqri q qft cr{tqrq-dq-q{qffi tletr6l ffi qft eqr iltq ftrqrq, u

81. ?0 q{tdstrn: t6?. t v r v Y Y u Y ! J t ! v t ! , @ E . @ v J v . @

rqfi{ {ftfr Ggs qqetr-.sr\ qr(gk il (qR {{;i dtqmtq {fr |qenrit*q?q aRt qtqlqq il((qfrq;ff( qKerlfu buqrgtr;'ns ll eo llSloka 70. When the Moon ir in a Narnmsa

owned by saturn or in the 4th(wl)Bhava from the Lagna

or ia aspected by Saturn, or occupies a watery aign' or

is in conjunction with saturn, the accouchement is in

darknesg. The same takes place on the ground whel-3

ot more planets are in their d.epression cigns' The

coming ow of the child from thc womb is exactly lile

the eml.rg.nce of the rieing sign, from the horizon; i. c,

U-i, it a"{rffqa (SeershoCaya) sign, the child "PPan

.* i , l r theheadforemost ;and i fag i rqc(Pruchtodaya)' ;6, with the lege foremost; and if an srriqq (Ubhayo'

aly.l sign, with ih. h.ndt foremoet' If malefic planeto be

in conjunction with the Moon or occupy the 7th or

ii. +ti qrq (Bbava) therefrom, mucb diotress' it is said

has to be endured bY the mother'

NorBs.

A ; o } h c t i s | c l f n l a t i o a . . . . W h e n t h e M o o n i n t h e 4 t h b h a nif.iA t Navamsa ownecl by Saturn or is aspected by Saturn' etc'"

Iu this sloka qsai'(Abjage) should be taken tb mean (eUjea'

*gni "-r*t,$ffi$;" #T',gi?'"ff":#f.XilkarkshaYoh: TEqF

cy'. wt<r**rea *ft" gt dlur er gt t

. qqictRfi * td a'qQ rsdr qE ll

lw qrqacrcqqqaroft q *qq: t

tE'q{q guiteQn aqtmrq il

158 flcrlntq|l Adh. III

t i$cm.rtt q&qtqrb{n€ttqil tqtc *ftrttEFa vrirt{ren gt, rr

And f(artqflrdTdtdqrser! drlor g:: dngfrsft <r I

, q*{rrt coilr cr qt€ttqfr Rqa: llaqt eTTrqrqq{ t<rr<cig irrq Iq IIE:qiqs&kw€a aqrQr rq:iFtcSct: vfrnlqt btg{tq tlqet * qib* ft't a'4geq g&o: t

ftihtrosi drqtt' &)$rqR{ha Tr ll

{Rd rTftrcr q* aar f6g6*gcr tl

Also tr<ndl ,drritsqiloiiT a;|s*wghruar i;g* r

ilE* Er sdr<qft csi a eqt: ll

bir orS, r'i*r"rcrr*t mr6$et r'

.tq"ffiah qFr cwttzt aafrgur: lr

tal mnrriiEqrq {ffi{i?frs*gm*Ern(ntt I- eri qiffsft qt{ttfficdHt llet rl

Slrla ?1. The quantity of oil in the lamp will

vary with the portion to be traversed by the Moon in

th"'rigo entered upon. The wick is to be guessed from

i[. LJgnt, d.e. wilf vary with the portion of the riaing

,Lrr ritt below the horizon' The character of the lamp

i."to b. gueosed from thechlracter of the eign occupied

iy-tf,. Sit, i.a. whether'the light ie moveable' fixed' or

i"rlr'ic to be declared froui the nature of the Rasi in

*ii"t, the $un is. The door of the lying'in'chamber.is

ti U" go.rsed by mean! of the planets occupying tbe

Kendra positions; or rather by meane of those that are

possesged of strength ; i'e' *itn more than tlne pfanet

;."*;. Kendra-pogitions, the door must be gueroed

|I. '12 qft$rq?r: t6g

by the strongest of them; when there are no planete inthe Kendras. find which of the Kendrao ia strongeet, andrhe direction faced by the door is guesoed accordingly.

NorBs.

The Moon determines the oil in the lamp; tho wick in thelarnp is dotermiaed by the l,agna and the Sun determines thechlracter of the lamp.

If the Moon is waning, there will be little oil in the lamp. Ifthc Moon is at the beginning of a sign, the lamp will be full of oil..If she be in tho middle of a sign, the oil in the- lainp rvill bemoderately fulf ; if in the end of a sign, little oil. The sameholds good in the caso of a wick.

If the Sun be in a moveable siga, the lamp is not a fixturc btrtcan be moved about. If in an immoveable signr the lamp is a 6x.ture and not capable of being moved about. lf in a durl sigu,thc lamp can be separated from its place (rerooveable).

If tbe Sun be in a fiery sign, we may say that the light is litby electric power; if fiery and also moveable (siep), the electrictanrp is moncable, and so oa.

t/. qr..riltr

qrqtr{tr|la} arelt,aRvt sfHidt Itrcs{ftsnGg R'}E qFr4: strqile il tr'l',qragF-{rfrii effitrw S are* ftt I{rv, 41 '4fr: aGrh qftt erqqt tos ilwcftqil * cg{wa@t I

;. B{*r& qa{ili: q$r tdftdrlrdftll

qft'f tru(qtt ft?dgh Eni i{ qftilfrEtgrd q Ei rfr {frgt iltsfraqwq IGd frrgil *i q ug+ ilt Ee qfrEt

" q*t€ q*qt{€dt qrq;ilqFt *q tt sR ftSloka 72. The lying-in chamber will happen to

be old but repaired when Saturn_ir rtroDg. Ic will'be

ro rrmtnl[f Adh. m

e building epoiled by fire when Mars ic powerful; anew building when the Moon ir in strength; a structureabounding in timber, but flinsy, when the Sun is power,ful; anedifice built by the combination of several artisanlwhen Mercury ie strong. When Venus ie predominaot,'thechamber

will be lovely, possessiog worke o[ artanJ quite new. [t witl'be strong and durable wbenJupiter is powerful. The astrologer may guet! thesttucture, in the manner indicated, of other housesbegioning with those which are immediately around thelying,in.chamber by means of the planets in the Zodircalcircle.

Norss.'-'Wi,h

this Comparc lI--24, &'ll-22 rcgarding thc pleccrand cloths indicated by thc scvcral plaaets.

,1. qr<rrd.

Q,i it €ggf r. $ gft r q,lr $ qiaf vttqtrtruq I!t

"i r rgrQrtcsrt gt c qfi *q1ttudurtnr* r tl

tqu.@: ngrnirl Uuileq!&g rqftrra{ *0r fdild Eftr{rqrqrt qqfr* l|91ls

Stoha 73. Tbe direction of tbe lyingin chamberir determined by the cign owning the planet that isstrongeEt in the Kendras. If the sign in queotion beMesha, Kataka, Tula, Vrischika or Kumbha, the ly_ing,in.chamber will be in the eastern portion of the house.If it be owned by Jupiteror Mercury,the lying,in,cham,ber is in the north of the houce. If it be Vrishabha, thelyiog,in,chamber ir in the weEtern portion of the house,If itbe lvlatara or Simha, the chamber will be located iotbrg nutbero grfita of tbe hourE.

gl. 14 tilfr!ffi:

Notns.

, Suppose Jupiter is the strongest; tuen the lying'in'chambe'r'

will be in the northern portion of the house.

l6r

Directionsof Rasis

according tol -13

N

E

Directionsof Rasis

as per thisSlokas

E N l*s'lm{:- ftqse{qprfu*f+qrtqnrrt*ffot qt I

gq'Tg{qErft girfu*{w€rq{$qFcil: fur?fr : ll'l'he conrmeutator Bhattotpala is of opinion that the direction

of the lying-in-chaurber is determiuecl by the rising sign at birth

(and not by the sign nwned by the sirongest of the plauets in Ken'

drasi vide sloka 18 supn al\sls it is stated that yowerful planets

in Keudras wil l indicate the doors of the lying.in-charnber aud the

charncter of the buitding where birth has taken place)' His vierv

is not acceptable. il

lrEqrd ffiI fi * 5iu1ii6iffi' ,s€qrgR qng{ekGl qqFin'-sffifrs llsgll

Sloha 74. TheJour pairs of moveable and imrnovc'

able rigns begirrning with Mesha represept the East and

other.lrincipal Poiots of the iompass in order in the

tying-inchanber. The four dual signs,t)iz', Mithuna'

ti*y., Dhanus and Meena, signify the four intefmediate

poinie, ttiz,,$.E., S. W, N. W', and N' E The astro'

ioger rhould make, in regagd to the bed of the confined

woEa$ statementE of facts Euch aE have been made in

r6pect to tbe lyingir:hambet, the legs of the couch

2t

FIl{l

a12th bhavae from the Lagna, The head and face of thelying,in,woman are in the direction indicatcd by theLagna and the 2nd bhava. And the 3rd and the l2thbhavas reprecenr the fore4ege of the couch (the 3rdbeing the right leg); the 4th and the 5th bhavac, tfieright oide; the 6th and the gth, the hind legc (the 6thbeing the right leg) of the couch. The Zth and the gthbhavie- from.the Lagna represent the legs of the lying,in,women. The 10th and the l rth represent rhe left ride

NotBs.This is the principrc of Directions zrs psr M (Kerara.

charya) also.

lee rnrrcrffi Adh, III

rhe four corners of the c.uch are indicated by the-3rd thc6th' the 9th and the lZth houses from thc r-agna. The lst and2nd houses from the Lagna indicate 'the

head and face of th"mother and consequently the direction io which shc is lying. jfheleft part of the body of the mother is indicated by thc visible halfof the zodiac at birth and the iovisible helf indicates the rightpart of the body.

/. wtr+eri-lrtqGqtbilf .,An{ {nmrr rrnr'r rureqirtrr: ffi qrgq{ gnri al rr1grh cr P;|ad fo{id r ftqffiq r rl$marrvr{ {iqr: c{*srrft {rrR: trrrr il

dt. ?5 ttffctsqrd: 163' - - - ' - - - - - - ' - - '

1;rwrdcrdi: Tsur€G6r: IqfrGffi ffid

"{alrsr\$qqtfr lte\ ll

Slt'ha'75, The females attending on the woman inchildbed are as many as there are planets between the

rising eign and the Moon. Such of these as are in thevisible hemisphere are without the lying'in':hamber.lThoge that are in the invisible portion r€prr's3nt the

attendants in th: interior of the lyinS'ia'chamb:r'

_Others a$sert the contrary.NorBs.

Iu the following e:rample, there are 5 planets between the

Lagna and the Moon. We have therefore topredict that five wOre

in attendance upon the woman. Of these 5, 4 ate in the visible

half of the zodiac. l'herefore we have to say that they were ort'

sidc tho rcon wheie the acttral delivery took place an4 could br

scgn. This is applicable only to females and not males'

yenusSun

jSaturni

Nota.-The earlier slokas will indicate the presence of a male

rttendant on the wornan prorided the following conditions are

fulfilled:--

(l) Lagna with Saturn in it should be in opposition to the Sun'

(2) The Sun in the Lagna should b6 io opposition to Saturn'

(3) Mars iu the Lagna should be in opposition to Saturn'

i+i tut"t" in the t-agna should be in opposition to the Sun'

(S) Tfre Sun in the Lagne should be in opposition to Mare'

Junit"rf

II

i[:

lJt:l'

t64' rrcrqfiit Adh.IIt

(6) Saturn iu the Lagna should bo in opposition tb Mars.That is two of the three malefics should be in opposition, one

in the Lagna and the other in the 7th.rl. gpffi

rrftwsF*crgrn,lqgaqrr qftTr lrqr: tugftwxr:ftgteeltrrqr qgfr* u

" Also ogqftrsflQrqsrrrt$ar cfgr{r: qlirrr qlf,s{r; Ivqfis+'rrerrn qrrr{fis Eris* rr

For visible and invisible portions of the Zodiac at any timc:iFrd {saunaka) says-

rilir siriqfr ft:*.'rrq: o,t ilir gFtr: r

n, S arhrrg€fia qtt 316** ,,, ' l 'he text gives the generally accepted rule for ascertaining the

actual uumber of pers<.ns present at tbe tiute of confinement.Sonre authorit ies view it otherwise, l iz,, that the number dfpersoDs witlr iu the lying-in-chamber should be guessed by theuurtrber of plernets in the visible hemisphere, while tlre numberwithout should be teckouecl by the nurnber of planets in the in-visible portion of the zodiac.c,/. fi'fitr<r

va.ngwatrnqparffihfi iTrs?n: Irti*sr{;drrn m[rff{ ct'q-{+st rr

Also *rc-{rtr' EqqaftcrKt{it: qFcr(rftsr@ |

E-q.rt$stt qnrufrR;ilt frw: tThis view is uot acceptet'" by Varahamihira and that is why

he said irsrqqr (parenyatha) in the sloka in the tert.But when the Lagua and the l\{oon are in one and the sarne

house, the nunrber will be as stated in q&q,I (Chrndrika){dr, irfoir ofi qA ft€: qI: qi}ilaEr: r

Balabhadra adds in his 'irr.1161 (Horaratna)

afi a{rqrn{ iIT qI?Ft: g! rrcrftn! |rnrQtT J|nrfn t q urqrft: qFm slR I

,..f

81. 76 qffisr<rr: 165

s{qqt{qcEmgr@lqq€k-dEiqqEfrr qrffi{fi'{ril:rf n sQ 11

Sloka 76. The native will correspond in mien tothe lord of the rising Navamca, or his appearance willbe like that of thg planet that has the greatest strength.His hue will be that of the lord of the Navamsa occu.pied by the Moon. His body and lirnbs will be com,mEDourate in their proportions with the rising sign andother Rasis which are described a8. forming the headand other porriono of rrro$ec (Katapurusha). lVide4dhyaya I, elokas 8, 13 and 56,Supra.]' Short and long signs arc thus ilescribed iu Jatakapari.

jata l-l 3.Norus.

Even

Long

Remembering that the Lagna represents the head; the 2nd

house, the face; the 3rd, the neck; and so on' onc can predict

whether the several parts of the body hre long or short, or dispro'

portional, by the length, shortness or otherwise of the signs tyfi'

fying the particular prart of the body as' well as by the plauets

occupyiog the particplar Rasi.I In the following examplc, Lagna bdiug Mesha, a short sign,

the native has l snrall head. The ,3rd house is governed by

Mithuna and rrrust indicate a fairly long neck controlled by planets

tborcin, alzr,

srrort I SrrortI

Even

! Long-l

t66 rlibcrRila Adh ltr' @ y U L r v s v v t i r r r u t v Y U r Y l Y v Y Y r l Y l l Y w J - v - ! w

Sun indicating mcdiumMercury ,,Venur ,,

Moon and Saturn indicate

rhort stature.

:,,tong fonn or stature rrd Msrs

o/, mndtarirrqqrqllaqr qftfufr gareurfi rcsrrr|Iqr!'ifs: rflffin1qa qils I

Also 3tta*lRfd

orarqqestifrrh qBfl qqelr qE: r-dqailFttadff4gtinilqsq | |

s€q*nqilsqrse{m qE{ q Ekrfl-k q"ctffiiltgqr&{ETfiM arfq€El tqfkl fraS ffi{ i$oiltr,

' wgxl

qgdr${qr {rqgR}qrqrrftQfi lt ree ll

Stoka 77. The Lagna and other bhavas every one

of which is divided into three parts (Drekkanas) tQ'

present the three divisions of the body ao detailed

b.lo*: The first decanates of the Lagna and othct

houses indicate the head, the eves, the ears, the nostrile,

the cheeks, the jaws and the mouth. The second drek'kaoas of the same twelve bhavas correspond to the neck

sl. 77 i{tifrrrr:

rboulderc, the armr, the sides, the heart, the chect andthc navel. The third drekkanae epecify the pelvic, the

s organs of generation and the anus, the testicles, thethighs, the kneeo, the calvec and the legc. Of the tworides of the body, the left ie eignified by the drekkanasriren alrea dy , i. e.r drekkanas of the tigns in the visibleheoirphere. Thuc, the firct drekkana of the riringrign ie the head. The firgt drekkana of the l2th, thelltbr the lOth, the 9th and the 8th houses from theLagoa repretent tbe eye, the err, the nostril, the cheekand tbe jaw *rn the left side. The first drekkanas of thezddr the 3rd, the 4th, the 5th and the 6th houses corric'pond to ttte eye, the , ear, etc., on the right aide, Andthe fint drekkana of the ?th is the mouth.

The 2nd drekkana. of the Lagoa indicates the necL.The ldt choulder, left arms, left ribu, left cide of theheert and the left cide of the chect correspond to thegod &ekkanar of the 1.2!h, the l1th, the 10th, the fthaodrhe 8tb cigns, ropcctively, fron the Lagna. The{LrC decanate of the ?th rign is the navel; and Eo on.

Norrsl r f f < . . ' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r - . t6 f1 | r . . t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

r6?

l r f t < . . ' . . . . . . . """" """1 r-

I'T L u* P::' ' Head

x.t " ly:"'Legna lst IDecanate

| "r"

;-If."s=[;;;< l f a ' a . . . a . a . . a b . . r . o i . r r r o o

*gil*,'l#:

a ' , r i . . i . d . a a ' r . o o o r r r r r r . r r r l

168 qrGciRiln Adh. rrl

Votr.-If the first decanate of the Lagna happens to be thcfirst decanate of the Rasi, then the usual order I, II and tII is tobe followed. If the first decanate of the Lagua happens to be

l r - . . 1t - . . , l e s t l - |Kuee iThigh l';i; I Anusr l l

* i - l - . . . l r "s t i .Catf I xnee lThirh l' cre

--E;.1{:Calf I I I I I

i n"i"r* lPclvisl i---- l Lagoa 3rd 16"*l:

Legs i Drekkana iratinsl ;| 'orqan | :

tbe 2nd decanate of the Rasi, the ordcr is tI, llt and I. lf thc

first decanaie of the T-agrn is the last decanate of tho Rasi,'lln

order is III, I and II. This is the rneening of ste+ftror'ilt: (Uditair'

drekkana bhagaihi).

IIurI4,(:-P{Tt rrt oftrnrq.frd t{ i{t€ w} gmif rT!6iq*r qrg$i c 'TIt fsilrqnt{! cftr.tr fifti rft<,rr Rr*gt q 11trrT6{rr snggit q ril tcr+ q{r}rgqt ft {r* Rqs* qqorceqfiiq rt

fu{ nqgt qd wgt e} q owRtqqqtt fur€S q rr€stf uqatqm€n I

qtilrffisff{tm,ir} gU {rrqruil wuqg'qaq Gq,il tr€eftil grr{lledll

Sloha, ?8.-When a drekkana is occupied by amalefic planetr there will be an ulser or wound in thepart of the body indicated by the drekkana. Butwhgn it is .q[so occupied or'aspected by a bi'nef,ic. pla'neti the aEtrologer rhorrld declare the exirtence of a tpot

L e f t < . i , i . . . . . . . . . . . . . r . . . . . . r ' .

$ sl. ?g Wiil$rrq.

,.there. When the planet happeno to be in its own Rariir or in conjunction with Saturn, the ulcet, wouod ori mark rhould have been in the portion of the body indi'' cated from the very birth, tf the planet be in positions

other than those described above, the ulcer, etc., willcrop up later on. If Saturn be the planet to cause guch

ulcer, etc., it will be due to a hurt caused by a stonc or

Eone wind disease. If Mars bc thc planet destined tott inflict an injury, it will arise from fire, a miseile, poisonir'or serpent bites. I[ Mercury be the malefic planet, the

1l ittiutv will arise by a fall on the ground trom a helghtor by a blow received from a clod or some such earthy

lubstance. If the $un be the malefic planet, the iniurywill be inflicted by eome piece of tiober or a quadrupedLagtly, if the Moon be the malign planet, the hurt willcone trom a horned creature or by liquidc, suc.h asacids. If other planeta than thege t oil., Jupircr, Venus,the waxing Moon and Mercury not in conjunction withmalefic planeta occupyadrekkana, there will be''nomark ot moter and the rerult would be all lavourable'

NorEs. ii

'' ftr1gg$g (Sttnira sarqyutelhu) ;bas bccp interpretd 4s " in

conjunction with sa1u1n.'t In the following nativity' all the

Ven r

i rl;';t|fuh.'' '"ridt

* i

J .$$ t ;

ieS[ cd*

Sun 25oi l ,

r@

- l'i$' II

Ll3'i- ll ' It $ v

22

170 lrirffiil* Adh. III

malefics are in the invisible portion of thc Zodiac. Therefore, if etall there should be marks or moles, they must be on the rightride of the body. In the above figure, to determino the decanatosof tbc various bhavas according to the principles laid dorvn iuSloka 77, we proceed as follows:_

Now I agna is Mesha 25". It is the 3rd decanate of lt{esha.Thc first decanate of the Lagna rules from 25o of Mesha to 5o ofVrishabba. The 2nd rdecauate of th6 Lagnabegins from 6o ofVrishabba. The 3rd begins from l5o of Vrishabha and extends to25o of Vrishabha.

As thc lst decanato of the Lagna happens to be rthe 3rddccanatc of Mesha,Table III applics.

-Th.r"foru the lsf decanato

of thc Lagna symboliscs the pelvis. The 2ud decanate of the Lagnahappens to bc the tst decanate of Vrishabha, order being III, I andII throughout; the first -figure (I) appties. Therefore the Znddscenatc of tbe Lagna symbolises tle hcad. Similarly, the 3rddccanatc of the Lagua (;nd dccanetc of Vrishabha) symbolisesthe neck (Fig. II); and so on with rcspcct to thc other bhavas. Inl!: ry. horoscopc, (he order with rcspcct to cvcry bhava beingIII' I aod II, the sun's position refresents the right shoulder.Saturn, tbc rigbt sidc; Mars, tbc right testicl"; M-ooo, il;il;ridc; Mcrcury, the right I sticle; Venus, tbe right eyc.

-- Bhattotpala intcrprcts rGgt (stthira samyutc) in the tcxtls " in ao immovcable sign or Navamsa."

ergqRilr qRr{ nt rq: eff q6.tr{fr ftqqrqqnrfil: g}E{gtg il |

mtqgq: qfr tt q-frMqhfrarrnqqu{Egr fidteq {owr{t{ u eq, tf '

Sloha 79. When four planers whereof Mercuryrhould be one, come together in a decanate of a eign,tbat part ol the body indicated by the drerrana w-illinvariably get an ulcer or wound or some mark accord,ing as tl.e plar€ts ccrDing tcgtther are benefic cr nalefic.TLe parr bf tbE btdy inrfitatd by tbe dccrrbtE otrr,pftt

gl. 7g {u?lrsqrq: 171

by V:nur (in case Venus becomes an qgq Agubha) willhave an ulcer, wound or mark. [This appliee if Venuris alone.]' If Venus be aspected by benefics, a mrle ormark will be caused. If he be in conjunction withbenefico, the person will possess an auspicioue oark iothe portion of the body inrticated.

NorBs.Venus becomes an q{Irt (Asubha) if he be in combustion (that

is within 5" from the Squ) or if he be weak in Navamsa or bo in

inimical house, etc. Sole books read the 3rd quarter of thc slokathus: tr,4di{f{: q} osmi) rrsmftr The' tranrlation will then bo" A malefic planet in the 6th bhava from the Lagna brings on the

.ulcer or wound in that part of the body which the Rasi indicatcs.'.The reading rcl >.? is better. qg here means tbe 6th plauct orVenus. I

In the example giveu in. the prcvious sloka, Vcnus .is in rneutrat house (tq) less powertut than €rJA (swagriha\ or ET(Uchcha). He is going to the operative conjunction-hencc wcak.He is in 1rtrd{i{r (Satru navamsa). Hence he is an Erg{ (Asubha).

He will therefore cause a mark on the right eye. .l'his tsloka indicates qp_rmanent marks causcd rfrom birth.

The time when the ulcers, etc,, indicated ras abovc occur will bcduring the Dasas and Antardasas asrmentioned in Ch. VIII-sl.2lof Brihat gataka.

c/. srfrf ilot.

* W {trqnrrr: trrjr gxr: Ttr{ ir11q I, ff lw q*nri

" inu*,i Flr1g-i( rl

sft|rt l|fr m<4rq6qrq ccEq, r' .Erorf,1g zn* d? qr aA!* trof: tl

, lSTrEtt qrirsCr SfrA rlo+ f{rq r, Q{EEcgrrgr6iftglnsFtEr Tfttr: Ir srqtlEcg€as* qn €mi q srrer t

rrmt il sqc|ft qrr{rqfufritlr{ r

172 t]rrt|r|RilT Adh.III

fr,itftwffi frt*{qi su{ |wqiloqRilEi qFilflqTftflrftq n co tlth mmaqn tqnqmm irerqrRqrt

srrrnsrdqrqrnil0rfi ll

.l

Slvka.8O. A knowledge of miscellaneoul births, rheeffect due to conception under various lagna and planei,ary positions, theagcerhinment of thetime of birthof a child, all this hae been fteated of in this Ch;;;;,as declared by the srrqr{ sqftfft (Acharya V"rrhr^ih-i.f.

Thus ends the Brd Adhyaya, on eonceptioo .iaIfirth io the work onrcrRqrd (;.t"k"prrijata) compiledtry Vaidyanatha .under the auspic., of th" oio" pl*.ir.

*ra-a-a.

rtB

,tS{t $;*i',fly1'1691 lT't'' ted\. "."id,4}@dr*4

i{,

*r lI' 'w

.tuffi/

g , l .

.t

., slRlsqrfrqTt qgqrsEqFT;

1T tt qrqftgpqrq: U ln"srit' $ t t o '

of e,l*':.

r {Ji

Adhyaya IV . J t '

Drern INoIDBNTAT, ro Cgrr,DEooD.Otr

t r In th isAclhyaya, Slokas 17-18, 32to39 and 99 havetaken from Brihat Jataka.

qmilnnngrsorfrtrg q {Tfr tqt:rt q frrr u-tqrqfidurr {ro{tdtrdR qRF[r u I tlqfu qgt* qrmftt g fte,rf$evnS, r sb;rrutrFsrg lgrutg q+t{ifr' uUtftlrq n R tlqd iluftumfr ilMi qhrRt nqtrt{dt uq rqd qrflfi{rfr qs{Tqrlgr$tgr, wtwr {rffiil{ n I tl

Sloka 1. In the case of viviparous creatureE, it is notporrible to determine the period of life within' the firsttwelve yqrs. In consequence of tha sinful acts of theparents (whether in this or in a previoue birth), thechild meets with destruction being seized by demonscalled rnolr6 (Balagrahas).

Sloha 2. If the child dies rn the fiiit.<[ryears, ir iobecause of the mother's sins. If inthe middle 4 years, itie owing to the accumulated sins of the father. If itcomec by its deach in the last 4 years, it must be dueto iis own rins (in a previous birth),

178

been

tl4 rldrlrftilt Adh" rv

t Slola 3, The first 8 years in men's lives is theperiod of rrqrfts (Balarishta-ills that afflict children).Till the 20th year, tbey say, it is 11t" inrtu (Yogari,chta) period (evil brought on by planetary conjunctions).It is called {aqqlq (Alpayus) or short life when theperiod extends up to 32. It is called Tt{qrgq (lvfadhya'mayue) or middle age when the period of life extends to70 yearc. It ig qohgq (Purnryus) when the perioC oflife extenda to 100 years.

NorBsMantreswara in whose work Phaladeepika also'(q-odRfit) these

three slokas. appear orbalin suggests in the following sloka the

methods to be,adopted for palliating the evil effects described.

, ntsrr* cftsr.qir{qrilq{n"i qcdql+q Iqri5ri of faqu ildt cns fff*srP-rt& tht ll

Rcgarding the three divisions of Ayus nrentioned in Sloka 3

{ r l * * ' -

l rhe adds

tr rtsqrgffi sc{qrtt q{q?tr rr+' $ffTffit eqrg{q qcft mifr sfd t vf,. F fl'ttfrt ftqtsi genfud+Arq1 ,, ;

ll ;'' i id glk "*ft

sqrt ftfus gprt: ll ' W

' Vidc also the followiug from qlrqFl

. rqmq{ffirqc Ii rrt ftfu sqtsgcftRngcrq tl

61ss qqitffir

@iatr rq t , } ,wicdcnir"..;h { elerq ll "fc'

ri : ffirTi€m: *h*iqqrsqift |qA Ruqmt fTft'{r lrrstlql: l!

reurqeeEft ffi ffiffirfut uur* rRdfrt q|qffiq ftqrgqr €qu\fr qnn il I tl

$. e6 rgrl${tf:

Sloha 4. Eveir Jupiter may occupy the lagna; but

if the Moon be in the 8th. the t2th or the 6th bhrvaand be acpected by the mrlefic planet 'Rahu, the chitd

6ee$ with death.c/. +wc:

snft:.rrrrctrs t. * frfttr: Iqnq qqfq: sq<qE*: girltt: rr

qEFilililftn EII* rillbh fiqffiFqt il trd e{ qrfr qE{$ft qA mn qrqlt{tf\t il ll \ rl

Stoha 6. When the Moon ic in the (Gandantha)rFrri portion of a Nakshatra aqu and is aspecteJ by,

or io conjuoction with, a malefic planet th: child D3etswith early death. The same thing happens when theMoon happenc to be in the (Mrityu) qg or fatefulportiont o{ the reveral Racis (Vide Adhyaya I. $loka

J7 , supro). or it aepected by a malefic planet.Norrs

rt Eu{m6rqrqfuttnrftrqftrvqf qd fumi u{qrrFfr ftqcrt&r fug?ftdltuP{ wtcft: tilqr qftqqgglsEag{€gtfut qrqft:

atrrtrrrr* c et sft Afr i-issh st qft: ilFor Gand"nlh (qtq;-.:), vide Adhyaya l-22 sttpto.

r?5

'i rnt' )

cntffi<qrgon qrilqd qffiei q qlits ItglRt, {rqqfrqfr: nq$lnrg ailf drq ll q li

Sloha 6, The hther, the mother, the brother, tbenaternal uncle, the motfier's mother, the mothertg fatheror the child itself will die rqon wben the 5thor the fth(rn) Bhava from the Iagna be a (Krurarasi) rrnft (male'

fic rlgn) and occupied rerpectiwly bythe $uo,6it Mooni

,p

tu' t

tr,$

it?6

Mars, Mercury, iupiter, Venus or Saturn. w*,* Notps.

Ttris is cvidently taken from lg,qittlaif,. The reading in

work is sligbtlY difrerent, rtiz-.

arcrfter+rargsfua crdrr€rcdtgs RIq, rqaiffii: trg rgceft: iieFa st rc{t cq* u

mnqrftqti Adh. tv

thrt

,tr

tetild{il qR qrgg;ft ffi: qcfr q{onq rng' Iqqr T(I fiftrr'i frsrrq q{ftIt' frTdntg: tl e ll

', Slcka 7. When the Sun and the Moon are togetherin the 4th crq (Bbavai from the Lagna and Saturn ie intbe ?th, they all conspire to bring about the mother'r

death. Whenever a malignrnt pla::et is in the 6th ma(Bhava), it may occagion a brother's d:ath'

NorEs;,.Fhst halfl cl. E<rrriqwfi

qrargg,tn: crfr qR atr{orttn! |

w qn1{€ grffi gr0 qR n r,r.Frtt'$.(Lilier half,\

For the sane efiect, i. e., tl|{cftill the following sloLa frcm

r|rqis.t(o witl be found useful.

qqr crc€snifr s?cile qilrrrq"F?f,rrqnetiq t

dgrg arrt n&&rq Srr cftRqrqq: ct5{turtgsqr: 0

ntrefr q-{F€{(td trrqftftqqfrqdfr | ,r,ry,$

krqfi qqft{qirt lnwt {rdl (dfr il{t ll4 ll rs{i Sloft,r 8. If the risiog sign and the Moon be acpect'

ed by malefic planets and at the same time be notacpected by or coonected nlith benafic oneo, and if

Jupiter be oot in the Kendra, the mother of the new'

botD'iohnt will die.

\gl. g-10 cldsqrq, l'17

cf. ftrrrrbrcr trlqfqr qft cnqrii AilT rc{+d rcrqinril qtnq gu?E gri sirr ll

wrgt ffi fu'{r( REffi\ RrrurM rqugt $gt ilildt fMd qaqt wrrrt n 1 rr

S/ota 9. When the Moon is in conjunction withSaturn and the $un is in the l2th house from the Lrgnaand lvlars in the 4th, the morher perishes wirh the child.

Rwq;ft gqg0,Tfr?T{{ha5fiqqrrrd(d Ifrt{ffr $KI wlqt E(Fd st gqqq gqftrr 1l I o u

Slola 10. If the rieing sign and rhe Moon bddevoid of benefic aspectE and be, batwixt two rnaleficplanets, the young woman and her child die together orcparately, say all the aotrologere,

NoresLagna or the Moon to ba in the midst of two malefics should

bc within a distance of 5o on either sidc.

Sat.Lasna 9oMirs 5oMoon 2o

Suu 29oMerc. 20oVenus 16o

An erample.

4t sqgdFfigr qtr?t * grrvfe lr{qnr I

88

1?8 ilRrr|l|fiilt Adh. Iv

ifntcE{lHffi{t qtrtrnrq nrn wlq srcrrd'€it tf. {Ar rnrfr I dqrn

qnecr{trtftQTfi oQ-qc q drq{riarir rgwufire cr Elrrtr rrrlgar ftcqe ll

Also gw5qxrrredt lfrrUrrtr ttvraqe4 rrTd] icQ$ rgscas]6-{ai}* tq a'{r srrta ftcq} $ ll

'e ibp

$w'

{iwilnrrsqqT{Q $S ii.,rrc*ffitS r\rnril.& ugn gt Er aril qrg{r eft g (qr n t t tl

Slofta 11, When mrl:f ic plan:ts occupy the 6th,the 8th and the l2th trr{ (Birava) from tha Lagna andare not in conjunction wirh benefic planets, and whenVenus or Jupiter is between two malef ic planett, thelying,l l woman and her chilJ die forthwith.

aqnilqrft qri qrqfrqir. s\tgd u+EitdHnl t

{riq qit sgtii rrilurl r::' n'qrurfq,ii frsfiJ qil qh lr lt tl

.cJ, Aa l?. Wherr the iord of a month of aivancedpregnancv i8 malef ic anC ev i l p la , rers occupy th : Lagnaand t re 7th wl ( l3h. r ,v i ) b : i rg n: ichsr i r r cenjunct ionwith ben:f ic plan:ts, ncr asl- 'ect:d by the'n, thc pr:gnantwoman m3eLs with d;ath in consequence of an operaqon.

,,, Norrs.\ a/. x(qten-

irqqr<me]: gnrd{rfiiwr crragfr sqicr Icrsritrcdr iitiie nitn* qEqi sqriqhq tl

If i t he before 7 months, the de,th is by an aborf ion and thoafter effects cf abortion. The monrh of death of a pregnant lsomancrn bc ras i ly dete rn, i r .e d in the fo l lcs i rg u.aruer : th ,e eeve r r l

sl,3-Y -""". " Y::Tplanets ruliDg over the tee mcnths (in em5ryo) are given in thc

l/j[ 5lefta dry'.r. Whichever plarret is wcakest wil l cause the

death of tbe woman in his montb. The day also may be sirnilarly

dcterminbd as Per s loka 39 ;z / r r .

q;ff{iltitqrfttuisqi afkt I t}unz4fo : taqrqnilql qii qrst{r\ qlilat qrdr ftq4 q{rfi ll tl lt

S/o& z I 3. When evil plan:ti occupy the 4th place

from the lr{ocn and ar: nct asp:ct:d by or in conjunc'

tion with b:nefic planets, the moth:r of ch: new bcrnch i l J w i l l d i : , Th : s rn : ev :xu hrppe: r l wh:n ev i lplan:ts occupy the t0th plac: f , 'om th: Mo rn arrd rl le

Sun is among theroNc.rres. '

qr'igi; truaads*: is ancther rerding in the 2nd qurrter of

the sloka\ r \ q \ 1 4 - A \

gififlTt r{{qq ilura ffil'{iT II;({qF-Td qr Iqrir quRf qft qt{qft qnrr trgrr iq{rsiqiq il tB tl

St 'kt 14. Wh:n the Sun poss:ssin3 abundtntstrength. occupies tha 3rd place from Venus and isaspectcd by cr is in conj,rncticn with Srturn, and thelylcon is either on the wan? or in ccnju:rctirn with amalef ic pl . rnat , th: m:th:r and h:r chi tJ di : quickly.

A \ \ \ \ \ l r - - - - , \ - - - A \ .

sqlKi| iflgqq gilq qlqlqil €trTz[T I{E[;I I

ilrr0tt skffirfi{r{ qRII ETFiIq{ qt gifr ll t\ llSlotc 15. When the Sun or Mars occupies the

8th place frcm the Lagna, ancl t'te Mocn is on the wanganC is aspected by mrlefic planets, an'J is vci'J of beneficatpects, the mother will di:.

gnrrglsaft el:geutimtTdqtt*:rornt {t} wqq I

{r6o qrarctfuili Adh" tv

0

Yi

qftikt q grrfrrre{r Rfriant qtfr qrfr Rqil m* u lq rl

i

T

Slcla 16. lf Mars occupy the 9th or the Jth placefrom Venus during the day, if Saturn occupy the saneposition wirh respect to the Moon during tbe night andthe Moon be weak and aspected by mrlefic planeto anddevoid of all benefic aspecrs, the mother L..t, withdeath.

NorBs.I ef. gano,

'ei crgtfh Rrt't, eqd ilq} I' *rcoirih a-at rrftevgu3 1, rrdt &+ingarit rftq: nnTrrq

t;' wkqq'iE ggiitsft ettaaerq tlAlso w<r+f,r

*qrqAiiturnqft rftir urg*i iinft rr* I I tl.f,,, dfl grritn list Sc' c&r tuEer tl '4 -. q;qr.iT(

las-' qr'r' ir*r t'lrEs' ll 'r #I${lr " l'S

'' ftr?t wqrq llstq€ c-i crcfittldt r i l?'rl P &sr gsmqr rtri qaii hqi Esq u

qct'

But according to Garga, if llfars "nd=S"turo

be in the 5th orthe 9th lrouse from Venus and uuaspected by Jupiter and Venus,the child does not l)romote the well-being of the father.

*iaqriwd\ $Frcgaii'{$l$ft er r

I iihit gtg:nrud tari ftct itGI: rr. . , . f '

$*lrrg

l I r , '

tfl.W

j,i il

sd:r$n

ciit'*

q{it gtttg{ q qmrftqilr nersq u ls tlclmeSloha 17. From the of conceptibn of the.

sL 1? t[plgrrtf{; r81

.*r ," . ; ; ;womb in the t0th month, th:re are several stages ofdevelopment. In the tsr month, t l 're samen wil l bc io aliquid state still and th: lord of the month is Venus.During the Znd month, the embrvo hardens and becomesnore solid, and the lord of the monrh is Marg. Thelord of tha Jrd mcnth during w5icir rhe l irnbs Bprout upie Jupiter. In the 4th morrth, the bcn: is formed andthe Sun is the lord. In the 5th, the skin appears andthe lord of the monrh is the Moon, In the 6th monththe hair bagios ro grow.. The l,rrd of the moorh. iE,Saturn, ,.In the 7th month whereof the lord is Mercury,consciousness appcars. The lords of tha remrining threemonths. viz., the tith, the 9rh, and tire lOth, duringwhich the fetus b:comes palprble, f:els rhirsu and hunger,draws EuEtena{ice f ron tha moth:r throu.gh rhe uobii icalcord, move$ ab rut (shakes) and becomes f it for deli-very-the lords during these month: are respectively thelord of the (Adhanr Lagna) qrqriTvr;t, the Moon and theSun. The good or evil happening ro the child duringeach month is dependent on the condition of its lord;l, e. it the lord of rhe month is srrong and occupies,benefic positions, the child is happy ; if the lord ofthe month is weak, in its depression sign,conquered'in planetary fights and troubled, the child suffers andphere will be miscarriage, etc

Jupiter is the planet ,rl"::rt", brain and ihead irr ti:e 3rdmonth. The Sun rules the .lth month as he governs the boues.That is why after three nrorrths rniscarriage is not possible. If, atthe ti*re of conception, the Sun is strong, the issue wil l resemblethc fethcr. lf the Moon is strong, the issue will resemble the

18s srdscritsrt Adh. lv

mothcr. lf any planet at the time of conception be wealr, then thcfetus will suffer iu bealth in the month goveroed by thar plaoet.

llqrfi:'sqo€FTfiT{IrqilQrss{eairT+

; qrqn€idr.t qihxlo iii*a: r'

Ragis'gt;rl{Feri$avscfFqE:lr|trifd gqsldr€rq?arf (€ir qqqrGfi{: u $ tl

Alsc qgi{d}

erkrrurarfig rr*s qqril'lur srqEi I, €gg {.ie,vrus5{nqrfue*xi*qdr! tlq rTrlrsSl

" qctlr Qt€Il q qei atr'1-4n: I

q{ritreu *gi: cmi{{ q's cali u*; llg$Itifi.r {iifi i?rdri g'rrloetig I rriiarr IqI€FT.u: <gli,i&er grrg* iq;q{. ri r,

According to Yavanacharya, the lords of the first and secondmonths are Mars and Venus resoebtively ; for he says

gr .rrtg;i.{ q? e 1 4i-g ar mn6 w i'gr?ar rtrsrr( rqrsrftrqi{{rrn} a \qi wqi qqr irieprrr;? rl

Vasishta holds the former view, cf

firetri rrerqi rq ie:iril|fu fi tr ri;gqr? ; rcr+rr|*qr: (g: srr{ir qlr} firfi-Riilr ;r{r{Ti& garf& [

Balabhedra says with regard to the abcve two contradictoryviews

,, atrr;rh{El:fi*qrraar?grrt}-iFrrilr rrtTrTAfr | qt Utf,kamqtq cftfiirqra.gr :nnorq I dzrr { rdr: ,

os$ cqir qrfu err cTsriWr €g: If{tlf} qrib gqllrrr?tnr4r{raaq uqu,kte.I*l <ni€r qrsri\frsi*tr: rqqri€tirrir wiir aglt rrrtr;}sfl{c: nqsi rnfh d*tietq({rrt trrcr t

' srr gqh{rrqr qt ag cteTl4q; qlir n " r'riu lli . ,i, si].'

gl. 1g rgtff;t{rq:

- flirhrirsgfr crlt gaqqrs\e] qle ll

oftq1 Tfr€tua crsai aq+ rnir rlqirfui crik wffir rrrr*ir rre: llqq qrcrn{fr Rqi {tit erstrrrhJsii qr rn6parrlwi qrih r€+rstr rrfirrie il

lE8

"*r0r I urtFaag: rrlnggl r{trir grr t

lmnFginmts gqfrltrfturqrqTtgrflwqftqtr rqfiqond.rieriqtr gqt q urrT gwrr iirtfhar f r?ctl

Sloka t8, If bene{ics occupy the Lagna or be inconjurrcion with the Moc'n and be aspected by Jupiterand the male{ics occupy the 3rd and the I lt ir, eafe deli,very is assured. If benefics cccupy any of the followinghouses, viz.,the 5th, the tlth, the 7th, the Znd, the 4thand the 10th, reckoned from either the Moon or theLagna and be at the sime tim: aspecccd by Jupirer, thenaleo gafe delivery may be predicted

NorEs.Somc books read (ftqr ftrirkc, (Ravina Nireekshitaha[Tbere are tro -distinct yogas in tbis sloka as stated above.

Thc com,neotator Bhettotprle does irot however accept tbe readinggiven in the text but would h:tve the other reading and wouldinterpret it thus: " \\ ' l ,en benefic planets are in the rising sigu,or in conjuuction with the iUoon, or occupy one or more of thofollowing places, oiz., the 5th, the 9th, the 7th, the 2n4, the 4thand the lOth; and when the malefic planets are in the 3rdor thellth or in both, the fetus is happy if tbe Moon or the rising signin the positions described be aspected by tho sua." He guotes inrupport the following from qr<n-ejt

fii; ggi ; e^r+iiq*rqqnrg<rrerrdr$: r,cfrReqrxqrt: gdi q qr,T fi{i&d'r r?qqr lt l}}$"

lf Tbis is furrber supported by the following sloka from g,4rfirrJr t ^, qr;;guri fqti.;qr?*ior art, rirGeqrqqriq qr'sr-t

: t."

^1[ri: Cr&nriiea.vmqrfi iishas]qrrls ruqr rI l , r ' r O &

r84 qtwrftc|f Adh,IV

But the other reading is supported by the following works.

tln;iRrttqc?fis&iqn* er{ qr ftdt: g$' Icrt{rqqerq*R(eeerri gti rrorqqr gdrnrq*+cidcqqfte*, rfrht: crtaq ftuft: g?! cqr llr{at fiftirq il

Also {ftmqrqg

I

1C!

uqfro E;i) t*a ga,ir$'1gs{'r: Iorlsulgaria rrrrqrcft gqfc{i tcrcrftGa.i rg*r{ar ruirq ili$? taRqen,lar rir*<fu+]qdqqgg risrGr?ire?rrcrqi qq?{r ee} r$ 1qfrsqrqqfirqrtqrrqi cqcQfqqr{ rirndserth rrrl tggtrqr{grrrq tt

t $,tl '

ipti

r i , , ,

' , lsm sr, ,Lrage ll v"", " , { l , i r

fl i

rn the light of the above quotations, gevu {Hifre: (Guruna

.'ireekishithaha) rvould appear to bb the original and correct read-ing: and tfioiliTfi&n: (Ravina Nireekshithaha) must be au inter-polation in Varaharnihira's rvork and must have been followed bylater iuthors like +({IoFth{ (K"ty.navarman) and Uyrrq<. (Guna.kara). Varahamihira has used er{r}q+: (asobhanaihi)-crc+: (papa.

kaihi) is another reading-which means more than two malefics,a. c, three or more. Rahrr and Ketu are not reckoned as formingpart of the malefics in this yoga, for, at the end of the ftkd.r{rq(Nishet adhyayai Skanda has said-

Et segfr?rr;il {fq: RE qdQil: I*cr" imiterr afuiqsqqrrc il

The three rnalefics can therefore be nono other than the Sun,Mars and Saturn.

6qqRqts* Wt ffi qhfr qEiqrt Iffiir{ mEFil qq: gtfQt g frtfiaqq|tr lt tq rl

SloA.r 19. When the Sun and $aturn occupy the12th place from the Lagna, and the waning Moon. the

g[ z0-zr ruqtrrqtqr

7th place, they predict the loss of the father quickly.In case the Moon is aopected by benefic planets, thitevent takea place in 3 year$.

qini l;f,qfr Frqrqt glQri (nqti lrlriil |t {fl qrggt ft{rqt AM qIR frdr futq{ ;1Qort

Sloha 20. If the birth takes place at night whenthe Moon occupieo a moveable sign, being aspected byMercury, the father of the new,born child has to go ona journey to a far region, If Saturn and theSun occupya sroveable sign at the time of birth in question, thefather goeE to a foreign country and the.re meets'rhrithdeath,

Notr,s.For the latter half, c/. gmnre+'

qtc.tt c(ff!S*a gitstftil rn\ftsri qt ntt qft ctq} flftrrqnt n

Also (r<r{€rlqtrrerrrt fti qqd ilMteil Iraft ftitnt crrqft ftat rqpv ntrrstatg *rrrrrtq trfur.cft(iq rssqFd Mfr cQA cre dr: n

Yiilc a,lso III-+7 $ufta.

$t qRtqfltr qR quefiqrqrfisqilfrqilfrffiCirTo: I

rrrn€rqg{keg{r sitrftetr E-dFilnrt ildR qwr( tt Rt rr

Sloho 21, When the waning Moon occupies theriaing sign and a malefic planet is in the *rr (Kendra) orin the 8th place from the Lagna, the child dies. If bene,fic planets occupy the 8th or the 6th from the Lagna

24

t86

{sr

r86 tnllrfutf Adh tv-aa-^^a- -

and be aspectedby.maleficooslrthc child goes to Yrna'scity in a uronth.

r7. ggl-*f|.

qfr4 srtrft'fteil qr?: *Qg €rgRFiqf r,r,. , qEfr Rqfilqrq qqnrfiqtfrt iaq tf ,, il

,x "eftil lrftfr ffi 6egmfrqrrBrteqr qft: rv, ril.qre} r&U: flq: €sq ftifi: 1 :{

*'.n: q$sqil: nt{rl}qg*:st rnta rgilfr qii q g\ce freer: ll

Alco lrrfttqlirt

flEqFq) r$gq) oh .iqfr q;Atil! |siletrri Rni $c qrfit q q Hrtqr rrgsi q qqr Qgtfi rrlft q;qn: IqifqE{ qwi qns q ? H{q: llaul eGt *q: v* qqft +qq[: | { i,,i ,,qel qpaq R qIft qqqfr1q 11

qrr qqrqiM {iqlQrdr {r Rgnftqrcn rdrfuqil q frdrffiwrraT aiilr qu{Er: er utltl

Sloha 22. Saturn, Mars and the Sun being togetherin the 8tb or the 6th house from the Lagna and beingneither in conjunction with b'enefic planers, nor aop€ctred by them, bring about ihe death of the new,born .ftitaat once.

qlrtt wt li{ fiIqglQffilqt IcfiqflFfilrrqtfr q(of Rr$ rr 1{ tl

Sloha 23. When Mara occupiee a Navamsa ownedby the Moon in the ?th place from the.Iagoq and ir

. ri;::

.tt

31. 8c4? rg{tsrrrr: r87

"bornchi ldhappensonthecomingoftheT?thNakshaf i r(fron the star of the nativitY)'

qanqMel g*tqn(qF{er | 'r'''qnffifrfi* €nkrar qtd *( ll 18 ll

Sloha 24, When $aturnr Marc and th: Sun occtlpy

the 5th place from the Lagna, the astrologer urry predict

the death of ghe new'born infant upon the coming of

.the ?7th star reckoned from that of the nativity'

q{gt wnaqtrs* ort{* qr ? q ffi t'gqftt fffidffi ttfr qr$t trfiig ilts lt R\ ll '" Slofta 25. When Marg ie in a Navamsa owned by

the Moon or the rising eign' and is not a$p?cted by

iopit., and when the Moon is in the 5th ptace from the

L.gn., the chitd diea quicklY'

** * o{qfr ffirr( ild qt il u{q ilr* |ot* eu*qEtnr tq'uqior t{silotd}fr ll Rq il

Sloha26 . .Whenthe lo rdo f ther ie ingo ign ic inhic depressione and when Saturn ie io the 8th or ?tb

, houge from the f.gn., the child almogt etill'born diec

after much suffering.,. of, $fismq

I fiem&r* ft+ ftq? qffi qt( t

S-ir^'t *fifr fiqreqqrq] ffifA ll

qrfrfuqernrdl ?{trn frqil{qt tft urggqql' 1qT{a{ ilq ECf{ Et lrlirct qtgs 6qqfr qaill llRsll

' Sl.r& a 27, When the Sun and other planete gTuPl

; tbe rrriltr lapotiinai placee (3rd, 6th, 9th, lzth) rod

188 r|ltc|nilt Adb lv

are s$ength,leEo, the life of the child, saf thoEe that&now the science of actroiogy, is either a couple ofmonths or six months.

C/. gmqra+, t

$alilRl GEm' sT qil wfraffiat: t nsurtlH il faqr€ il f,€r$: flgqladq ll

uqnft;qaqqt uor* qrtq EU $qs&f'ft t*:lg dr.uaqfrkg {rfrtiqti qqfr lr$iliti lt Rc ll

Stoha 28. Wh'en the Moon occupies the risingcign, the 6th, the 8th or the 12th place from it, and icaspected by a malefic planet, but has no benefic asPectpnd when the Kendra- places are unoccupied by beoeficplanete, the new,born infant will die., Nores

This sloka appears to have been taken from qrff{Gt (Saravali)'

Iu that work the first half reads thus:. d{rquq€tflt {rflT* qrQq gfr gq€E€ti Iaryrugtqdr is another reading. Vidc g'13s sloka 34 infto;

fr Tqt qtc n Ro* ilffissi fr drei n tfrfrs *'Arffis q* qrffi iIfi q{im?qg| llRqll

Stoka 79, When Saturn occupies the 7th place

from the Lagna, or is in tbe Lagna itself, and whbn the'

rising sign is a watery one and the Moon occupies theLagna or qf*{ (VrischiLa) and when benefic planets arein the Kendras, the Yavanas say that the ngw'born childwill die quicklY.

*qkr,rt S+ riqtlttrqtsqirl Iq;tqt1t q tqrdi qrffi€igdft ts ll 1o ll

Sloftn 30, \l/hen Jupiter occupies a QGr ( Rasi )pwned by N4an or is in his dcpression and when:thE

gL 81-81 rlgfrsreir: 189' Y Y Y t Y Y Y Y ! Y Y V V Y Y I W V Y V V Y Y ! Y Y Y Y Y Y V I U Y V V Y Y t J ' t Y T T T T 4 ! . Y !

birth takec place precicely in any one of the 3 sandhyai

i, c., the point of junction between night and day' day

and nighi or mid'day, the child will die in a month'

c/. ssltfatilrcFlffi ?r{c? g Sq&qtr?sqil Isfet{*sft era€ eneirq€ cqrefil n

ai qtlqgRi{trn q|il{g Eg ru?R qI$( |*6u qQRtte wil qmfr{ qfr mrft lllt ll

Slota 3l If Mars, the Sun and Saturn occupy the

8th house from the Lagna, thz new'born child will die

in a month. If Ketu occupiee the Lagna' the cbild wi[[

paeo off in 2 months.cl. qr<RSt

*cR{Tr$ril}ca qns Src{l rhtscqq'e qit qrrFil&sR crka il*g,ifuuks€qa<nr{ rr[4t A R IcrsEic qrqi fiftfltns araq r

qtqqfltco* Tt* gffi {d I

Eglr $t qil €ig{ qiEPquq HIR tlSloha 37, If two malefic planets occupy one tbe

Lagna and the other the ?th place from it, and if theMoon be in conjunction with a malignant planet and benot aspectgd by benefic otl(Br the death of the new,botnchild will soon happen.

Norrs;If one nralefic in the Lagna be in opposition rvith another

rurlefic in the ?th bhava and the l\{oon is in conjunction with a

malefic unaspected by benefics, it will lead to death.

The word *r' (Krura) may mean Mars onll'. lf the Moon

be with Mars while ttle Suh bnd Satur,n are in opposilion..in the

ldf andthe 7th hduses, theu it witl be twilight.

r90 tteqrfllrl Adh tv

a/. mnraqtrrtrsiF cfi qt gi qr fltq{i snt ta\

rrrtngil fcqtqtilkfo6sg: I'Also ttr(il<t

TF qr:{|Tir: qrq<t||t(Trta[tr: t

Tpur eqiqwear s cf;ia: t'fqt cn€ trq: trr;F(6 irrdqrn lrtq t

dar Gqft aqqft qfrtqqtsqil t*-As gilrr r +( M P{qi {fiq n 1l rl

Sloha 33. If the waning Mooo occupy the l2thplace from the Lagna and all the malefic planetc be indre Lagna and the 8th place from it, and the benefic onesbe not in the Kendras, the rstrologer may prediit tbedeath of the new-born child at once.

Norrs

When the waning Moon is talked of as being in the l2th house.thoo tho Suu rnust be in the Lagna. Thereforo two malefics istbc first and one in the 8th, or all the three malefics in thc Lagqrere possible. Three malefics rising in the Lagna at twilight tirnoie bad for iife. Two uralefics in tbe Lagna in quincuar Bsp€ct*itb e onleftc in tbe'8th house or thc Sun rising in tbc hjra b

tl; 84 rgfrsrrrr:--A*^^..r

r"G*

quincunx asp€ct to two malcfics in thb .8th house in conjutction iselgo bad.

,/ Rt<tcdffirrtrwfo qfrr Stt rqqhd rt rsnriRr *lr{fi sq: ffig tqgrrr: n

Also rndf:dit qd nrqqt: qtihwatitt r*ifnrr*: *rniftr€ fttrd *( ll

*tq tW! {il qq;6rqq6m: I

spu$rrfts *{ilfqir{ qRlEs ll l8 tlSloha 34. When the Moon in conjunction with

a malefic planet occupiee the rising sign, the 8th, the 7thor.the l2th Blace from it, and be not alpected by baoeficplanete, thece latter being in positions oth€r than-theKendrag, the death of the oew'born infant will happenquictly.

Norrs

T€St: lr$ is'anothcr reading. Cl. the slotra quoted from

sRtcol (Saravali) in the notes to sloka 28, ttfra.

t9l

rtl qrmftiln Adh.Ivr r t t : y l r t 9 l 9 9 J l r * r Y ! 9 . g v ! i Y v v v v i g w Y ! v !

- - t " a i ' i t f f i

11s6 tt;aqlfl

qg: ntr ggct rq{ttrr'ilcrirr' ;q@g ftrqstasr sgq: ll

Tho word ftt (Krura) rnay mean Mars wbo unfailingly causes

death, aod as he is one of the planets governing childhood in the

afttt-+<qn (Naisargika dasa). Then the Moon in conjunction

with Mars in the 12th or the l,agria will mean that the Moou is

just risen or rising. Note that tbe lloon in the l2tb, lst, 7th aud

8th houses is baA (Vidt Brihat Jataka XX-4 & 5). The Moon iu

the lst,7th, 8th or l2th, that is, the rising or setting position for

Moon in conjucction with llars is bad when benefics are not in

angular positions. This is also the western principle'

qffi€r*i f*nqrg q**gttq sqTni Eoqffi ft\ftt Iqqil€*|t.t qRftr€ qrd gtuuxgRt q qrqR&t ffi ll Q\ ll

Sloka 15, Wlren the Moon occupies tbe 6th ortbe 8tb place from the Lagna and ie aspected by malig'

nant planets, the death of the new'born infant follorpcIf the Moon in the posirion described'be ac'quickly. If the Moon in the posirion deEcribecl'be a6'

pected by benefic planets, the child will live 8 years.

If aepected by benefic and malefic planet's mixed together.

it will live only 4 vearg. If the lord of the lagna be

beoefic and in the ?th in op:ratiog conjunction with a

natefic and in affliction with three malefics, then the'

child,diec in a month.NorBs.

Thc Moon in the 6th or 8th is generallv bad (/ddc Brihat-

jataka Chapter XX). If she is also affiicted in opposition by thc

3.:n, Mars end Saturn (malefics becoming oriental), it is bad for

life.When such Mdon is in opposition with benefics (alt the threc),

81, 8a rgfillqn: 10s

iti b.dfor tifc bcforc 8th year.Dasa, it is Mcrc{rry that governsl2th ycai of a child.

When the Moon is in opposition with malefics and benelicsit will shorten thc lifc by 4 ycars.

In thc abovc, if the combination be of-(l) three boneficsand I ma1efic, the child will live 7 yearsi

,&l'*i' (2) three beneficsand 2 malefiis, the child will live 5 years;(3) ooe benefic and 3 male6cs, the child will live I year;(+) two bonofics and 3 malefics, the child will live 2 years,

€Rlildi-

ffi trcft sgucoftnirtqrir siitr{, I, eru: drft, d*r.qrsqt" rl

\rgugt: tr& t{agqof fqfttrq-tq rqlfri: r{rq: @ltfA tt

Latter half.As interpreted by me r'. r", s'cl{€id.lMqt g\ w/}f*i nl,,r

(Kalbthrasahith6 Vitagnadhip6 Subh6 papaviiith6 sathi), the fol-lowing is an example:-

Thc lord of the Lagna, i. a', Jupiter is ro the 7th in operating.conjuaction with Saturu, a malefic. He is further affiicteil by 3malcfcs. or's., Mars, Sno, and Mercury (who should be consideredre a mrlcfic when in conjunction with a malefic planet). Thonrlcr-of the I-agna, (the benefic Jupiter in this case) is setting inilc 7th houso in operating coqjunction with a malefic while it ib.i[

26

According to the Naisargikathe period from the'4th to the

, }

ilx--..lMithuna. JupiterSaturn are in

the same degree--l J"*

i Saturn

$.r

l94 friFcfiEri Adb, tv

affiiction with thre.e other malefics, which aro r.ising. This witllccd to death within a month.

N' B.-ts these two cases, Mercury should bo tahen as a

malelic as otherwise the yogX will not be complete.

The comnrentator Bhattotpala says in sounection with this

r loha:It qqiAq cgrEsri q;{.Tft i Mt(aflsri Rsctmrm: I

srdgr qft qEturr<r: ttrprt*mir qEarq{r qm$nca: frrcg*

rrft trqr ? qwlrqs"il

That is, if the Moou in thc 6th 6r thc dth plaoc bc not aspect'cd by any planet, the child will not die. Again, wheu the Moon

in tbe 6th or the 8th bhava happens to be in a house owned by a

benefic Dlanet, or, being in a Rasi of a malefic planet, be at tho

same time iu conjunction with beaehc ones, then too, tha child

witl not die. Iu support of the above he quotes from Yavancg'

wara tho following sloka;-

qsFeqf Xvqfts$rf, qtsqsr qrqftffttry | :

er@tFa gtiafuettrAmts;qrg{q** qr ll

He also adds that the I\[oon in the 6th or the 8th house from

thc Lagna aad aspected by planets whcther benefic or male6c {oesnot cause deatir to the native wlten the birth happens to be ia tbe

day time during the dark half of a month, or in the uigbt lipo

during tbe bright half of a month (1. qgc-6'lgilsrtw4tF' ctc.

Brihat Jataka, Chapter"XIII; Sloka 8 ) and quotcs in support

of tbis the follorving sloka(1V.75.)from Mendsvya's (frear) worl.

sl. 85 rgtisrar:

;t crffi ftsRinrqalstQ qnn{\I wr{t ffit ftt r u& u

The commentator adds._.( qarffi qtssl, cr Frfr s*

*rrrrct Rqi arkq efa!*: cftti qras ' fofrsfltli qrnrq I

efr crqftft qr frrteqhnt <aqefh $rtt ftsqlrncn: r ssrqi'tl ctcqrd* qrf,q I

tffirr: cfr*hnrtqdftf,? rr lrf,ttr: tcrfrT c{qqr: q: crq&fr osc{r*r ll

Also -,lra-c,tnt .' ,qfrtttt figrernt rm: 'trVhh glt: rgttcstirq qr€g g[* {tqrETq il

. *acrfurttsfh( cr* cqqqgq tI qd&stqft{afs 1afr rrfunniiih* |

qftsfue'qrirs 6r$rTrg: tt dl ritffir ftqlfr vtr ftF*t gft tqgctt rr qnq nrerrgt{iiq u

Noli.-1'5" 6th and the 8th bhavas arc congiCricd bad, bc'

cr,ueor one is settiog ad the other hcs alrt*dy set' (Bad planets

in tbose bhavas rro better tblrc thao gocd onC. c/. ffilir Rt

swulg.Viparocthnm rihppha sbaeht shtatnechu. (Edhct Ftala

XX-10). Opporition of bet;fics to t&t Ms6tr ie t&l* tucpllcor

only hastens death.

Again, some take tnu trordr aftfirttrqt (tHttffitl to mead

thc 8th from the 6th horse, i. a., the I"eeD& and qrgcilnt?

(Asupapekshite) when aspectedLy the Sun (also called wqmrr

(Asugamec) or dflq4t*'l (Secgrrrasam€d artd ia s*$ffit .cf thc

above quote the fo'llowing from ltr+f (Sarlnaka)'

qitqd dniffi q 1t rnqqlhir t

Rq q{ cqRr{f xld qrt dcfq: u

Thc word qq (etba) in roe 2nd qra (P+dd of the tcit ber nccn

ondersto6d to mceD " with'the condition lbove Sivtb tlf Sc nrst

qrlf,tcr of tlo rloLr)";i r-, lrhen ''bc rfril rool ll tb' t{t r

lT6

196 qrdr|ltnilf Adh. Iv

aspccted by tha Sun aud further by gl: (Subhaihi) rl.r., Mercuryr.

Jup.itei and Venus, tben the child will liqe for 8 years.

6rJ. t'rm,$r.{ grrfr.f{: stdqffirscn&h rq€rrtui itfo wce q(|T gi rtl ; j

By <oreq &*tQt (dalamathascha misrekshite) is mcant

"when the weak Moon id, the Lagna is aspected by the 3'benefics

end also by the.3'mslefcs, thc child'will in this case livoonly

for 4 years."

c/.trffi

ttu{dh gt, d' qMtftt Isril&t xsrRKr crg{{"ggqq u

In the 3rd {I{ (padd oi the sloka in thc text, it the q{tk

(padacbcheda) be made as qflS-ft; (euauuuihi);.the meaning will

be " when the ful1 lfoon rn tbe Iagna (being h"uefic) is aspccted

by 3 wcak malefics, the dhlld will livc only for o;re mpnth'

o/- drrt.q{ftoH ftvrite g{ rcffiit: tqfr{tQfissffitffictcgfttq u

Thc +th quartcr may. also be interpreted tbus: " When thc

rord:of the l*gaa is defeated by a maleGc planet in planetary war,

aod the.bonefic Moon occupies the 7th house being aspected by

thc 3. weak ma1efics,.'tbe maxiinum life of the child will be onc

month. o/. iiram.q$ffirrtrq'fttH* ct r

?t fith\.ffi qfti AGTesft q r

qgmRt lR q-"i ui M{tA r Q C \ \qqfrgff{ftgd{ Fir g tr {tGtct; I

vqqfr-6 {fidft n ft*rqffirI g*rgttst ll lE ll

Slola 36. Wben the Moon with Rahu is in con'

iunction, witb another malefic (irrerpective of its '

SL;J6 rqfrsnrr:

porition) and Mars occupies the 8th, both che motherand the child will die; and the death will ensue fromthe effect of an operation if the Sun tr in the Lagna.

(The force.of g (Tbu). cao only be brought about.as above)

Again, when the Sun or the Moon occupies thelagna and malefics be in the 5th, 9th and 8th aodbenefics in their etiength do not aspecs or be not incoojunctioo with the Suo or the Moon in the lagoatthe new,boro child (and the moth"*) will die.

Nores.The words fr qt (Gra:.th6Chandr6) have been ioterprcicd

tas \ Moon ia association with Rahu " and-aot'nccesserily 'eclipod

is lnderstood by some.l -

| *"" l*"*

r07

IUarc

*Fq'l-[,agna

I q-{tignfi i- u"r".lIgt t"+rfrs- |i €tFtl$: I-agna I

-i-ll -l sup I

Seturu I JuPiter Ketu Mars

t_Irl1 g ctrrc:

I I I

iuVenus I Moon lMercurY

10s rnrltrftqfi Adb lv'

Thc ugu (AsuUlE) in conjunction with this'qfr qt'{G'rt*Uc

CLandr6) may be either Saturn or the Sun, as shown in the prebod'

ing e:rarnples:-

The iuterpretation given above appears morl ratiohil ibA

many instances (of the simultaneous demise of mother and child)

that are of common occurrenee may be brought under the yogas

cited in the first half of the Sloka. In the first ioga, thc Moon,

wh.rtever may be her position, is very puch affiicted, being in con'

junction not only with Rahu but also with another maleficr and

the 8th house is occupied by Mars as n'e11. With the abo-vq tho

Sun's position in the Lagna is further nccessary to cause the

demise as a resul.t of operation. Moreover, there was no aecesity

for Varaharnihira to use the word ergq (Asubha) if he did uot

intend any one of the planet*, ttiz,, Saturn or the Sun' Tho word

ofr (I-agne) should be taken onlv with <sl (Ravow) ttrat is next

to it pnd need not apply to q..i (Chandre) in the first line which is

frr removed, inasmuch ss so manv words S+ ft*Tar&a q-digilfi

ieg: (Kuje Nidhanasrithd Jananisuthayormritbvu) intervene.

The commentator Bhattotpala takes the word ctc (Grasthl)

as referring to eclipse (lunar or solar). According to his view,

the translation of the first half of the sloka will be " when the

Moon in' conjunction with Saturn is eclipsed iu tbe Lagna and.

llars occupies the 8th place'from it, both the mother and the child

will die, and the death will eusue from the eftect of au operation

if the Sun be in thcabove position, (i. c', if thc Sun in conjuuction

irith Mcrcury and Saturn bc eolipsed iu tbe La$nr ind Mars bo in

the SlokaEraoble Merc.

go

Kctu

Mooo IRahu I

il-atter lalf of--! the sloka l-

I Emnpla lM"r".

-l I reot I llagnalLagna'enus

I SunI l(etu

l l

.sL g? rgfrssrr: 199

the 8th place fron it.)" So that such deaths shoqld be expcctedonly lb times of eclipses, and tbose by operation especially io tbeSolar ones. According to this ,interpretation the word etgu (Asu-bha) in qgrrcfet qR q.R (Asubhasahithb Grasth0 Chandr€) canmean only Saturn and no other malefic planet. For, an eclipse ofthe Moon can occur'only on a full-moon day and the Sun will thenbe in the 7th place or in direct opposition. Consequently Mercurywill not be near the Moon.

sr(Rdiqfrilqrri qd ssi orai gtsrnt r

' r ^ a

cr"r sr* hqt s-asE{ q nr*q llui <ds* il qmr ef?"aflarflurfteig rA Ift&qEg6T: €d c{ors n?rQar qst: lf

{qft qrorqn[ tlfii qlt qfun WW a {tRmr n letlSloka 37. If Saturn, the Sun, the Moon and lvfars

occupy respectively the 12th, the 9tb, the 1st and the8th places, they will conapire to bring about the deathof creatures born under thic combination, uuless theybe aopected by Jupiter possessed of strength.

Norps.

. In the example given below the sun is squ4re to seturn.Thc Moon is quincunx to IVIars.

900 mt|qrftcril gThe Sun has gonc down the midheaven while Saturn asccnds

rt. The Moon is rising. rFn gwn tnt*r:{gatina GurunaVeekshitaha) may mean only trine aspect (frftq r&') (t'rikonadrishtihi).

af. gu161

TRI: I ilil i t.t( l

,l;r{qgsftll{rfernff*: r?rftqrssUqenftfrTtsttqq"t{ qq: rl

From the quotation given below from gr<rqnt (Saravali), itwill be seen that the same eftect is produced if Sdturn and the Sunintcrchange places in the yoga described in the tert.

erarqan*qqirgwrr{q{frrrar Iildq Er{!iir: g; €ir gcor rt i{Esrr n

In order that the four planets may be aspected by Jupiter, thei lattcr.:must occupy the sth house from the Lagna. If he shoutaaspect only some of them, or be weak though be might aspqct alltho four planets, the child will die. It bill escape death only incase Jupiter in ful'I strength aspects all the four planets.

Also ttilwt|.ssrnsrcfr R : Eofi Rqft dkrscq Inr$mtqrfiftedff rfuil cft *ftnrr: llgtorr c{oi l<ritimrg qraq | \qr*fi *i

"tt w*q q{isrqn gQ, o

Tho plancts mentioncd iu tbe sloka ia the text as respcctivelyoccupyiag thc l2th, tbc 9tb' the lst and the 8th houses may alsobc takcn in tbe fotlowing order, oit., 'Saturn in tho 8th, the Sun intbc lstr the Moon in thc 9th and Mars ia the l2th.

,/. Gwrsrc-gwrrff isfqtftStrfuqffictw

"lq,-rThe sloka is also capable of tbe- following.. interprctatires l-

eplit up .rF{-{{iT(*t{t iuto two, thus i, r{Talq: and vaq+5q; E13s

ffiadq{frinto.two, thue: ffi 3s4 ffiE{fuq. When

SL 87 qgqTctqrql

Saturn and the Sun are in the l2ihand the Moon and Marsare in

the 9th, or when Saturn and the Sun are in the Lagna and the

Moon and Mars are in the 8th, unaspected by powerful Jupiter in

either case, the result will be the same.

gEinil[s

i qqr 6qqq*-S*d *aqi tr* I

f,qr wqa sqa delr q{qqlfit( llqEr effqfr *q.* ?Rqq tI* r

il{r qFqa sqa dqr rTvrrnRta. ttThe inverse order may also be applied in.the above vtew'

c/. at{*eTqql dq{rrft qpq;qtfrfr ffiT dq: I

frqr* qdu-qi *tr aqr qqqTfqt( llil{r awn\ qTqr-E*q} il{Erlq. t

ffi qtrd inql q(oHIGlr( uThe words ;qqmlr<q*qa may also mean the 8th house count'

cd from the l2th, the 9th and the lst: i,c,, the 7th, 4th and the

8th from the Lagna. C/. gE.FiTd-

rg'iqqt;Hg srRes{nftat te{€dqITIqT {iq q{-t *qqt qft: tl

frwqr ffqg+€r1gil: €Rtil fi,t: 1{rcsrqrr;qql+ar-frR aqd}srqqr tt

Again, the words eRrer<F{{rqr*Uter are capable of being in'

terpreted as 3{fkil€fffi{4.6qiqo1:,' that is Saturn and the Sun,

Saturn and the Moon, and Saturn and Mars placed in'the 7tb' the

4tb aud the 8th houses from the Lagna. Cf,

aqt t<ugs*rdq1, n* a'n t

Stei ftqnwaq*qarg €frqq: tfB{{rfi qog.trq elelil f{Frt: ;

201

ftE$eh: $rn?nqn fi€r* ll

m rlillfiilt Adh. lv

qflnq drtfrrl tuweuffiwt{R rftft{ sfrsildtftfr il utctl

Slo[a 38. The Moon in conjunction with a male'fic planet in the lagna, in the 5th, the ?tb, the fth, the8th or the 12th place lrom it will briog on the death ofthe new-born infant unlecg aspected by or in conjunc,tion with, Veouq, Mercrrry and Jupiter in their srEngth.

Norssqnnfrr

Maqqlftrrm: qhqq*ila:?€ egtR qGFrdr tq *ti sgf: t

qnmr erregilAFftfr: frgfr * ttTho Moon here need not necessarily be waning as opiued by

Bbettatpqle. If she be in conjunction with malefics (not oae-qg,rgit m"y br interproted as qgttfi-)in setting or culminatiryhdrizon, it is enough. Bhattotpala bases his opinion on the follow.ing quotation from sKH{-

fr'fir€6q{qilArhtrn: qfrqq*g$r: Iqtrl qBfq: gfrcefl{ril TrdRF gt, tt

itiltqqilfrffidnGnrqqdr I{ilff rGfr qrft Etqlt fril lfuntrdq ll lq ll

Sloha 39. lf a child is born under a fateful combi,nation(qfiEiq"Arishta yogr) whereof the period has notbeen specified, the death of the child will ake placewhen the Moon in its periodical courses goes to thehouse occupied at the time of birth by the strongest ofthe planets producing the Arishta yoga (uMrr)' The

laure event Bay alro happen when. the Moon goes to her

SL se qitsftt:

place (occupied at the time of birth), or ttc Lagna (etthe time of birth) and is arpected in strength by maleficplanets. The sagei say thio death may be expected tohappo within a yeat.

NotBs.In thc previous yogad find out who the worst d.tloft planet is

that causes early death and the place occupied by it. Fiad outthc Rasis of the Moon antl thb Legnr.

Now, we kaow that the time taken by the Moon fur rilhingone revotution is 2?'32305 days approiimately. Tha Moo-n $trc-fore makes about 13 revolutions in the cour$i: of a ybat. Wlicn.ever the Moon in the course of hsr orbit cornos to a.ny of th0 tkocplaces mentioned above, ur.l., (l)'the Rasi occupied by thi Mooo,(2) thE RaSi sigfrifuint thb Lagna aud (3) the Rasi occunred bythb strlibgest rnalifiC Dlalot ceirsing the .A.rishtb vd8r (iRrhr0,

dbrh sill happen.

wc thus 3€t 39 probrbilitias. T[l Mffi ifru3t b6 ]rr6iful(roft-Balavati) to cause death. That is, shc dbtt lO t$lMoon or bc the ruler of the 6th 9r the 8tb horlse. Thus thl f,um-ber of probabilities is limited to 13. There is anothcr conditiofoodr., thit the Mooa should receive strong aspect of all the raalcficq,

thc Suri, Mars and Saturn. Thcu only, death will talre glrco.

ThiC raduees to dne cirtaintY.

it rtray be noted hCre that the general treid of Varlhanihira

in treating 6f early deatbs rtfors cbi'eflv to tha PbsiGi€$ ;oei! or

otherwise, of tho Moon, thus indicating demise within oDo ycar,

which is the Naisargika (teltr6) period accorded to thc Moon ia

aly onerb rativity (Yidt Adhldva 7. Stoha?.trfl,eli ottur tbterpcriods of demise being alluded to as rtray clse*

6/, sKr+€r,iii qRq, FqTi € il ai qtsR Qr.fi r{trcfr qnftqqit ?€firo: €r( ll

Also fr;rc

gB

Mtl rfd'{tsRfril Tttl

20d-. rnnffi Adh. tv

Sr* qrsmr eir Fqqr: fiq+qqT tlqfrfiitfqqTqq qoeia ,TinEr toofidfrAr: qMtA qrq qeil rr ,, ,fi

niqr r.ft€eryo ar&ft qfurq, IqeqRfiirgq: dFrf{frq-.Ft: rr

q*rufrffqq*rqrer *trr*r {T.It ffi r$*n ffi Eul E{eq qiqqR'{qrilq u Bo tlEatqfr'flqqAsswrs uf'gfrrTfiwEddi rq+Rfufffitrfr #nFilt *qfr xqrq u'Rtl

Sloha 40. Saturn in his retrograde motion, whenoccupying a house of Mars, a Kendra poeition, an inimi,cal house or the 8th house {rom the Lagna and.aspectedby lvlan in $rength,:givei a Z..years' lease of lifeio theqew,<boro'child. .

Sloka 41. "lupiter in a house of Mars and in the8th house from the Lagna and aspected by the Sun, theMoorl Mars and Saturn, oends the new,born child tothe othet world in j yeare, if devoid of Venus'aspect.

ffiq: Ursoft{+ Rftwt|frit n'rft{fraqfi*h rE$dq fisilil{il<i}n rfiffiiEvqnr ggt{ €e: ll

Nores.

These two glokas as wellas slokas +3, +j,46 anil 50 aro fromfrra{fr.qgrst sfrtDr ffqo{r( frst gqnffitrqqqro} rqtqdtr qgtfr rnr w* .ru ff.iqofurfi ngRtl

Sloha 47. When Cancer happens to be the 6rh orthe 8th place from the Lagna and Mercury occupies itand is aepected.by the. Moon, the person brn wiil in +

SL 49*{6 rutfsrfir: n6

yeart pay the debt of nature although pbssessed of every

kind of etrength.o/ w{r@r

miad{f,q ftrq: nsrEqflfr{il ftorert( |q+q €sffil{q*q qnqfr ll

rRq'Ffrqgeitt oqgp$fugi\r duttr rtftqtifirqffir*dwr t*s q{i\Wf ll BQ ll

Slohd +1, If the Sun, the Moon, Mars and Jupiterbe togbther in one sign at the time of birth, the deatb of

the new$orn child comes to pass in 5 years. The same

happens when the group of planets in one place consiets

of Ntars, Jupiter, $aturn and the Moon ; or tbe $un,

Saturh, Mars and the Moon.

o/. gqr+.(

nrqEdEnflrqfiqg+, *,qrifi'Jqrf*k: tgffiilfer.{ffT fHtq er.qam qaFfrq at: 11

qfl gqnfiqiqt{sefr fttfi[e' {ttdq qe{l Ieqrftqqqgil qHr qnrat qqq{R'fr ililssg! ll 88 ll

Sloka 44, When Saturn occupies a Navamsa owo'

ed by the Moon and is aspected by that planet, and the

lord of the rising sign has also the Moon'g aspect on itr

tbe child's life will last for 6 years.

oi fr isroil ffiit{sqmqws: tquFI qrdl

""ag3t a qqfr$qEs n 8\ ll

. Slofta 45. If thc riaing fwrur (Drekkana) be one'of

those otyled frrro (Nigala'fetters), fr-Ahi-snake),ftgr,(Vihanga,bird), qffie(' (Pasadhara'carryinga,aatel,

eqd be occuBied by a male{ic planet a44 tdalPected by

tnc frrflnltt Adh,IV

tyearE. [For tbe names of the Drekkanas in thie ils&|,

iefer to -ilqrm'(Brihat

Jataka) ch.27, algo lkilFrfifirr'

(JataLa Pariiata) Adhyaya 5, Sloka 33 in{raf.'

,/.Wrrt(i"nqr omtr: giryfiqaT{qfton* ,sq1q1 ffif at: qamdftft11; 1q

sl tfrdhfrm IrrG fi\ trS Sq: rtil a t{gt'n cnfil€ftrcq*Et qr( lt 8q tl

Sloho 46. If the Sun, Saturn and Mare be in

the Lagna and the ?th house from it be a sign owned by

Venus antl occupied by the waning Moon, and if Jupltctaspect not that Moon, the death of the child may happen

io?orSyear t .Nores.

The last quitter of this sloka reads as rffift(tllrtfirR insrq{dt.

ffigqgrr! grqmT€qftns l'rr qTili qq$r qffi qEttaq a imqs ll Be tl

Stoha 47 If the Sun, the Moon and lvlars oecupy

tbe 5th place from the Lagna, the new'born cbild gocr

to death's habitatioo in the 9th year.

c/. e<itii;enrftf,{utsEgit: g{Ftni fur a frrqrnr tqrfr qqsi qrft qqlsFt q €{q: ll

qTfr ffis {ilifrcsRrd'rGtlfrq}( |q?rt{{sfr .G qr il{m 6ilr<r ftgd6 o{ fir{sllBG

Slola 48, If the lord of the iising rign be a mnlettcplanet rnd oceupy the 12th place from the Moon aq{ bG

ti:31"."."__"""_",rcpected by maligu planeta, the chiid will die in 9 years.Tbe game event will happen if the lord of the risingrign be in a Navamsa occupied by the Moon or happento be the lord of that Navamea itaelf.

c/. tmlff

?srftqfi: qrq: {rfti}i ftlq,} qG q q;ilit I

ffid+nrrfr nqqfi ftS aftrt: tlAlso gunt<

qn] osqRfra, tnwt eit fi*r'sq'qt&q6g, fi\ft q?f\E{r ftrril' q*ffiT{ tl

wtqstutqtffidtrqtqquR {fi{ tqrg{T{itrq u Bq tl

Sloha 49. When Saturn occupies a Narnmsa own,e d by ldakara and is aspected by Mercury, the childwdll live 10 years and will have to e*periencb hatredriocc itc birth.

qrt rqi{_tuil qts+€fr ffi wq }qqrfrftfrqfti {qif<qdfrritqq n \o tl

Slota J0. Mercury in conjunction with the Sunand aopected by benefic planets, deotroys the child in 1ryear$ though brought up in the interim in regal comforts.

Norrs.(This perhaps has reference to an qRcqh (Arishta yoga)Ttre latter half of this sloka reads thus in wfmdt.

q.nrfif{qqier$sR ftaii wrnq rrqqs{nqqr q{, qsq Wfte: tar{rEEqilfi{efr arsflt irger il \t tl

Slola 5t. If the Sun be the lord of the eign occu,

ng rtrtqtfr{lrt Adh" lv

;rising oign in conjunction with Saturn and if Venus.aopects them, the child will pass away in the l2th year.

c/. gslr+<

tRqt fil{-dt qtuf\q rrtfr: n}ft qg qft €ft qil rq+qii Gqil' flgntdtq Fs: frtq qqqqftta at: s1

wiqqsRr{ qq qsfiq fitRt rftdr{qrr*r Ew{rdt q qt{fr n \R tl

Sloha 52. When Saturn occupies a Navamga own,ed by Vrischika and is aspecred only by the Sun, thecbild will live 12 years hated by the father.

goiqsRqt qt qhffiAt rTfrfit* qtof qwq frEtfror' n \Q tl

Slofra 53. When Saturn occupies a Navamsa own,ed by Libra, and is aspected by Jupiter alone, the childwill be disl{ked by the father and die in the l3th year.

wqinrqRqt qt fiqs&€qlHil |qg&tq qtoi qmr *qt dfr q n \B tl

Slofta 54. When Saturn occupies a Navamsa owo.by Virgo and is aspected by Mercury, the boy willill,tempered and pass away inthe 14th year.

ftrti{Fftft qt {gon q frffit rqerqtsr qiqq qqr q{fin6({{ lt \\ rl

SJofc 55. When Saturn occupies a Navamsa own,ed by Leo and is aspected by Rahu, the child will sufferhurt inllicted by a aharp weapon and hie life will consicrof 15 yeiuE.

edbe

gf. 6l-w qfrsrrp: 209

sqffiqi qt *ag&rnftt rrftfrr qhrc iiryrqrqitftq rr \Q tr,

Sloha 36. .iWhen Saturq,occupier,a'hlrsrilmra.own.ed bv.Cancer and is aopected by Ketu, the grgroon willbe hurt by a cnake and die iohis l6th year.

t ' r '

't,J

qqfr{sfurt q+ umfu{ ftqt r{.Hfr qtrq}rn q6, sgflrq} n \s tl

Sloha 37. When Saturn occupies a Naramsa owned by,Gemini and is aspectee bv the lord of the ficingrign, the person will be a hero in war, lead a life ol greathxury and hic death will take ptace in his l Tth yeai.

wfuqft n r;Bromffia ilFfi |fuqfit il gwn ffifi iqsrq{R Prrri xqrlt u\dtr

Sloka 58. If the lords of the rising oign and ofthe 8th place from it be in erch other'i 1t."", and ifthey be not benefic, the native dies in hir lgth year.The same thing will happ:n when the lords of the Lag,na and the 8th house are nor benign and the t2th or thc6th place ic unoccupied,by Jupiter.

NorssThe 3rd clri (paael'of this sloka reads ,as fimft! n r&iq g-*

;n qTtffi;ilrqtft.

*{ffiqt rt rrgnn q Fn?ftt rtilfTt gqr& Enir: r.rfr ffi n \q tl

btg qfrg ftilqn"r frs'rrtftuur*ffiirs rrI '{R darir qril' gdt fiiftq-wnr{ nQotl27

wsi

gl0 inllq'frrqrf A&. lv%..a-,t**

sloha 59. When Saturn occupieo a Nav.aoga own-ed by lupftor and is aspecred by Rahu, and the lord ofthe Lagna ir not aspected by benefic planets, the new,born child liea at once.' But if the lord of the risingoign is in hig exaltation, ohe life of the child is [9 yean.

Stoha 60, When malefic planeta occupy the Ken-drar and xjs not aopected by the Moon and other beneficplanets xsd when the Moon ie ,in the 6th or the Sthplace from she Lagna, the child born lives happity up tothe end of the 20th year.

NorssSome mofe yogas restricting the period of lifc to within 20

yGars are 6y1gcted, belorv fronr lFmqpf.n

q\s{tg-t wit qfi d"qar'fi+ | ,h$S-r,lit

$;4rra: nr\: pq1qlasrftairiftdqfr lrsq(ffi oil qnrn\ *'rqfifr,ri frE lga'rfrrrh a;iqAleqi: qtt:

fi'qarRqf ff* nsrgfrflfi: q{q{ Ufin arn qri rfirei #e,ii qgrEd IaTrffuhifi: ems] qr iiqg+ qr tlileq sFc' qfr oqtq: ffitqr Iqsqdffi rt erfimgq* qfir ft qt tl

;-toha 61, When the Sun in conjunction withJrpiter sgsrrpies th: Ltgn,r a.d that happnr to be Scor,pio, and rvhgl the lcrdof th,: 8th hous: from the f.S*occupies a (t"r) Kendra) the person will die i;J;ZLnd year,

s[. 0s{6 qilrT.tqrT, 2l l

The followiDg yogas from Tffqff,{ (Yavanajathaka) fixingthc length of tife to a period ranging from 22 to 26 years will bcfousd to-be useful:

qdH geil {fiat ilgqr sl?t il rq: *f{Rqnqa} q{q qq+(|A€afieqrt rrr'ilqir qrqqf, r.rTdr,il err tqq ;nreigqFtqrd*rcf{flfra,iwg: g,fhi*{qrrhq, trfrqia{nrq-iseqeqgrq: flfr q rTwrfi(: IIr;qSilEri ?ecs1g' qgfiafr: 'rcq. lt

qqiEt{etrfiftffifrffir t,ilJ

qqBrcC* {r qr( t*ftfufr ll qR llGtr qf{H qfrtirrd qqt €:q€rfr{ftfiR il qQ tlT{||;(ftIqrg q{qrg{{iRqilr tqdiffi fr qrfr qq$ et* tt qB ll

e ft{rifi .qt utr t(ffifrn frqffiR qr €:fr' rr Q\ rr

Sloha 67. When Saturn ie in the rising sign andthat happens to be' .an inimical sign and tba beneficplaneta are in qrirfuc (A;nklina) places, the end of thelrrron born will come either in the ,26th or in the 27rhyar.

Slo&a 63. When the lord of the 8th house ic amalefic planet and is aspected by Jupiter and a maleficplanet, and the lord of the house occupied by the Moonis in the Eth housc from the Lagrra, chc death of thenative will acur in the ZSth year.

2r2 rlcrqffrfi Adh. lv

Sloka 64, W{ren the Sun occupies the gth housefrom the Lagna in conjunction with the Moon arrd Sa-turn, the person born will go to yama'o abode in the29tb year.

Sloha 65. When the Moon is berween the lordsof the 8th howe from the Lagna and of 15g arrqrrfu (Ja'nnaRaE0, i.e. the eign occupied by the Mooo, and Jupiterio in the 12th house, the death of the narive will happe'either in hic 27th or 30th year.

Nores.For additional information see the folrowing slokas from

T.li|nrTiffi

€fuq-qrfhfr, r5e*rr: *qggilRrFq. rila nqa: ed| frqil erflsff1|qTg lfslqfraftd{tq q-{r*il6fr 96r: ISqm ennrqr fiil -qqt der ftqe{ tt.rt"qqfiqpil Trl ff+sR;tT

" frgr': I

fl8rsqfia irEr inr€nx: qt f+{R uqA St d frqifr *-qlssi qrt rolt qdti iilii€ng: qi ffqR u*\t qe{t sd qqn.ia} gofl rftqiii *'rq? qtiT€rrll: ( ffnrq. rr ,quqrfrqfi k-l CItt qaqRt rffuefnmrrsqrt ffirrmfr €R, u qq tl

6q nrr* qlt qrqgt r+rft\ ffissl n rnqrFri tnrb.Rot rlfrtrEt ftqf xqrfu n qe tr

SJoln 66. When the lord of the gth house occupies a Kendra, and therlord of rhe rising sign io **houi

gL 6E-?0 qgrilsrnt:

rtr.eogth,-the p€{son born will lirrc nc fewgr than 30jwc;perbapc hic death may happen io the 82nd year.

Sloho 67. When tbe Moon is oq the wane aodthe lord of tbe 8th house from the Lagna occupier a Ken,drr or.thc Stlh houre itrelf in conjuoction with a mdeficplaoet, aod tbe lagoa is without ctrength aod occupiedalro.by a maldic phoet, the perron born will die io hir3lhd year. .r

" NorEs.

Yide il?o the following ftqrn Tfi-1rf,6 (Yavanajothals)

ffifrrrt vt qltr c nt{ ft rrrfft d@ d}leucildorq urqrsaqqdi trrrrarcri rr: ritt Irqrlkrrrrl qpqrqrr*gh t+ il

Atgo qntt?u

rrtr dq: rrff ft€t Hsrl crt I.*ft rql* rnsqI: ci fr{rq llr$urd qfr uffi Ef,U eR ,qilt|5rrrdt qr {rttfrr5ffi ll qc ll

S/olo 68. When a oalefic planet occupier the 6th,thc 8th or tbc lztb frolh the lagna and when the lord ofthe rbiog oigo io weak and it not in conjunction witbor arpected by benefic planets, the peraon boro'if eitlrerrhordived or childlego.

T!dr$ ilsfr riiir qrgtsft n tqqFqt rrr€t qrq{grftftqiq rr tq ilqqnil qtq€gd g{ftR{frd r

qreqqnlltfrfi+( il so tl

,tt8

S $TTf,: II

llt4 ffrfcrftqfi Adhr lv

the Lagna is either Saturn or a mrlef ic pl rnet io coojunc,tion with another malefic planet, and this lord of the 8rhhoure occupies an unpropitious 'rurir (Shashtyamsa) of acign. the person born should be pronounced to be ohort,lived.

Sjcrla 70. When the t2th and the Znd placer fromthe Lagna are occupied by malefic planets in unpropii'tious Shasbtyarnsas, and are void of b:nCic aspeccs, theperEon boro must be declared short,lived.

Now ends ths trertmenr of she different kinds ofchort,life due ro rnqrfle (Balarishta) and dtrrfis (Yogarirhta)coupriced within the maximum age.limit of 3l years.

NorRs.

The following is anothet ontgtTt (Atpayur yoga) montionedin qRqmn (Yavanajathaka)

r' gGotr :l$: g$r crrrra: cr] gwdgft r.q.ftnlrrqfr cr*sqrft?fdl ftnrq rr

I sTqrftgrTsf! tlNur.r.rrrcArroN oF EytL oR OouNTERAcTIoN oF

MrsroRruun

qs<tr€ qR onr;ilq €rr\ \ qrFEi erErr€futft |

haftt 'Trqs{n R{ri {frFqgrr.qtlft (t{rrgl tNrtrrSloka 71. If the lord of the rising sign posce$!

exceeding strength and be in conjunctigrr with a beneficplanet or aspected thereby, and occupy a Kendra poritionand br free from any malefic xspect, the person borry.will be very fortunate and be blessed rvith long [ife,

g. ?2-78 qq$fs.qrq: CA6

cf, q

wgftfturaq r{rg: nrtrqin11 |gq*;rqtsfttqi uir,ifi qurq lldqrlanti'rsrqiar qrorcftr arrq rtn*i qrqrroieq mnrgtqqrBqt tl

q?qf k{ftHK fis,{ffirsft qr tmtRsRffir an( fl{n$qu*eil: u \eR tl

Slofur 1't, The Moon with his digits full or iu thch<luse or thc N;rvamsa 'lf a benefic planet becomes adeetroyer of all evil; antl this all the morc when aspeit,ed by a benefic planet.

Nores.l 'he lasttqre (l 'ada)uf this slolia shorrld rea,l as Rllr=Enll

fuc' (Viseshatchchukra Veekhithaha). In support of this, *" rlu"the .fol low ing f rorn zaqr{tq et ( B, i hatpra japathya)

cfiWrrgr4: grr& gqqr4rr: Iarfti trst s* gErA ftlrve, n

cl. qrrrgaqa6ifiqeq: tliragr Srl&mr fuer grtaift r. crtiift nsn* ftlrm: gnirr:: ll

Also ST(lTo'iqq: trftcg: g*!r htfu, gttri rRuurrqt *tr cKtrrrqt 9{r qft: rr

qt{ffis:}qq-frrdrnq$(aerh*( qd Rsq ryo( ns1 11

SloAa 73. If Jupiter, Venur or Mercury occupy I(ftd) K.endra in strength and trc free from ,hr'.;;;;,or conjunction with a mirlefic planet, g6s qft$(qtirht ir.prrllif ied tlren and .there.

cl qlusqilirfi

${qrffi{rnlrrtr: tqqqt} lqqr{ |quft rrcwq3 (A ffw crrq ll

Also qrccq*s& drig:rrof qqr*Frr* cR tfril Aft* tGe ftnt qrcntt qsr r

Also rf+a

qdrft af{ *qcr: g:n a} ars*trcft: tT{t * garrrt e*fti foar<}c r

drrq: s.ftswflft g.dqt fr q ftrqq qr.u1&r srfrftc {rtrqt dt c*fofr n t

ffirnftg*fte;ftt EFil g6t ffir ftqtr|if qqr lr eB

Sloka.74. The full Moon in ito own exalatioo,in irs own housc, in a varga of friendly planetr or of anaurpiciouc one,

'or in it.r own varga, if aspected by a

benefic planet but free from the alpect of inimical oneoand free from all malefic aspectE and conjunctfono-theMoon in such a pooition dertrciyc diotreu, howEverdifficult it may be to tide over. juet ar the $un deotroyc .hoar'ftort'

NorEs.This elol€ is taken frqm {r<t{'dl (.Sgra.vati)

Also ef, qro+rr.{

r;4: 1fif,g: Ulgqqfl: An qb'qr fufd

ft*: <rf*mnt*qdl; ft'tn* dfto: r51t1, spq.rt: stftqftflr"kd€rilsqarc.qttfifuiqRgqtrs qFfo qqt rrex: tt

qfr lR r-{R il;q qGuQwrar? grrgf€eq$r I

tt-.]:-?j-"-.". " -gy-'--,- twffirR,gffifr^qil:n qtq€ GrR ft+{ €Tt {sffql\${.ll . ,; Sltrlri 73. If a birth takec place during the night

in the light half of the month (gccs€uklapaksha) or

during thI day in the dark half of the month (rqcr-

Krirhiapafsha), the Moon at the time though]occupying

the 6th or the 8th place from the Lagna, if arpected by

benefic ar well as matefic planets protecter the new'born

infant very like a father THlt

afflictione'

This is from qplqs[riFf, (Mandavyajathaka)' Thc rcading

thcrc is as follows:

c* ft* rrfir qeg qt sqrqt pilsrrrsrft gsngrrFrrt: I

i rqqr ffiarrrrnFft crr(rc{g rrR Rtc t?rt T tFt tt

Vidc rlso notes to sloLa 35, Srfia.

c/. vqi'l&'ilrciqg$ r ck qft rn?eq qtfifu.ctcsilftrgsr I

g!ffi qfir; 6tordQ sqq: gflffia qrjrq r

Atso ''triltffq{rl

fiqtq'fr'fT atq rr*r antr ftarErftrirft rrt{: I

rhq tl: grrrreftE' ftia sr'i qitcreritq: u

Also ta.r{q:

,flqtfr E,urq* a'rr fisfuilr{F. il ry

irfurfrsfrqc{r{ts,ffi| r*

Kerrdra posititrrr :rtrd Por'witb clear brig$t raYs' call

mitfir&qRqr uqt€lq( |' qdt qEfr gRcrft sgtnftr

I|iFtt qgrF {rr {etqt qU[Hs ll tgQ tt

.$lolrr ?6. JuPiter irr a

ressed of exceeding Etrength'88

218 fingrltqrt Adb tv

ringly and to - .hoodevefldiflicult they may be to tide over like a saluta,:iion humbly and devoutly offered to the trident hearingSiva.

Nores.This is from nt<rcdt (Sarevali). Tho reading of the tirst half

t'bero is difrerent, oiz.,mthnreqftrq: qrrigflel qri fke: ftrtrq, garccElt r

Jupiter is considercd to be the strongest among the.beno6cs intbc matter of waqding of ail ovils and increesing the happiness oftho nativs. ct, qa (yavana)

ftrlrctrqgil g3cdl s +i Srftregfuqftlqr Itftisqgadirr$ qgSr qrrt r* g Mrt{rqq ilAlso qnqr)"t

oqrq iqrq, tft tirnrW: *4i ndt ffi rq-*q.r{tihc' e'nrglcq{ sr.i {tE dt{+S srmr{ tl

ald qqqstq,ltdit il qgst IqREqlq$iljsft rr0r qf\lt ftrqr n ss tl

Slvha 77, If the lord of the riciog eign be ltrongio a Kendra or Trikona porition, the child though bornunder an evil produciog planetary conjunction surviverit of couns

c/. wqqgG qq R sltr k{rttcl rcrlhilr riRt Fifub d?e Rar$r ffi <n rl

rns ErqR ilifer qtrqmqrftilis tRfist P{d qrri sftsr r tqqr u \% tl

Slola ?8. If, at trhe time "of the birih of a child,there are planete occupying some of their exaltationrigoc, others their own Rasis,'they will undoubtedlyGontribute to the long lffe of th.e new$orn child.

Sl, ?9-f 0 sgfrsqn: 219, ' ! . v .Y .Y.Y-v .v "v .Y-v .vwt vvvvvvvvyvvy yv - r r vvYY vvYvvvYYYvwYY! !YY

Norns.This sloka is taken from {Tqq (Kasyapa)

rrgfhwor'r amridrsifitiker wt! |il{{ii e*gRi qrcil t{ (orf,r<r( ll sq ll

l, , , qrz{sf*r?s} R.rft qffuei Tto( |ri gh{ffil: {Rqt E-ilTttq tnn g!H( ll do tl

Sloha 79. Rahu occupying the 3rd, the 6th or thellth place from the rising sign and aspecteJ by beneficplanets dispels all evil then and tbere as the windEweepg away cotton.

Slota 80 Rahu, if occupying the Iagoa in lr(Meeha), glrr (Vrishabha) ot inir{' (Kataka} prorects thechild always as a clement sovereign EaveE an offenderfroro (the) death (he may have merited).

Norns.These aro fromlnr<rqdr (Saravali).

c/.Rf.lffiorirEqffici errfr vrtfuu: gTrqqqra: tRil{r€rsrg sqqilt a* lw srgraq iqrq ll

Also il-d61q{vr

aftg rrlftrmqc{r ftt 6&e gt: ttt: utvrilt,dra{iffi€fr 1efiA4ffi r

Also s|ffiA{r(erirr: etrn&qr fttilrit rlfi gitr rdcifir"' qqfrcig rJ: SffitM rt u

Also tnrq.

cf<rAq* cr cfu c? $rdg3r I,, eqtlr rn crn Ri s* crcqfn Tq ttI Also -gsns(

1rlfirs.irq frwrqsfr tu: g* ftwr: fru: 1

g)0

" Al* nr.tcildtttr

mwftaf

r eqr* T||r.ft. IngQwontr: gHryfttQm: ltrrdrfoirqrft c*ftgfrrlruq r

frqmr dfii{tgil gtfter ffiltqror tffittr ftrtqqfuqrg frFil qe{ qdt qGqE n 6t tl

S/ofa Sl. The Moon occupying the varga of abeneJic planet and arpected by benefic planetc and shin,ning with full radiance, averts coopletely all illr dratthreaten the oew,born child as the Garuda reqovespoison (threatening to cause dtath).

Tho rcading of this sloka is slightly different in sqt{F{enqfrt(Sarwartha Chintemani) uiz.,

Fiqtrn rhrr*cdfl gtQft ffiftcrq; riircs ft:ffi*rg cqr ftt fcteft irtq: r

rqfiffitbqrfrgnqtttt tUrydn flftilq-A qA Rli Aw ll 61 ll

Sloha 81,. When thr' lord of the oign in which theMoon ir, occupies the Lagna and is acpected by beneficplanetal rhe evil threatening the child io averted. Thicis the case also when the Moon is in itc exaltation ancl

''aspected by Venue.

*-'a?tqq:E{ A€tq fffi q {ttqrgr

il{ drffieuqornn n cl tlll SqRtFry3 il

Slolc 83. The iord of lhe t'i-cing rign; wnel poo,recsed of great rtreocth aod unaipected by maldic

Adb, lv

sl. 84 tlrlsmr

planets but acpected'by beneflc onee and occupyiog aKendra position wards off delth and secures to the childlong life graced, wrth tbe Etrong virtuea of a vigorouorovereignty.

Norcs

This slola is from Tllrts6tiliffi (Mandavyajathake)

qo{l Rdfu *t hqF*dqt tT8lsqaqt qfu q6q$$qr€iTq. ll 68 llnffiqeiqilgvrt {FRItti qqqrg{hr tt .

Slohu 81. Whcn the lord of the rising sign irwithout strength and Jupiter occupies a Kendra or Trikona position, and the 6th, the,Sth or the 12th placefrom thc Lagna is occupied by a malefic planet, theperEon born is declared to posEess the mean period ofl ife.

Mean period of life rangeE frcm ths 33rd year uptothe 70th year (bcth incluoive!

A few of thc nn"u,,r^)liiti**n,gqJosas culted fromother wurks are given belorv for the reader's irrlormation ls thesame nppears tu have been eitlter lost or omitted ffom this work.

fr*: qrqin*t'S: qri: fi"flri<,{r IqEqqrgrd rit{: fr't' tq6qffrtt t

.{i !}rl

qilGFlril: qnr €illFs{ft q''qqrgoq{ rq-qrntq Gqt' {il"t{i{tfhflI n gqgsl : tlgf,a.{r} df*: erfaqi raqftt oq} qiq tgeg*.re+qfr qtaq<)e qEqlg: ll+t sqfr oet qd qG' nlqqQ{i}: r*.fleRtffqq qqrfi q\aqfrRtstffa*w tt

.rdsrltd Adh.Iv*

s qtq,fr cwt sqA *Fqfrtr qr qR qr ftfrif r[i'. frttfrt qnq\tqrfislffiqft{dft dqq. us,i ;1 {* qgfr\q gb ,itn qzR grreqfi' n

uagd q *'qFil dt nrqflgl t.{Titfrqtt Pqsi qTnerq tR{qq' llqnq'q{t S unrt {rg}{qH tqrfla Med, q(qr{ Geqq tt

ri tr onff qs 1';4;gqfiEfft|: 1 udeW*alqi qmqrt$qq'ill

E5r*t snrtt nffi wqtrfr tqgil ftsFt i:qrqcg q€ gfrf€Et-t qqft nrq'{q\' q'qet t

nutifr ra notrtfi qrqh ail qro Iq?qrftni{ttor td q gqg+ tt

eil,fr *.t qqrt hqrsR! qA ffi lq,qtftnad qrglft drfl: gfr il'rr'fi {Fatil( [

n{fii iuoe\ f"il td$fr lr qR n qtri t

ntt*t *a\fi *f,*u'+'fh*Bqqrdht ttia st;frF qls* q* t lFn' ffirl' rqeqtftFat *e ft q* sqrnfr tqot** aqer* *iSeaEgqq' ll

"' '

*i a; ftta.di *t'd fiq{d 'qft wre* qg{rTqlnl iqFqltfiY qarfr lt

ffqrffi ta{qt-ntti qmftt onqrt |W rqsrFqt ar gueftegh osr6qqtfi'r< qqR tt

Aq tr{r} aa'l gqil il+Ri Wfr€ qld3 |qnnnrurt q sil fidi ar{rFqq!fiqi sqrR I

81.8r rlfrsqrr:

qdftqiqil q'i effirt qrq{tftt r

* i,, frA*oG{ta flq{Fqqqeq{ tl, eilfr ftqqtnrt enit fr{i& | "

qrrgiit ttfl drt: qqr{raHtfiil' ttfurfrtqqqrt qt q.i -qlsi qrsR r

, qrircrsr qgd fraqlfir Sremq tlfiqil ufitm: HilqFiq+" qd.qqtsgqr: FII: I

ei. , 1! lqr.rtrf,ng{ftad qrdfil T$ qrag q! ttqfi git arsntsEqFt ,iti sntl gfiqtqqT r(4 rt ilqrril {Rrri qmFqt qu{ffissilfr tlrr*at effi nqfnsqe* frnnri rAsA d qr ilif€qrsT€nr( tlqeuqqwil$l' eq€{rts{t q rqfuailt nn: KqTgsnEqq{( llqe *t qrqgft a) fifrqGi rqB{qi( qt qtk qft: qqqdfr?' rrert* aqqflftqe qffi qqgtsft er rqBqqftqt qTF i arl q Eqrrft: tt

ert{flprygquxtqFql: 'Tler: pfi| lqi qs{dFql rqffiil qrqt * qgrq<srg: er( qfbq{ r'.F.eq tt

dt ne'* Rg* {vT* s} +.et qqi Riit itfirqf iGtitlg aiqRj diqfr q,iqeEr tlemrftqrh fig{rftq$ gttqq-}' qRqrqqri tqra qt $qft q?r@ dtfr qe"r gtt-qg*+ ttfrfr G@{ gfilefiililrqt qgeqoql, qrriRqil: tqilqsrqqinilf{ q}} r$1fr: erfrqi q qtsar I

224 Adh. Iv

H{aft tisi} ffi s* H$t qG hqnnl r&{1i guqqR ilatqr ililFE qw1 ffi qqrfr rrH sqrt itgt 6qq* oti& rqrrt Q r* ttAfirrili qTqqfr s qrd sffi Eqqiqq at nAqq-qTRqff *-arr* Tgqrq{is# |

, aqqgeqtli hgit o*;sqqt;nq tlq* fuf eqi rqrt ft+ {r* ,'rrqft es} q rqful qrfr {rgfr nrfrgcd} *ia. qE, qsf\: nqg.s:ll

frsqqlftrrdt nergq'rdl pat q kidt ardl fi5foq awfi a qr +tfffurFqil q rqeqi qqftEttqi fiq?qf\Ra a-rdlt nBsfr Hilvlqr smqftefrft tqiqht qfthE' rl

*i tta+ glqffi dtf {r* erqi {ftdr{ql rqtil dil qrqqR {€qm q *ta qgnr qqg(ni rguq, n*urrqnRa: RRar i{Fer: frRf*er1afrcr ftgt d"q' rsrRr'di ilqqri {grf; EiroitcfrT{aqsqsil tt

erdgqq.qg+ reqffit hrqw* rT* rq+ gt qr nsfteqtfr flafH qrq: ll

: dft qt *-d qr F*ft il* ** ,ilFrt qr nnlA rfrt qra, qffi qtda] ilff srf,: sstfts<ror{ tt

rrU *FE+ dQ nqi rfuqiffiil rqrilRi? w&rqfr#qfr FHfr s1rrq* qwq1l dti rQsct rfl rqfu{, wrr} q$qe wt Aq? riq. tt

rrr*rf,uil

gl. 85-89 rgdrwrcl 226

qse snr{+ w}t grtgi tIIwr ElQt,iiit turqrgrTrarttt ll d\ ll

S/olo 85. When the Kendra is occupied by beneficplanets and the lord of the Lagna is in conjunction withthem or is aspected by Jupiter, the astrologer nnugtpronounce the period of life of the native to be full.

*'ari:tt frwlt g€gil$qlAt I*mrqt ftftfhrt n,ft totqrgi{rtHt( lt cq tlSlolro 36. \Vhen the lord of the rising sign occu'

pies a Kendra being in conjunction with or aspected byJupiter and Venus, the person born must be declared topossess long life.

sqrFqefrft: ttSrl a$rngt t'i r& qr{Rrt} q frfurgf{-fiftiq rr cs rlSlola 87. When 3 planets are in their exaltation

aigns and the rising sign is occupied by the iord of the8th house, and that again is without a malefic planet,the person born will have long life.

GuRqtfrrt: Qtr drffiiltu'ih qotg+ qttngftftfiir( u cc .l

SJola 88. When 3 planets are in the 8th housefrom the Lagna, cccupying respectively an exaltationlign, a friend's house and one's own Varga and whentheLagna is possessed of strengthi the astrologer ie todeclare the pereon born to be long-lived.

ffiq*ffiHorsqftqilr I{ftd r;qnnr} El tttqrgfiRfl&( tt ct s1

l i ,

f0

226 Tirtcrfurr Adb. Iv

Slohn 89. If Saturn or the lord of the gth housAfrom the Lagna be in conjunction with any planet inhis cxaltation sign, th: life of the person bori must bedeclared to be long.

fiqsrqqilrr rTFn: gqn kd?fr\orflr toil{il irat{riftrr ffiftfrt( lt to tl

S/ota 9J. If malefic planeto occupy the 3rd, the6th, anC the llth placee from the Lagna and tbe beneficplonets be in Kendra or Trikona positions and if thelord of tha Lagna possesses strength, tbe pereon bornwill have long life.

t -

rtttt{ilrtig gtg qRtS q r{MsqfrsffiFfriEnql tl

Sloha 9l; When benefic .planets are togbther in.the 6rh, the 7th or the 8th Bhava from the Lagna andwhen the mrlefii ones are in the 3rd, the 6th aod thellth places, the person born will live long.

Rlq{rflriln qrTr u}tr qQ krqr rGrRqFFFrrs rmns dul dFwrRrql tqlqatsR qtqtgdn qgdrd{ n qt tl

Sloka 91. Malefic planets are in the 12th and the6th houses from the Lagna, and the iord of the ririogsign occupies a Kendra: this is y6ga (l), Maleficplanets are in the 8th house from the Lagna; the lord oftlre L0th house is in his exaltation sign: this ig yoga (2).The qajqrity of astrologers agree that in both thercyodas, the perron born attaino long li[e.

8t, 98-96 rqcTlqr: zzl

Tfitreq{rqtfi qfir{ qrd aqqffic rTqld o{ttrrn *qril qq ilrsqq n 31 lt

Sloha 9-1. . Find the Rasi in which is the lord o--the sign occupied by the lor<i of the 8th house f romthe Lagna. If the lord of the Raei ao found and thelord of the Lagna occupy a Kendra, the life of theperson born will be such as has been degcribed,

ftsqd qk o* qqtt k*rsfr qr tn',i; €.tq{ilft*rfr {r ftt qtEfd qF€r{ ll qB ll

Sloha 94. When the Lagna is a dualwhen its lord occupies a Kendra, its own, itsor Moola,trikona foign, the person botn willand be fortunate.

Asm{ .R qn afun( *-'Ffi qt rfr qtfr qq trdl eqqfrtiqGtq rr q\ ll

Sloha 95. When the Lagna is a dual sign, and two

malefic planets occupy Kendra positions in respect to

the lord of the Lagna, the person born may be pro'

nounced to have long life.q{t{ffisr ftq;Tftqu ffi tKritctr Itqt{ WqtillKr qR qq ir(r wgqrR! talg! ll qq ll

Sloha 96. If the Sun-, Saturn and Mars lre in

Navamsas owned by moveable signs, Jupiter and Venue

be in thoee owned by immoveable'signs, and the remain'

ing planete in Navamsas owned by dual eignr, the person

born will live 100 Years.tl qsqFRqeni (&qg'iht 'r

From the ?1gt year to the t00th ycar (both inclu'-ri{c) it called qgfr'gq PoornaYus

sign andexa[tationlive long

*, ',,

888 iirwM&f

Adh. rv

Norns.This appears to be from gwnt (Sukajathat<a). Tbe I oga

uoted there is slightly difierent, uit,,

Niflqtw: mfrq-qitqrr fiqqi{rtr* rfrqqqq} ri* g grqi{mgqgd {tqtgrM qqi zqrcr tl

One of the means of findrng out the q€q, sEq (Alpa, Illadyba)and diqfut {Deerghayus) in boroscopes has been taken from Para-

sara and given below in a tabular form for easy reference,

_, qfqigt

Tqtg:_ . qcqrg'

__

II

NI

wqt ofin:q{yu}u1*ftR.ti orld;Eqcrnir qslqr:

\ \EWr{Filr Ori{;

Rurqlsu*g:

erq! otan:liq{qt'orsfin:

Rutqi.or*rr,qrudqdm:

c,Tqrd qrittrsrrq{rqtrctc{:

wq! urinrcrrq{Rii cEhlr:

fur.lt qriqr:fifiqtss*{r

s11qrRi'r or?a:qtUtsek;

Erflaaation:-There are three sets of yogas uuder each of(id Deergha, H':'-f Madhya and st"qrgv Alpayus, Llhat particular

kind of ,Ayus wil l have to be predicted under whiclr both thecondition5 ryhich constitute each sbt are satisfied.

' l 'hus, taking

tbe first set under each of tlre heads of Ayus, (r) if ttre lords of thoLagna and the 8th ,house are both iu nroveahle l(asis, {qigq

(Deerghayus) wil l har:e tb'be, predicted; (i i) i f they occupy move'eble and fixed sigus respectively, qt.{qtgq (I{ad}'.yanrayus) rvill

havo to be stated; (i i i) i f theyare in'q'. (Ctrara) antl s.1q (Ubnaya)

hasis, then the native will be ,rtirrgq(Atpayus). Similarly nith

reference to the remaining two sets.

wddrssr dtqtilfiqr qfiftqermaqilq*srs Irodhil omc\ tiqtgtqrnqEt f*qqrfirfr n qe tl

s]:'gf;99,,-* ---ST'. - -*-- - - *' - - -, -' o?u

Sloha 91. If theSun,'Jupitet andMarc beinthe

9th houre from the Lagna, and i'f the Navamsa' they

occupy be owned by the 9th houee from the Lagna antl

*leo Ly Saturn {i.i,, it Makara or Kumbha be the fth

;l;." and the Navamsa occupied by the 3 planeto be

it. cfiRfi (Vargoththamamsa) and if the Moon

occupy the Lagna in etrength, the lerEoo born will

be blerttd with a htppv life ending with the end of

the rvorld.The reading of this sloka is slightiy different in a(lq{ttl

(Horaprakasa) or:s.,

arqiaten rftfunr qd?rar: rdgtt Erqtatr I

rnqneri frqtfi'r Ran ll'nftrcrgr F*qcrEdt tl

qthmTril lfqtgfr qtM {r qR q*ftfl rqilTqt d*qfatqqqpil glh$iEilqftttgt ll q4 ll

SIoAc 98. If Saturn and Jupiter being in the 9th

or the 10th house from the Lagna occuPy one and the

oame Navamea and be aspected by benefic planete' and

if the Sun be,in the Lagna, the person born in this Yoga

will be an inepired saint etidowed with long life'

gwfr{Rt solrc} tfdnai 'qgH q hEEt t' wRgraokiq t\qftdtar$gaqrHil qr( llqqll* Slofta 99. Wherr Cancer 'is the rising eign and

Jupiter and the Moon occupy'it, and Venue and Mer'

.uiy rt. in Kendra poeitiont and the remainiog planete

happen to be in the l1th, the 6th and the 3rd bhavas

froro the Lagna, the person born will have an immeneely

long life without reference to the order of reckoning

Itre;ted of in the *gclc (Ayurdhaya) chaptere.

e90 IGTfufr Adb" lv

This sloka gives an exception where the ordinary rules of.{yurdaya ar6 bot to be applied at all. tf. €r<r{d.

I LagnaI JuPiterI Moonl_--It

, Salurn

* . . i ,

F ''r'{r.

. I

IrIars

qlcqnqirqq?Aas.rft SSn fteiwqrqqfqa; (rrq{ qq: I

t , " l ' , , * 1 ,

a* r{tagaawa* q or* gpmaa"_qfiq{&ii tq1l: fl

Also cf*ofi lt€r €g: fuqrir gqrrlr$i rtrtfusr{sE&f}rergir*m : n

Also gur6r diafiftgtsr{fq{S *a4narg{|itrqnfrrrf Iarqfigfirrat: qfiiqtr

ffiir $qftft ** fr"qftqfth rair qnftttt q qrtel{R{fus r too ll'SloAo

100. When there are no malefic planeta'int.re Trikona placee from the Lagna and when the Kendraplaces are void of benefic onet, and when the Sth is un'occupied lry a malefic planet, the percon born will belike a celestial being,

'fhis sloka leii<is t,-, the rnterence that malelics are rsorse in

Konas than in l{endras_.c.f.i}t,'rur€S c&S St lta qtflqc: IqrrmftI: S'qlr{t tacafrsrrqr uiq rt

The slqka rn the text is also capable of berng rnterpretcd

thus: "\,Vhen Aries or Pisces happens tobe the Lagna with Jupi-tcr or Venus occupying it, and the lVloon in the middlemost

Navamsa of Taurus, or N'Iars has gained a tf,EmqiEr, (Simhgea'

namsa), the person &c,, ' l

81. 10t-105 rlrlsrn:v v : v r ' r r r f ,

ffqrQ*qqfti o{rts t*qilr ftqmr tAirffi{r{gil qrdrfrrm{H{: u {ol tt

S/ota l0l. If the planets reckoned from tha Lagnaare placed in euch a wry that Srturn is the first andMars tlre last of them and they occupy the 1*nrRnialVaiseshikamsas laicle. Adhyaya, I. Sl. 44-41 Sut'ra.),the person born will resemble an immortal.

M {gt Uft qr fr{ndt fiuaqsqqtt Iffit qR Er eui ililF{taqrrutR wtr tttottr

SloAc 102. When Pisces is occupied by Jupiterand Venus, or the Moon ig in tbe piddlemost Navamsaof Taurus i.e., gtra<iar (Vrishabhanavamea) or Mars haegained a ftasqia ($imhasanamsa) the person born willattain to years untold by tha recitation of sacred hymrl6.

tqffirh qq ft qnnili{* rffi gt ont *fr qhoir qt( n loQ 11

Stolc 103. When Saturn is in Devalokamsa, Marsin Pararnthamsa and Jupiter occupies the Lagna and isin $iohasaoaruEa! the person born will bc a saintlypersonage.

qlgdt $ hA sh qrffqatq* rfrt}t sft wi srttRi rr c qtdfr ll tou lt

Slofta 104. When Jupiter has attained a Gopu-ramsa in a Kendra position and Venus a Paravathamsain a trirngular place and Cancer is. the risiog sign, theperEon born will live to the end of the world.'

qrqltr {ft o"} 1ftTfilq1Rf{ |frqq${ftr *-A qTfr ruqt eiq tt I o\ rl

88'r

?-82 lt{6$nctf Adb" Iv

avamsa ia Kataka

is owned by Dhanus and Jupiter occupies it and when 3

or 4 planets are in Kendra pcsitions, the person born

attains to Brahma's seat;The same yoga is a11ain teferrerl to in Adhyara. Y'122 inf a'

$i kn utr {rt s;qnTggil{* |qft irffi uq qH] qrit qt rE{ llt oE ll

.Slola 106. When th.: rising sign is Dhanus

ancl is <lccupied by Jupitet and when th: rising Navam'

sa is o',vned bv Mesha, when ltettus is in the ?th house

and the Moon is in Kanya. the pelson born will attaiir

final beatitud*.For the same togat see Adh!ryt V sloha-123 inJta'

rraTRE qiqqff(qa{ tqi lt-Sr qs{t qNqrgl t

F'i qlTr'+qr{qqffiqrAilgr qfrffi T$riffii ;11osllqfr 'fnry€Eqqt tqilqRn?t cnmsqTililt

Ereilftgtersiilqqgh ll

Stoka 1{}?,, srorfis (Balarishta-afflictions in child'

hood), early death duE to planeurry combinatibns, thcir

nullification, mean a!e, long life, divine life due to (1)

abstract meditation (2) recitarion of srcred hymos, etc.,

these seven lrave been treated of in thiq Adhyaya.

Thus ends tlre Fourth Adhyaya styled Balarishta

ararfis and other yogas in the rvork wta-+srftqte (Jathakaa

parijatha) composed by Vtidyanatha under the araspices

of the nine planets.@

qrffiqlfrqTe qcq*stnllxt:

n sftIqlqnillrq' ll

t AdhYaYa V'

IrsXmg otr Lttr-l'

In this chapter, slokas 7' g' llt 17' l8' lg' 20' 2l' have boon

ta,ken from Brihat Jataka'

ffifiiqncqlgffFklll I

qffiflQr qftrflfr qrft trlq eilt mq! rqFq ll q ll

SJo&c, 1' I abridge and give in their order the

oevcral methodg t*- tiiliig tlie lengtht { b:3"ti'

un,ler varioup planeary poeltione. as ireated of by mwr

;;;;;Jt.rt.t Ttii"* authorities oo A1trologr

under the heads Jtrl-Att"'Uicargaia (2) M'Piodaja'

(3) lrr+Amcaia,''til"a"t'naeoija' (5) qlaChakraia'

16) itrc'N"trtt tr)i', izl qt*-otvaia and (8) qsrrta-

Ashtaka Vargaia (rrg0 AYus'

;;o61 d # sft{ ufrr qrrn G$fuqq t

*:A*ti Fqfr qrt"tffi+ sqR q{frqqr rr l ll

Sloha 2, 2b, i,2' g' 18' 20 and 50 tre the figura

iodicatiog the nuober of years prescribed resPect@y

for the $un and lftt-ni#tt in the Naioargikayurda' ya

, i i ' ' f'! i] iF_

ffufretgqtcl.333

gil lrerclftrtf Adb"- v,

NorssTida arlqfhg<ft V.- 28.

l'Jso 4. e msutftlqfr\* kr,i m sndftr I'ilnfir rgt{r( |' eclotrqfc fr<er: qet{tai ffirrat: u

ffi Tqqqr! tr(srrr frq6o. q{g{s Sqfl! l..Tm{ qlqilu€rq1qf fto3qq}s:n ftqgdrmrfl{ ll l tl

Sloha 3. The aggregate number of Rurrgr.tc+in,dayurdaya yeare asoigned to the Sun and other planetrin tbeir higheat exaltation point are reopectively 19, 2515; '12, 15,21 and 20., Norrs.

Zidr rftqftq'cft V-19.

Also af. ttqnrfirqqffiqGg{t!*fturtftA&Acclfqt trEr|dtilt qtrft: sgres il

Ateo etqrdig*a?ffich): aRrq: cim: t

frrrq: fhftgpq rr{ih $rs U rgtl: lrqnn{rR gnarQ$n'ltr tftnnl qRgps fhrrrg: €rrkRd: ll

Thc fgures givcu for thc several planots in this sloka arc also

hclpfui to find out the.approximate incomc or salary of a pcrson'

ffirqgilr cqt frdrq\ rTqowr( WrEdffit( |qql&!: rqq{ilQ6}q fufoer q50rd\ Mr rrull

ffi €rH((q;rc]-€eqi eft qr(rqt sqq, I

dmqRfinant?qi qrt Rurqq{geqt tt r ttStolos 4 and 5. Subtract the figures of a plaact

from thore denoting ito highert exaltation point. If thc

rerult is lesr tban 6 cignr, gubtract it from 12 rignr'

sl. 0-7 qrfisrqs:

exceed 6 oigns, keep it as it is ; reducing the Eame to

oinutes, multiply this by the planet's yearg. Divide

the product by 21,610. The quotient tepresented by

y."ri, ocnths, days etc., is calleJ the.ftnrlgg Pindayrrs

of the planet.P;dr $cftrqlft V'-20,21-

frfn$u*qt qfr qsrct qqffiQ

ftfr6€ ftililsqgFr{ ilrtfttflrfdtt Idqffiglqrltd

iffi*qFe u{q: M qq(ft* ll q llS&.rft,r 6. Sages say thaq irn tlre ft'!Ergqh'Pindayur'

day:r ar well ao in:tlre tefiturgrtc'Naioargikayurdaya the

wrhing proceEs is as follows: The interval between

a flanet o actual position and its higheet exaltation poing

it lcsc tban 6 signs, should be subtracted from 12 eignr.

fbe rerult reduced to:minuter must be multipiied by

the number of yerre aosigoed to the planet and divi'

ded by 21,600, i.e. trhe number of oinuter iri'the 12eignr

of the zodiac, The years and months thus arrived at

correcpond to the rrglt+Ayurdaya of the Sun and other

planets obtrined upon the applic,rtion of *rcrt Neecha

idha anO sioil.rr ProPortionate reduction'Norgs.

This is simply a parapbrase of the 2-foregoing slokas'

riin.|'t wR R

,N

ia Aqxitqqqi uiigEi {$il |

" nFI ffi Rgrtqtetqt qilqm:

!98 finwffiFtta Adlh. v

Slvka 7. When a planet ir in its depreorion point,the period ao$rgned to it is reduced by hatf ; but whenit occupies an intermediate positicn, the reddction ia tobe proportionate. The number of yearE given by ther agoa correspond to the numher of its Navausas tharhave rigen abovc the horizon. According to some, thetswg( (Lagnayua) is ac rnany yearc aE there are Rasisreckoned from Merha up to [:agoa. The planets exceprwhen their motion is retrograde loee a third of theirAyurdayas when in inimical houses. When they areeclipre d, their wrgdq (Avurdaya) is to be dininichedbyhalf. Thir lact reduction doee not apply to Venuc andSaturn.

NotrsFirst qr,att /. ililltntK& is the reading adopted ia tfie

comrnentaries of €Fco and ft+<q but in ftcratr it is nfit;m&Fhicb clearly means trArtiTtfif(*.

Secondquattt! By the word sr'ft (Apare) inthis sloka ismeant (qFrts) Mauittha (some call him Manintha) and mea of bisschool. For, according to them, the number of years contributedby tbo l-agDe is thus found:

orr{tftqffirqr rmilqfirgqrda: I

Arn qtefttni cqtffiRilq lltr^\so viilc slokas 14 aud 15 infua.Thus if 15" 47' 24, of Vrischika bave risen aithc birth tinc

of a person, the nunrber of years given by the Legne accordiag toVarabamihira's view will be 9+7'+120O or 4'737 years.

But if Maniththa's view he adopted, the IagDayus wil.l bc 7years (number of rasis that have elapsed counted from !q) plrs15o '79/3Oc years or ?'5263 years,

Both the methods of calculating .rtfltgs (Lagnayqr) existed

from tbe very begioning. qffi:Iq (Rasyayus) was not a aew metbod

found bg cltfil or men of his school. For, rrre see in rq;lir.frll rrrcttr firM Rg, ,r

-gl, c-? qtdtsccrq:

.ffBut rtfrtq and men of his sc\ool fotiowed the 1att6' rhile

otbcrs pref€rred the former. Under the two methods, thb past

Navan rs aud Rasis and their fractions represent the years molths,

&c. B- attotpala adds that [fcnittha's method should be foilowed

if the lord of the rising :iign be pcwerful, and the first method

should be adopted if tlre lord of the rising Navamsa be strong'

s,nd quotes in support thereof the foltowing sloka frsm eKl:ffr

gr.rwfrrttdeq: <rtq"tt qt:$rnil: t

ilcii satfi iltg€t sqft& rrd$: This view is not howev€r accepted by Varahamihira'flrr" For the latier balf of the sloka in tbe text, c/' '{trln.qd|l

Y.22|'

A planet is said to be eclipsed rvheir he disappeais iitbin s

particutat limit from the sun, his light being then overpoweied by

that of the sun. This limit in the case of the sevcral pllSets is

as folloss:

The Moon when within 12' from the Sun'

Mars wben within l7oMercurY when within l4o

but wben rotrograde l2c

JuPiter wheu within I lo.Vcnus l0o

but when retrograde 8o

Satura when within l5o

l,et us coasidcr thg followiDg example:-

28?

238 lrlrfifrra Adh" v

Ianna .d. O-l{F-fl | Mecury .r.- ll -240,-14'Sun o- l7o-43 ' I lup i te . g - lo -?5 ,Moon 9 -14'-30'

I Venrts O-l+o- 3,' Mars ,.... l l-27o-$, I SatuFr O-27.-Sd

l. To Srd the iacoms or srlary.bFjnd tbe lord of thc l0thhouse or plaret iu the l0th house (or thlt planet whicb is acar ttooeridirn). The fture iudicated by thd said ptanet gvcr.tberp,prorimate income.

In the example given abovc, the Moon is in tha l0th houscand is stroryer than tbe lortl of that house. His figures flre thusobteiuodt Thc Moon's years in depression are l2l i,cars. He is7lf removed from his depression point and therefore gets 12|t i$ x\2tr or about l7l approximnteln

Tlic netirclE incomo must tbercfqt b ll' approriaetolg.2. To 6nd tbe Ayurdsya.-

The Sua's enltatioa is 0-l0oHis prcsent position is O-1)o-43,-3g,

Tbe bun tlercforc contributcs l? +W-425 lo -' f i-re'sczt

YGarg.Tbs Moon's position is 9-l+o-3dHis depression is .!. 7-3a

His years therefotr- uu3f,*Trrl1fuor t7:465 yearsMars' deprcssion is ... 3-Z8oHib position is ll-27o-S3'

His ycars thcreforc *" !r!*Fl or t2.5 ycars

Mcrcury's position ic ll.-Z+o-WHis depression is , io I l - l5o

He thcrefore contributes l: +fffLa6'31 ',ears

fupitor similerly s". f; +f; t ffi=A SZStog

ttr g-0 qdt$rQ {2;

Vcqur contributes f Of +ff "'*

*19'9? yera

Satura si"o tO+ffi$= lO'44 ycars

In thc erample, there is no planet tbat is quartorcd in thahqrsc of its encmy. So thero is no reduction on tbat count

As regards the rule about combustion, Veuus and Saturn arscllpse4 Thcir years should be rcduced by hatf; Birt tbey comerrlilcr lta"cxccptioa irnd their years are thorcforc aot reduci.blc.

Thc ycars for tho taaaa=+ffi or {,36 ycars

\anr gt r$rAilsRrmn Fs: cqqgqfr frml{tqfr rcrr r{ qqr&flf sutkr tsn;qlfofl r c il

Slo&c 8. All planetc except l\dars whan in inimical.bgo* dectroy a third of theii Ayurdayas. When ec-Iipred by' tbe Sun they lose half their Ayurdaya; theqceptio$ in this'latter qaee bein.. Ventu and $aiurn.

Norss.Tbc word m (VaLn) il thc preccdlng sloka may bc uadcr.

atood in two senses. The first meaning acccptable to tbe majorityir given in the translation. ' Tho second has tbe support of soillustrious an authority es qr({tqq (Badarayana) from whosrrort this sloka has been takeu by the compiler vaidyanatbrDtrhitr.

q{ftfrttqqttgrpm srq{ €{Tffif'{fig {nq Irgt t€?d

Sloha 9. When malefic planeto occupy the 6 bharnrcounted baclward from the l2th, the whole, ahalf, rthird, a fourth, a fiftb, or a cixth, reEpectively of tlreir

$ zao rrrftd Adh. v

Ayurdaya is lost. When beclefic planee occupy ruchporitions, the lose is half of tbat incurrd in the care ofoalefic ones. When several planeto are in a bharn, onlythe strongeet of them cau8e8 a reduction in the rEdq(Ayurdaya). Satyacharya says so.

Nores.Thc cosr"mentator adds that Varahemihira concurg wilh

Satyacharya in tbis view uie.. tbat when sevoral planots occ.|nfa siogle sign, tho reduction shall be made for the nirct powcrfulonc.

'/. mr*(|qe{ silqi{rag{: ttrf,6qr Iclrtqrsn qrft 3qqrEri qt M ilffi wami crtu iri qftffi: r{s qc cai ffi srgt: r.iqr lt: u

Alco€il.qFrqftnltrsgctfqfr sa norrefrFr Iqr$r!.*{frqt: srrri dit: ll

"t qfis"oi qgt* cr* e $i q r

urg: ftvrrcrn 6rfu *rqrawrtft lItE{Iks: tilq: €rqFi ctcs€Ast g Iwnh s{crg*cr I inrcsft dq u

I -1,l,asto

tFor

millficsl

I

'i gt. 10 rrfrsrrri; NI

The p-rinciple to be noted hore is that the deduction is enjoin'

od for planets-whether benefic or malefic-.if they are in the

visible half.

n In the presont horoscope, according to the obovo rute, thcro

l erc two planets in the l2lh, vit" Mars and lWercury, of whom

" I[trs is stronger; Mars therefore loses all his years. This reduction$ is enough and reduction in the ,:ase of Mercury is not necessary.{ Th. Moon is in the l0th l-rouse. He is beuelic and therefore

lorcs *th. His years when reduced will be 14'55*.

I Juprter is iu the 9th. He loses *th nnd his reduced period is

t7'766 years.

* lt should however be clearly understood that the above com'*

rrutations are only rough and not quite accurate iuasmuch as nodistinction is made betrveen a planet occupying the beg:inning 9f abhava and another occupying the end of it. Both are rnade tosufier the^same amount of reduction which is not correct. Again,

'fsupposethereisa planet occupying the beginning of the l2th

house aud another the end of the t I th, the relative distance betweent them being say otrly 2 or 3 degrees. If the rules enunciated abovcare to be strictly applied, one planet (that is ib the lZth lrouse)

loses his whole period while that in the llth loses only one half

whiclr is rnathematically not correct. To calcutate the Ayurdayaperiods of the several planets correctly and accuratel]', readers

ero requested to refer to the 5th Adhyaya of 4tCirqqR: (Sripati-'paddhati) and the samBle horoscope worked out by me tlrerein.

asfrqrdnt fr wR rdrF*r ftlfrlr tqrqfr eqiutd 11 q{ ilafrsft il{e6 1g { o tl

Sloha 10. When several planets are in one hous".,only one planet that is pre,eminently strong aud no othercarjses the losc of crg*l (Ayurdaya) porcion'in the wlydeccribed.

\TttErrq{olq.

qrdift Kffi fi hEilrigIItII-hi

!f,tl grilil( |

24t mrTqfurf Adb" v

ttnoq{Rtftftqrtrfr.\ftfr aiiwirs ru{ rqfft n t t tl

Slokar 11. Multiply the Ayurdayq found tiy thenumber repreeeoting the Navamsa portions, whole andfractional, of the Lrgna that have emerged from thehorizon. Divide the product by l0g, Tf,e quotient inyears, monthE, etc , is the period to be diminished fromthe Ayurdaya found in coucequence of a malefic planetoccupying the Lagna. If the malefic planet in the Lagnabe aspected by a benefic planet, the reduction will beonly by half of the period above found.

Nores.Tbe greatest amount of reduction under this count will bo

rllzth of the whole Ayus wheu the Lagna happens to be the vcryend of a sign. According to somc, the number oi y""r, of reductionis obtained by multiplying the total number of years alreadyobtained by the number of Navamsas betwcos the first point ofMesha and the Lajna-whole and fractionar-and dividing theproduct by l0S. Thus, should the Lagnabe at the very end ofMeene, and if a malefic should occupy the same, the whole Ayusis lost. The former view appears more rational. The latterviow is not favoured either by Bhattotpala or by Kalyanavarn-.u.

c.f. qRH6t

qrqttrtfrcr Aqr cA*i Rtrngqr Iqwr cocqfu$fudsri qdmsqq ilsrg* qrqi st qeesrd gSffi rqqis rs'dti frncrfitm-ft rr

The Commentator also adds " rrftr{ eu}atft t*fDr o} TEr qtq.€,qlrrcilffir ql quJRet{-d'€{'tc{fi s q qntr fur rfr

When there are two planets one,malefic and the other beneficoccupying the Lagua, the planet that is nearer ib the risingNavamsa is alone to be considered and not .the bthers. Jf thembkfic planet bb neeter, then the reduction enjoined bas to bc

fjl. 12-13 crfrslqrq: 249

hade;made.

but if the benefic 'be nearer, then no reduction need be

The word fi( Krura in the sloka does not include the wauing

Moon, for, says the commentator

q{fsrtr+i€fu{ wi}r qsfh artq: IRftqr tcir $r&iR *; qril+€Eqq u di

In the example, the I-agna is 0-l4o-32! or 4#& Navamses.

This is to be divided by 108 and multiplied by the Ayurdayas

already found. .As there are two malefic planets, uie., Saturn and

the Sun in the Lagna and aspected by Jupiter, a b-enefic, the reduc'

tion to be made in the Ayus will be f.btq * *

Rtfr,frdrrrrtf{€iqrflI& M sqqff{ |drqrtrufugqQlt\rq qtsEl.n=slsqw(God{t | | t 1qil( t urt M irRr{ r& effior{ fr$ttq Iqqqrt d{fi itEq fr.srg{( nt tsflfr q ll tl ll

SloAc; l2 & L:3. Convert the degrees and portionr

there,of in the Lagna to minutes (the number represent,

ing integral eigns being left out); and multiply here'

with the qrgqtc (Ayurdaya) of the planets eeparately.Divide the product by 21,600. The quotient represent-ing yearE, etc. found for each planet must be eubtracted{rom its qrg{fu (Ayurdaya). Tbis reduction is enjoinedwhen a malefic planet occripies the Lagna. But if themalefic planet be aspected by a benefic one, only halfthe result obtained by the above Process for each planet

ig to be subtracted from its qrgttc (Ayurdaya). Thiereductioo does not apply to the *STrgEtq (Amsayurdaya)

The process in the iafrrsrgfi (Naisargikayurdaya) isalgo the game as-in the ftorrgEtq,, lPindayurdaya).

Srme'as *cttr<ii r ( Sripthipaddbeti)* Y.'26, 27.

241 rlirqtfuit Adh, v

qrgdisq* Eqs

gilTg:€rfiq..qotao{ frtrq il{tr{ ueierfttsr tr qoq.(tt ftqrG.uilgft ilq qlgqq. utull

Slokn L4. When the Lagua is strong (i, e,, whenthe otrength exceeds 6 Rupas), convert only the degrees,elc., contained therein into minutes, the integral aignsbeing left out. Divide this by 20J; the quotient in theform of years, etc.r should be added to the qsqlq(Lagnayue).

NorBs.

This sloka is taken from ffi: (Sripatipaddhati) ch. V.(r) The Ayus for the Legna in the irlrrgiic (Amsayur-

daya) system is found in the following manner: Reduce the sigus,dogrees, etc., into minutes and divide it by 2400. The remainderis the eTtifftat: (Ayushkalaha) of the Lagna. Divide theslqlrfi-ot: (Ayushkalaha) bv 200. The result will be the numberof years given by the Lagna.

Thus, if in a nativity the position of the Lagna be 0-l4o-3L,-46', the ofgv,ot: (Ayushkalaha) =871'76. The numberof years given by the Lagna:4'3588. This is the view of Varatra.mihira. (Viilc sloka 7 su!ru),

(D) But according to some, since the Lagna in the aboveinstence is ascertained to be strong {its strength being 9'I 37 Rupas),

the Ayus has to be increased by *#gof ayear'

-i.'48,$3 of a year,

Thus, the aggregate nurnber of years derived from the Lagnair 4'3588 /lrr

'4843 or 4'843.(o) In the 3 Ayurdayas,tiz,, ftoergd* (pindayurdaya), ftrrqi

f{h (Nisargayurdaya) and frsqTqtg'.rc (Jeevasarmayurdaya) the[yus for the Lagna has, to be worked out iqsl as in the.oWfgAh(Amrayurdaya) lYidc (e) abovcl.

81. lt trl$rsrqg:- l i r y # r

v t v ! v v v ! ! v ! v v v v Y v v ! Y ! ! u t v v v ! ! ! ! #

Since the l-agnais strong (in the presen\' example)' we have

to add to 4'3588 years (already obtainecl), 4'3588 years morc'

Tbe total'number of years tlerived from the Lagna will thercforc

be 8'717i. But ftsm(bsrT (Dirvakara Daivagna) in his com'

mcntary on the 2{th sloka of the {icfs,Tsfi (KesavapaddhEti)

quotes approvinglS' the following reading of the sloka in the text :-

urgqnlteacatrqsfi fltuq qrcftd Affisa I

"tt a.t* tnoce{qil qqgrBerrrge c! *€{q I

ani ""pl"in"

ifEoraliti (Alatadhva tagne) q** aot& Tr of (Abrle

i"i"aftt" va Lagne), i.c.,ioa Lagnawhether weak or strong' And

c{rgr? (Lago.yoshi) he explains as importing a{R1ff,ftt{ (Lagnr

yoriirrrittUtm), i.'', for the Ayus of the- Lagna' The sloka with

tbe above reading as interpretea uy ftcr+&ffi (Diwakaradaivagria)

would therefore mean"InthesethreeAyurdayas,t ' i i ' ,Pinda5'urdeya'Niscrgayur

tlaya and Jeevasarma'yurdal'a, omit the signs and take only the

degrees, sl6.r in the Lagna; then leduce tlrese to minutes and

aiviae tUe sanre by 200. The resuLting quotient will represent

, thc number of years due to the Lagnayus"'

According to this interpretation, Lagnayus works out only

to,f.35gb years. And ff+r*q iqt (Diwakaradaivagna) adds that the

interpretation is largely accepted'

2$

ofigEtq{M{ afmmft{Ir<ts ll t\ llSJota 15. People versed in Astrological $cience

would have the qsrg.( (Lagnayue) consist of as nany

*t ot. years as there are whole Rasie indicated. by the

figures clenoting the Lagna and some inonthsr etc'

oitained by proportion (ri'c' some months which form

the same fraction of a year as the' risen portion of the

Iiagna is of a whot" ta.llJ;.,""" trrciffiiir V' lE'

See notoE to 2nd quarter of sloka 7'

246 {re.qTfurr Adh. vF t . . ! . . . t , . f f i t l @ w ! ! y y v v v t v y ! y r r Y w r v v v V r

u y y a

TfrEqrcRgatqq,frqqntRrWl

i6t{tssent@o{ttFr sa gh q?c geqqrgr u tE rl

Slo.ka 16. Effect with care which ever may becomnece$sary of the six reductions in the Ayurdayas of th-$uo and other planets in resp:ct to their being affecta-

bV (1) the presence of r malefic planet in thp Lagna (2)the loas of lustre owing to too great a proxirnity to theSun (3) occu;ation of an inimical eign (a) arrival at thedepression point (5) conjunction with other planzts and(C) position in the lith, llth, L0th, 9th, 8th or ?thhouse from the Lagna' The reduced Ayurdayao of theplanets if joined 'to the wqrgq (Lagoayus) will give theproper urg<-Ayus (in the aggregate),

NorrsThe autbor here talks of the 6 kinds of reductions alluded t I

already, viz., (l) nr.r<q<q (Krurodaya barana) lsloka lll, (zq<i.rcqrq (Astbangata harana)- lSloka 8], (3) a$nnq (Sathru

kshetrarharana) lStoka 8], (4) al-{t*{<ur (Neechardha harana)-lSloka 7], (s)ft{ffire(gT (Grahayogato harana)-lSlokal0], end(6) 6{qrftm (Vyayadi harana)- lSloka 9].

eT{f$tgr,qqhr fr-era ft{{ql ffiqrt rrrlrgqs mhq rrauuaeififrlg{ TgRn{ q*fr (q{Eqt litell

SJo[r l?. Jeevasarman layo down in accordancewith hir own doctrine that the (maxioum) paiod of

81. l? qlq$rqrqt 241

life given by each planet is *th of the maximum eggre,gate period (i. c, 170 yearc acd 5 days). The declarationo{ ratya (vo) that the urgqk (Ayurdaya) of a planetcorrespondo in years to the number of the Rasi whoseNavamsa ie occupied by the planet, is in agreement withthe viewsof the majoriry of astrological authorities(aide the next cloka).

Nores.

Fhtt htll, According to qifirf{ (Jeevasarman) each planet

when in exaltation gives l/7th of l '2\,vears,5 days or 17 years,

.l month, 22 days,8 ghatikas and 34'3 Vighatikas. rJ. intdr'

Rgqftdrfaq* qqa] *qnacl qt;4rqrq Icd€rst"t f,rqsrrrrcfr{ q.rq llcti€cnc: qr{rich ftqcl qfroisq r

' R!!rg{ tl eti ttq{ rfter|q*: ll

Jecvasarman's Ayurdaya is to be resorted to when the Lagna,

the Sun and the IVIoon are all weak. Cf ,+lnh

sraqtnffi lrqif;rtts qiqrse crcrgtqi{rq trl qi cqa q{d'{ .i'i{qr{rrRt ft qrg: rr

It has also to bc noted that just as in the iioerg<fo (Pin.layur'

aya), the sevelal reductions, I'ir,, '{qitttiEwt (Cbalirapata harana)'

i.rr*q<tt' (Neec haardhaharana,), l.r*;raarr? ( Sath rukshe t ra hani,,

-(Frilllt? t(Asthangatahani), mtlcqqrq (Krurodayaharana) will

eve to bct made and then the resulting length of life ascertained,

By the rvords €qfrt (Swamathena), Varahamihira means that

eevasarnran (of the Bengal School) stands alone unsupported so

i,r'as his method of Ayurdaya is concernod.

Thc Amsayurdaya method has been occurately treated tn

ripathipaddhathi, 5tb Adhyaya and the reader will do well to

refer to the example worked out by me in the notes to that work.

It pas to be rcmembered that there are no years fixed fbr each

plenet as iu the Pinda, Nisarga and Jeevacarma Ayurdayas' There

ir also no Krutodeyaharaua in this systonl

%8 rnnltril Adh" v.

cdilh ffins ftrfrtr{r sfirnrrt IqrcmqFfigfis-Ers qlr tflT qTfifls ll tz tt

Slofas. 18. Accordiirg to $atya'c rule the signc,degreeo, minutes, etc. traversed by a given planet oughtto be converted into minirtes and divided by 200. If thequotient be a number exceeding I Z subtract from it armany multiples of 12 as you con; rthe remainder giveothe number of ,years, months, etc'qunqftlqrrillffi Gsqqqtfsqfr{rtfrrr tfqffi{tqK rrcil{r'Ailf (@ ll tl tt

Sl,l',rs 19. The wrgdr (Ayurdaya) of a planet ie tobe trebled when it is in its cxaltation or in its retrogrademotion. The sarne is to bs doubled when the planet

is In xVargottamamsa, in ito own NavaruEa or in ita ownhouse or in its own Drekkana. This is the peculirrity

in the method.of working out the urgdc (Ayurdaya)

according ie qqrcr* (Satyacharya). All else is similarto what hae been alreadY stated.

It€{ qfErrrtd dffi ffiFEilI ilRrq{ q *(r | ,std frsqqqr {T arr ur{ q nQr rqqMt: ttqoile\

.SloAas 20. But the Lagna gives itr urgdl (Ayurdaya)

ccrreopondiog to the character of its rieing Navamla,i. c., ao many yearlr, months, etc, a$ the number of the

Rasi owning thc rising Navamsd indicatec. If the

Lagna b'e strong, it giveg in addition a! many ysare asthere are Raeis in the figure denotiog the Lagna. . In

this scrgqtr (Satyayurdaya) the reduction due to ttrepreoence of a malefic planet in the Iagna does not findplacc. Tbe years auigned to the planetc in the pre-oio* Ayurdayao are not to be uced for calculation.

ll, gt-1t2 qtdtlilr|lt Lls

llil\Cm {Gr?r fr< ctnqftri runhnfi: IFqlqrrw€r r5f{rqrrd g qft ilaq 6rq ll 1l llSloha 21. The rute of stqrrr{ (Satyacharya) ir

prcferable (to that laid down by rq'Maya or ancnml(teevasarmma). But some make the procees inconsistentand unwarranable by a seriee of multiplicatione. Thedictum of the Acharyas (eu-Satya and othere) ie thefotlowing:

(1.). where several multiplications crop up, only one'and

that the higheot ie to be gone through. (For instance,when a plaoet ie in its own houce, and in its exaltation,and in retrograde motion,. the Ayurdaya is not to bedoubled firrt and then the result trebled, and the oecondrerult further trebled. According to the rule, the qrg{tq

(Ayurdrya), chould be trebled once for all).(2). Again, when there are several reductions appli'

cable, only one and that the greateEt should be made.(For instance, a planet may be in an inimical eign andmay be eclipeed by the Sun. It ic enough if the reductionby half i. c.. the q<ra (Aethangata) reduction is made).

{Rftcttg€.j.:

Sloka 22. When the $un and otber pla.nete are intheir exattation, they have respectively 10, 9, 6,5,7,8

bnd 5 rays .NorBs.

'c /. qori(-dnne.

" s'rq& fir qt aa afr te qgh IItr i

ftgi aQlt ssrtr rrrti qrft {r u32

zffi |lncrrnua , Adb. v

Also rr.frnr crkfrfih{&ifi Tomilrn dru$wr*crarq | "awglsqrr ftts qFn: r.rtoral frhraq: W* rr

The rRrsrgflc (Rasmijayurdaya) system founded by Mahendrahas been in vogue from a very long time and has been recognisedby eminent astrologers such as Manittha, IVIaya, Yavana end Bada-rayana. A brief description of the method of obtaining the correctnumber of <?tq (Rasmi) or rays of planets is given below :

The seven planets from the Sun onrvards have respectively10, 9, 5, 5,7, I and 5 rays when they are in their full exaltationposition, the corresponding number of rays when in their depressionbeing zero in each case. The number of rays which a planet ineny intermediate position is entitled to, has therefore to be deter-mined by mere rule-of.three

When a planet has emerged from its dtq (Neecha) or depres'sion and is on its way towards its exaltation, its rays are said tobe efug< (Abhimukhal or facing towards the front. Theserays are declared to be capable of producing benefic results to thcnative in a very short time. The reverse is the case with,thoq(|{gC (Parangmukha) or down'looking rays of planets which

have fallen from their sq (Uchchs) or eraltation aDd are goingtowards their depression.

The rays have to undergo some multiplications and reductions,befcrc their utilisation for purposes of prediction.

When a planet occupies a Dwadasamsa which is his own, hiscraltation, or tbat of e friendly planet, his rays arc to be doubled.The same remark applies when the planet is retrograde in bicmotion or is in his g&e (Swakshetra) nasi. But if the Dwadagsrmsa be that of an enemy or the planet's Tlq{lfu (Neecha naJ,the rays suller areduction by l/l6th portion. All planets_Venue and Saturn excepted-lose their.rays whm they becooe€N<Ird (Asthangatha) or eclipscd. when tbe retrograde motion ofa planet isabout tocease, the rays suffer a reduction by{tl.

The quality of s hororopc varice dircctly with thetotal auo-bcr of rays givcrr by the pla,nets at the timo of birth. porna

,51, gz vrfisqrr: %l

with I to 5 rays will be vcry insignificant, miserablq low.mindcdunlucky, etc.; those born with 6 to l0 rays will be dependantswith no perriranont home and poor; those with l0 to 15 reys wiltbc somewhat bettor, bqing virtuous, of good temper, good spcci.mens of their family &c; those with 15 to 20 rays will in additiontre rich, femous and respected by their relations, and so ou.

It is also stated that the native should be declared long.livedwhen the number of rays exceed 25, as one of rnedium life when itis between l5 and 25, and short.lived when thc number falls shortof ls.

c/. vre*rtrs+lt rQFtrTs qrfifit ftuglr I iewrgi qarccQ wqe qsqqRllr: u $

rFor detailed information the reader is referred to tho scveralhapters on the subject in Brihat Parasarahora, Saravali, &c.

The following boroscope of e distinguished personage, itgiven as an example :

Sun

Moon

Mars

Mcrcury

Jupiter

Vcnus

Saturn

a)EFo

.to

t\a

30

2+

26

+8

23

50

38

2+

55

35

I

l0

+3

l5

59

+7

2

23

?+

l 3

25

l8

17

t5

I

l l

3

0

6

2

0

8' t5+

7'289

7'35+

7'550

5'678

7',7t9

5'053

7'345

l. 2-s5-306.10.'0- O.

I-sn{ 7I

Thc position of the Srra isHis fi (Necha) position is

t62 rnrqfid Adh. v

I{is r<rqg€ (Parangmukha) rays are therefor" l?9r! 1 19 cr

8'726+.

| **"

l-l-

tbrrcfore roe"s Stu

of 7'o2g| or '4393.

The Moods net rays are thbrefore ' 6'5902,

Tbe position of Mars is 3-2+' l'26His ds (Neecha) is 3-28- o' o '

-- |

His distence from *s (Neeche) is 0' 3'58'3+' | ? . o 1 ? 1

Hbrrrfl[<{ (PerengrnuLha) ravs *e :-'f,: x 5 or'1103+75.

He is occupying his own Dwadasamsa. His rays will tl.erc-

fors have to be doubled.

His reys arc thur '220695.

tilcrcury's pcition is 0'13'10'+9

,ss Moon Saturnury

^ | venus5un i n"no

* r t

8!0 Rasi

Chakra

Lagna Jupiter

Ar be is occupying a Dwpdasamsa Rasi of a neutral planct.

thcrc is no reduction or multiplication of any kiud.

The Moon's position is ll'23'35'2+.His irq (Nccche) is 7' 3' 0' 0.

%'^His qFrgq (Abhimulcha) ravs are

T x 9=7'0295.

The Moon is in thc Dwadasamsa Rasi of his enemy. Ho

s" 22 qtdfsrcrr: ,t68

His depression

Subtracting, we get

l l - 15 - 0 : 0

c.28-10-48

Hit *ftgtl (Abhimukha) rays are ry x 5='7827.

But as he occupies his own Dwadasams,, his rays will bc

Hisr<rqg<* (Parrngmukha) raysare 2'30923 x 7=2'6941 ao gHe occupies the Drvadrsamsa of a neutral planet, henoc

tbcre is no reduction on that accoubt. His motion is retrogradc.His rays wilt therefore have to be doubled.

doubled.He will thus haveJupiter's position isHis f,rs (Neecha) isHis distaace from ilq (Neecha) is

FIe thus getsVenus is inHis depression is

e{' His distance from deprcssion is

his rays will be doubled.He will thus get

The position of Saturn iis

His depression is.His distance from derrrcssion is

Sun 8'726+Moon 6'5902

His T<lvgq (Parangmukha) rays "t.l|ff

x 8 or +'3882+

As he is occupying the Dwadasamsa of a very friendly planet,

l '5655 rays.6-25.+3-239 - 5 - 0 . 02. 9-16-37

5'3882 rafs,2-18-l 5-s05-27 - 0- O3- 8.44-10

8'7765 rays,0 .17 .59-38

0.20- 0-0a-2- 0-2?

His rnega (Paraugmukha) rays aru l-0!9? x 5:.05525.6

Though he is an astangata planet, as he cornes under thccrccption, he sufiers no reduction.

Thus the sphuta rdys of the geveral llanets areParangmukhaAbhimukbaPerangmukha

.M r|cfqlftqfi Adh. v

MercuryJupiterVenusSaturn

l '56555'38828'77650'0557

'Abhimukhn

Parangmukha

ParangmukhaParangmukha

Total 3l'3232 (of which only about 8 areAblrirnukha rays).

For persons possessing 3l rays, the following $o (phala) isstated' in crr{.il{Crf (Jatakabha,rana,') viz.

il ti qr{rirni rqertofhnq frcleri;rtqr: Ifttqrm& ilqqcqr: lt{rir ?tin tarqrftq: rc{Fc ll

61 , Also wqr& Saravali r ilrSrffirg $rr: aqmr rfgorfra: n

This has bcen verified and found to be true.Next we corne to the tftqa (Rasmijia)rAyurdaya. It has to

be observed hcre that this system of ayurdaya has to be adoptedonly when Mersury possesses tho greatest Taq-o (Shadbnla)

aiCa (sloka 13 infn),

, The Sun's position is l. 2.o55'.30, and the Sun,s exaltationi s t . t t - t -g

Subtracting, we get 0-22o-55)-30'As this is less than 6 signs, we have to subtract this from

12 signs. The result is I I signs 7o +' 30". The number of years

siven by thc Sun ,, U#Px l0 or t!# x l0=e.363years. Similarly for the other plauets.

trVherever the (f<q) Harana mentioned in slokas 24 and 25have to be applied, the same should be made aud then only thcaggregatc Ayus shouldr . deterhined.

tinffin".i fr rEufr{mrfruirq ulfufidqgqfir IEsr@f f i6pi l1Rlt l

! *

t gL *26 irihrqilr LrJ

Sloha 28. A planer diminiohed by itc exrltation,if ters thrn 6 signs, is tb be subtracted from 1|| cignr,aad the result reduced to minutec ehould be nultipliedby its rayE (mentioned in the preceding aloka) aoddivided by the minutee contained in the l2 rigne. Tbequotient in years, etc., thuc found for the Sun and otherplaneto, represents, they say, the ftErgg (Rasnijalu)due to the nyc.

qtolq.@Effi<Iftguft661g.,Etrqil+sEqqn'qcql {rdr nqrqmufi! il qB ll

Sloka 't4. When the planet is in ite own Raci, initc own exaltation, in the houge cf a very friendly planet,or in its retrogade motion, it hao in rayc doubled forqrgqf{ (Ayurdaya) purpoEeE. When the retrograde mo,tion comes to an end, the rays are diminiched by aneighth portion. When the planet is in the housr of ancDemy, the rays become reduced by a twelftb.' sNd nAS $g qrt Rffi qrtit qnqq&t q I

etffiqftqwrgdtaqnilRerrgoqfs u i\ tlSloha 85. The qrgqtc (Ayurdaya) is to b€ halved in

the case of all the q<irra (Aetangata) planets erceptVenus and Saturn. Sagee tay that the qrgqfq (Ayurdaya)y ielded by plauete according to their raye is treatedof in the Artrological Science founded by lvtahendra.

sl. toqrrwdqr{trqd qr qEFil qnrgRqRurrq fr

216 rrrnM r Adh. V

"" Sloha 26. The rrge (Ayus) consisting of the aggre-gate of the reveral periods belonging to the untraversed

frl,ortions of the qgllmr (Nakshatrapada) or Navahcasp.pccupied by the Sun and other planets is caid to bethe csrgq (Cfuakrayue) of the soven planets reckoned

4from the $un (aide. Adbyaya XVII sloka 6, infra),

flFhe name qfllq (Chakrayr,rs) applps also to what ic gotby meanc of the foroulas relating to the qtrtt (Savya)and qqtrq (Apaeavya) chakras. (aide. Adhyaya XVII,infra).

NorBs.

Thc sfir{+{T (Chakrayurdaya) is to be-calculated in tho cascof c horoscopo in which Venus has the greatest (Ec") Shadbala.

Thc years assigned to the severat planets are those mentioned inAdhyala XVII, sloka 6,' Assuming the Sun's position in any nativity to be I s'r8n2o 5y 30', he is 1975''5 removed from thc First Point of Mcshe.* As each star c(ryers 13" 20' or 800 minutes, the .Sun is inthe sscond quartcr of the Star (tRrqr) IGittika having alreedytravorsed there 375'5 minutes. The number of years of .

Ayurdaya given by the Sun is therefore #\5-11-9:r'r$800 32 - v'

ycsrs. Similarly in the case of the other planets. There is notol (Harana) in this Ayurdaya.

ffiTfirrqtl

qiffi{rtni rr$il imilr: I Re tlSloha 27, The qrgd{ (Ayurdeya) whose initial

portion consictc of the yearc due to the unexpired ghe-tikac ol a *trm (yogatara) at a birth, whereof tbe tord

sl. 28-29 qr*sqnl:

t ,

this sngqfrq (Ayurdaya) is called qqlrgq (Dasayue) or ruorecommonly a{Tfirrgq (Nakshatradasayuo). The last ir

the urgt (Ayus) derived from qsdi{ (Aehtakavarga)

wherein, say those converEant with it, is treated every'

thing (to be known).

NorBs.

The nine planets referred to in this Sloka are the sevcn

planets from the Sun onwards and the two nodes Rahu and Kctu.

Tbe years assigned to them are those mentioned in Adhyaya

XVIII, 31sl<a 3, infra,

MreRswisf,trqld Nrfi{ sdsAffit Eqr( ll td ll

Sloka 28. When the lord of the'Lagna i8 strongl

aud aepected by a benef ic planet, the '*nrg<{Amcayus) ir

to be calculated. If the Sun or the Moon be rtrong and

have benefic aspect, the &qc (Pinda) or the fterQ< (Niaar'

gayue) reapectively should be reckoned.Notss.

This Sloka is from (qfr..T) Manittha's work.

,/. r<rcrcrrffickrfigq*qRdt: Frnq IqriqmriTqr: q: <rfoit ensft rcrrtflttlltllrs s8lttit wT q*iffir IqsD: s( q sqt st *tstgqt ilrftw€ roi ilrrrotq'fiktg eq fteq,lrqq]; crcqrqr{q* ($Flulr ll

st rrt rff qre qftrgrr trq*lFilr Ift dq{rig {Ril qqtq* u,Rq ll.qi iqttgqi qiffig rrfreg r r

c26t

88

,38 ff(rTqlfrctt Adh. v

qrrr*,ls fr g *i q qodgt ll 1o llrtr${q+.fu qtitrq,egtg q Irmq'iis qdg tqqrc qtrtnr tt 8l ll

SloAas 2947. When the Sun is in his exaltationand the other planets are strong occupying Kendra and,Trikona places, when all the planets are in their exalta,tion, in the strongest {T{t (Sasa), or aqfin (Hamsayoga), inall other yogas reckoned as those of long,lived people,in the Chandra yogas generally (aide inf ra Adhyaya VIISlokas 71-73), in the 4s6 qr;qah Chandra yogai.e. Kema-druma yoga (**gefin) when theMoon is strongest, in the

Mahapurusha yogas n6rgtvitar:-uide infra, AdhyayaVII, 59), and in all Rajayogas where the planets arestrongert, Parasara says fiwrg< (Pindayus) is to becatculated.

NorrsThei,latter half of Sloka 30 rea<ls thus in cc{r?Rt (parasara.

hora.)

e;6riig flg;a t;fr g <oar<l rrand seems to be the correct one.

The ttanslation ought to be: " lVhen the Sun has reached hisoxaltation and the other planets have attained their maximurnstrength and occupy Kendra and Trikona positions, when all pla.nets are in their exaltatioo, in the strongest {r{r (Sasa) or tqf,q(Hamsa yoga)(Adh1oyo VII, SlohaS9), in all other yogas reckonedas tlrose of long-lived people, in the three sF{ (Chandra) yogas S"rn'lqis,t g{3(l Sunapha, Anapha, Durudhara,'oidc Adhyaya VIISloha 8:,) when the Moon is very strong, in the €lg$T (tvtaha-

purusha) yogas, Ailhytyt V I I Sloha .59) when the yoga-producingplinets are possessed of erceeding strength, and in all RajayogasAilhyayd VII, Sl:hts /.58, Parasara says lto-erg<[* (lrindayus) is tobc cdculatedr"

sr. j_tj3- - - - ., - - ., - - - -::I::T-";, . -,. - - - - - - . . . -. . . . 3loi gt q&trt q ,Irf,r qth sh gnTt qorA t

*roH -

Hqi q dr*t qr\,iqrqlf$qtg toq( lllRll31opa 3;2. Whan Jupiter is in the Lrgna' the Sun

in the 11th, rncl tt. M"' 'tfull 'of strength is in-thg4th

or in the 7th anJ othar bcn:fic planats o:ctrPy a Kenira'

Trikona or an sler iUpachaya) phce anJ whln th:

mrlefic rnss occupy it. sfri ir lr (A2lktimr) hr'ri:r, the

Rno,gq lPindavus) is to bE reckon:d'NorBs.

This Sloka app€ars in c'tf{Ker(t (Parasarahora') But the lattor

half there reads as follows I

1il flr$rqlqqt glg lrterurircni'fuRg r

tosi .rrfi frthr{rgsqfr {iqi- q}qgl

fit ftarsrqlReqgtgt *roqalgqrgr tr . A \

t*nrif q{rgRrn{ililq tru{tq ilotit -tuiigi*tu qogt qEffitts€{tf ll 11 ll

Slioha 13. Ttie lea,d:rs am?ng astrologicrt professore

,r, ii", the ftost (Pindaja)' t*O: (Nisargaja):3::

iR.snija), f-,rlrEtatq (Bhinnashtakavargajr)' ifioqsil

(Kalachrkraja), aa* r(Nakshatrrja l' {Trllircr(Samudryajr)'

i **t (Amsaja) Ayus is to be r-eckoned according ae

,h" Sun,,h.Mooo, Mlrcury, Mars' Venus' Jupiter' Saturn

or the Lagna pos$esseo the greatest strength'

Nores.

Thefo l lowingslokasfromri ( f i r ( i l ( (Parasarahora)g iv ing

sorhd pgre detailed informltion as to the severat cases whero

dgifi [Fipdeyurdaya) &c. have to be reckoned will be found ts

be usefu l : -"' --- g** hi Hqerqts+ fiqqt \oqql' qRe{ t

d'qrsqBg REq(tfr *l mqr.fictr g \sq: ll

lsoo ilfficftltt dAdh. V

:'{ "1

qnrs* qTet flFt qT frqr, qB *dir ft:rt t tdtqrqrt \rqE1q: qfqdl qt oh etqir ? g{rea: llffuTrqi *rt* q* rrqrqrqfq-q+ |- iqkrdt o* grud < nfri tt

nftqreqri: rilA g qtaivtrgfrq: Iuil qetxErq: retrslifitllilqa' frt ltsgqrqre{,iFg qt c qoq-R Iqpqi qrt m qi HgqrftiRg rfirn( llqfrbg q{idkt} ge: \rer: qirt: tftqrg.r gTfirq) aqrqi{t ifta' llrS frei qrerqi qU q gr* mqr( Iffi qq: mniqlt'} t"qr* g {€R tttroU {r+} q qt+t * *qr{qrfr' rsrihrfqr;621nr ffiq* grnRil tf.€afiruqil mntq q#* IfrsqqqErqr€+ erqr,ilsfrftqt tt yat qG n\ qr'f ilU rynr* gq' r

\i

maltt mqrcior' toqril: ss t Gq tttqrefr gErairolrare{a'i+t ra"firfrg qqifrg arqntig q ffin( tlm€ifu aq +sr qqrbq g.t: gi: ISa.nt{r, F{TrIr{fiTa[ Q[il*r (;fl1: fsftrnmw tq€trRqffq qq qrft a^Srfrtr"qfq fffi: q1fu 11luqwqr,el-qqw qfta:m}q qrq} ftqa: qGe; tacqrffiqeqruq gq rd{€rfr{fl rrqqrq}Er: ll

ul, 34-86 q€fr$qr{; 261

qflarqhcHgEtqwnwilFil hr $tse{t: tqagh"fur6rq gd €ila qrl afE\oq eTrq: tlfib qgAeern'rqrif qnaflqRftnnt*q ttqteM ifsr qrq\uql{il<rql Iqwrgqft firtssiihssqqrt 11qcqlfi{t€+ iqit qqr{i{e} na, Iitg q.^g tq' erqr* qfr+qrq q tt c*wwrd*qft+lil-t.fiq qq oafir* | ffi :*;.nRg q(Mi q {dir€{Tr( mrr: llqtirntqmqq tqfiilqnmqt t .{er.qroftqrtq wgtnRffqt {'flq ll I

wgrilRd qt fi*t gffuil{ tqrtt{ Et w{ frtqrngwqt lt 18 ll

Sloka 34. The argu(Ayus) in years, months, etc,multiplied by 360 and divided by 365 is termed drrgq(Sourayus) i, eo the period of life in solar yeilrE.

i q+t{fuil Gst{qnrt qs,qffq(dr RRaFqqrq rt qnqr flft qisotttodlqr-mt tkeqrswr*fit n l\ tl

t qlqwqt*tt t tqqrwrftqirtr IrcrtqqtMrry{il tq tf

Sloha 35. Thie wgu (Ayus) has been declared bywise men in respect to those who are engaged in thepractice of virtuous actions, who are devoted to tbcBrahmino and the Godc, who eat wholesome dia, wbo

262 qrilwdlril Adh. v

hnd,marks of chara:ter and conduct pecuii"t to their

high {anil ies.Sloha 36. Premature death overtakes those who

are sinful, covetous and thievish, who revile Gods aod

Brahmins, and who are adCicted to gluttony.

Zida $qfrqqii V.SZ-:S.

d frsargdf{t grrfforrt q REqr{ |Tmo[rTt q iilit qq.qrrilfurr{ tl Qe llqqwrort t{vf q€iurt iigre q tqq{iqr€t{Ht qrquilrqftflat ll ld llryrffiq qaFTllrqqfenf Iw\qrg(ngf atGfr {rrqRE} Rgr tt lq ll

Slokas 37-39. Sudden death seizes those that are

rceptical of the force of moral law, that are viciou'q and

are the enemies of Gods and Brahmins, that filch other

people's godds, that are a source of dread to all, that are

ioois and turn ipfsfmer$, that have abandoned their

duties and traditional observances, that live by sinful

courEes, and those that wouldnot out of folly abide by

the ordinances of the sacred scriptures. Those that

know the sacred sciances regard the wrgq (Ayus) pre'

scribed as applicable to people other than those that

have been declared liable to untimely death.

desffi (I) $qt{wiurt q ffiq{q I*rqm{gsqqsTqf qrcrqs ll 8a ll

Frr{rg;{6ri ttqffirt r*Tftq r

61. 4l-44 qgdlrtrrrq: 263

qrurt $sflurt q fttirwrd {igr n Bt tlflfhrEtg(ryr?t ,iqiEuq r*teir tgqqGrq]*r q-geqrR qrq(f'u BR tlnttsrgtwqi srrrrEtqt q frsqr rtqe qfiqqi aKqrr6(r ftqr {rfif n Bl tlerqntEetrf q $tr.ctils iti(tn Iilaifdnrl'qqrrri qfikeqtf (qr: tqKlt tt Bts tl

Slokas 40-41. A thousrnd years is recognised asthe maximum length of life of vultures, owls, cranet,crows and serpants. Hawks, monkeys, bears and frogclive for 300 years. Rakshasas have length of life lastingl5'0 years. 1?0 years is known as the maximum life ofmen aod elephants.

S/ohas 42-44. The maximum age of a horse ie 32yearE ; of an ass or a camel, 25 ; of a bull or buffalo, 24;'of

peacocks, l0; of a goat or sheep, 16; of a goooe, 14 ;of a cuckoo or parrot,L?; of dovee, 12 l ikewiee; of afowl 8; and of the bulbul or elstern nightingale, themaximum age is 7 years.

c/. srffidtfrwr: qGt{rr: c€ src qrqF€qrq rfrFiqrEfqilqrg: emr€rai g Qcn [ ,ctrl*r: qqsrt u.qfuiqi Zsrftg Igii g qrgn ch6 rrlDr* ct*rgcq, ilaftc( rqran adwwrguffiq I

A.qRE{{n rlIn the following ten slokes (i.a slokas 45.54) the author has

explained the various clues to frnd out the srft.e (A.rishta) perio{of the native:

261 mircrRqt* Adb. V

ftquseqtntE qrqfcgR gfut tq ftqqdqgunqflt qfr qtq ll 8\ ll

Sloka 45, 'When,

in one of the three cyclic divi-

lions (into which the 12 houses may be arranged under

certain conditions fe1 w(ffi1<'Ayurdaya purposes)' there

is a malefic planet devoid of strength and unassociated

with a benefic planet, the astrologer can announce the

death of the persoo affected by this yoga at the conclu'

cion of the ({r (Dasa-Ayurdaya period) of the weak

malefic planet in question.NorBs

n The following sloka from "ilr"6h{r wilt explain the cyclic

divisions referred to: -

srilrlrrnTr&nQrnitioa Ufol*: tqrr**taiar trtcuqrcrdifta: ll

People have long,. medium or short lives according as at the

time of their birth four or more planets are grouped together in

the lst, the 2nd or the 3rd cf the three groups of 4 consecutive

bhavag beginning respectively with the Lagna, the 5th and the 9th.

qftffiqq*eiat q$ lrqqEr +q IFrqffqrgn;ilfitrqt q(or Zrr[t ll Bq ll

Sloka 46. The dasa period of a planet occupying

the end of a sign brings on disease. Death may happen

in the daaa of the planet in question when the planet

hae progressed no further than the thirtieth degree of

the qrRr (Raei).c/. qoffi+t

(qar) usr *{aqqdrdqfiftr-ds g,vnr#e ll

qulsqeil fQguqfrr 'Tlqqaf wUtnnhq tqreEkrqt qwt rruIt qqftir sA ffttr{ qrt ttusit

JL d?-49 qrfr$nl:

Sloha 47. If a malefic planet occupying the 6th orthe 8th house from the Lagna be aepected by ite enemyand if that 6th orthe 8th house be itgelf owned by amalefic planet, the death of the person concerned willtake place in the subsidiary dasa period of the planetoccupying the 6th or the 8th house when the main dasabelongs to a planet conquered in planetary war.

c/. glnq.rq{rqi qR tqfrtffim rri: rqitcrsrqxi qgKEr q?,*tgvnft rrqwsqrn? xr: rrtefr rQeir$a: tq*o, lr.&" &**t efdG: rqtrntt qfr gA qq;$rrorirst: t€SrqrfrRqdt srstQ f,rr<ffamc: il

qers{rRE{r qid €r( qs giftr tthrgfi ed vrqq ila}q qfltr u Bd rl

Sloha 48. If in the order of main daeas the 5thhappeno to belong to Mars, the 6th to Jupiter, the 4thto &turn or the ?th to Rahu, every one of these willprove fatal.

c,f. s,o(Rtd r{fiTgff q glr€g qS qcTr S-drd+fr qr* er Icsrceq

ffifrTaqffifrqmrrqil €r{frrqq qtqgilr fttvc n Bq tl

S/ota 49. If the 3rd, the 5th or the ?th main dasahappeno to be that of a planet in depression, in an ini,mical house or eclipced by the Sun, it wilt prove fatal ;and thie will be the case all the more when the fataldasas are alsociated with malefic planete also.

94

,86

966 iltITc|ftlrt Adb. v

ffiqrnwrqffqwf erqeq+fffit n \o u

S/ola 50. In the main dasa as well as in the sub,ridiary dasa of the lord of the Znd cr the ?rh place fromany bhava there wilt happen the deetruction thereof by(1) the planet occupying the bhava; (Z) the one aEpepr.ing it; or (3) the (bhava Karaka) riltr511. repreoenting it.

NorBs.a,f. qedtftrr

ac*{rcftr *nr*rq* rq?fi({ rrdl rqu: rTFq qcrt ftlTlrt er slcri! er.cftg{s}q tl

Also cileR

vr<qg61$qit *n,it qft+t€'t r

qsq@qmtqqfttkdqd rfr tetnqqqrq{ qt Er q(t *q tt \t ll

Slota 51. When Saturn goes to a houge occupiedby the lord of a itorq (Drekkana) of the 8th house fromthe Lagna, death may happen. The same event may begxpected when Saturn passes through the rrftr (Rasi)owning the Navamsa occupied by the lord of the housein which is the owner of the ioom (Drekkana) referredto above.

Norr,s.This sloka also appears in qodf\qt (Phaladerpika), but the

reading therelis eryqq (Ashtamasya) for elgqat (Ashtamastha.)

brrar:Gt{t tarsd Gq($ qtqt Irpqf\q$l{ qcsEgrnarm ll \1 ll

81. 6g qlfrrrlml 2gl

rilqufr{Tq W fuilil r€irrl Iil qQ rd qfg qq ili €ffi *iq u \E rl

Slokas 52-53. Tbe following reven are termedfud (Chhidra) Grahas or planets of vulnerability: (1) thelord of the 8th bhava; (Z) the planet occupying thelame r (3) the planet aspecting the 8th ; (+) the lord ofet (Khara) i.e.,Z?,nd Drekkana from that of the Lagna,(oide eloka 56, infra); (5) the plqnet in conjunctionwith the lord of the 8th; (6) the lord of the 64th Na,vamsa from that occupied by the Moon; and (7) theraq (Athisathru) of the lord of the gth house.Whichever of them is strongest, in the dasa of thatplanet should an astrologer predict death

Norrs.,/. qfrqt

qqcrdqg*nrxqrqsqince'iisFr t cfr: reS gtoqqnqRrqr: Est e{k qtc"Et u

e*nqnrrt{rrffi{rfr : cftrrfuqrftffirr€r: I

EnrrrA qgcgilqiclafudqn tcgft rgsa: llAlso qlrqrh

cgrrt qft qqdt qfltsftqtgqq(dtqi,}

T-q: n,crrrorfr ffierr{ricrqr: to\

rrgtg ggt0r wg?s.il qil-crfrri Rqd:qrvr$rtilirg*sq rt qil sr$r{q q4fqt ilqnnt \m<nrqtcteat

ttottcft RsqP{FrftcE! tII.rTrc: I', frrqrd'<t qqn"f grlqqcqftttT'qrq: s w:

qtr qr qqrflqqstQrgrn frqrdt ftlttrq lli ' ! i

268 rrci\rftEre Adh. v

Also no{tfrttfrertil{.5lelrirqtrlsqrqrf]rqqrFqir{fi : r

ii g:crqr*odft glrdr q: rT rrnt;Ft{t <T{crrcEit rt '

r ffisliffiqarct agril{r{Gl qr I{r{r\ilq tqeq qr* uq* fr{rqr ll \8 ll

:

t sloka 54. The death of the relative signified byany particular bhava w'ill without doubt take place inthe main dasa (1) of the planet occupying the 12th placefrom that bhava or (2) of the planet owning it which,ever is Etronger'

Nor's.The reading of this Sloka in nc<rrQfl (Phaladipika) is as

follows:.

tnrflflrtqer<t qAtc.qqcq rt I

fttdtrq t*aq cr+ egrerwrq ll'tgrorq6{Iq.

ttUdtdfrfilqil €{tMI qsqt{flinqqr Uqf,rt Iq?ofrfffr eqbqdr ttq qrq] frrr-d] flftffs n \\ ll

Sloha 55. The middlemost, the last and the firstDrekkanae reapectively of Kataka, Meena and Vriechikaare telmed ttt (Sarpa) Drekkanas. These are also calledct{t-Pasa (noose) Drekkanas. The 2nd Drekkana ofVrischika is er-vled fT{rs (Nigada-fetters) Drekkana.Th: first Drekkana of rVfakara as well rs of Simha ictermed v& (Pakshitird) Drekkana.

NorEs.

According to 1o{r{ (Balabhadra) the first and second Drek-kanas of me{ (Ibtaka), tbe fust and second of tf.}a-n (Vrischike)and the tast of dlc (Meena) are tt (Sarpa) Drekkanas: For, bc seys:

gL 66-6? qrfrsqrr: 26s'r T*er cqcft€rft q&{q cqctsrfi firqnc&h qr frTrqr:,,

@ffirr(urt)rnf r' gqrstqqt{qttE qg,qsqun} qh rf \Q rrSloha 56. vt (Khara) is the 22nd Drekkana from

that of the Lagna, The 64th lrFavamsa is reckoned fromthat occupied by the Moon.

Notps

It is evident that the\2And i*Tnr (Drekkana) reckonod, from,theos**iur (Lagnadrekkana) is the first!*ar,rt (Drekkan") i"ir,u8th house from the Lagna. The 64th <qi{r (Navamsa) from thatoccupied by the Moon means the first qlitt (Navamsa) in the gthhouse from the Moon.

of qsili q qfffiqe fluRSi {rfqntqqq {$eqfdr gFri ti sqrftt$ilr I*rri gfuT*$s TE Rqrn'n €ig.ih' qslffiqfqdlgs wrilrki dqfr ri q\e rr

: Slqka jj. The figures for the rising sign multipliedby 5 and euperadded to those for crF.q tfyf.,riil *iiigi".the exacr figures of what is cailed nor (prana) i. ,. rli.

"rlivine beings. The figures for rhe Moon rur,ipri.Ju-y8 and added to the figures for enaq(Mandi) g.i-rl"designation ?t (Deha) or Body. Seven ,i.".. ;h"figures for crt (Mandi) joined to those of the Sro goby the.name of gg (Mrityu) or Death. Long lives tf,eperson born at a time yhen the sum total of-*q fieevaland tr (Deha) i, c., life and body io in excess ; GMrityu) or Death.

r In finding the positior "tYil

(Mandi) the fotlowing froaParasrra rRH( will be_tretpful.

210 {lfitrftflt Adh. v

, {RerrrQ5t;q<i gfuafr ft6tqh IGcenesr Eter altcn{q}qafiq llqsqiqt iifrcT: qrq mcEir gfut: eEe: trr&cqesr rrrrr qrhrrqgcTRar rl

* rtqiqcct qqfr ftqdt, tTft*,f*ilil: Ir Qre,iir gfu+.: *u: gih qqsqer: rl

**fr r!t@e: to{tr ryqfrvo; ISrqiMcu<t: tl

The following is the rule for finding tbe times of (Gulika) gftq

and others on the several week-days: Divide the day into 8 parts.

The lords of the first 7 parts are the 7 pLanets counted in orderfrom the lord of the day; the 8th portion is tordless. Saturn'sportion in each day is called gted (Gulika).

Nights are similarly divided into 8 portions or muhurtas.The lords of the first 7 muhurtas are the 7 planets counted fromthe lord of the fifth week-day from the day chosen; the 8th portion

lis without a lord- Here again Saturn's muhurta ir gfut (Gulika).

Jupiter's muhurta.is styled ?m{.'r-dfi (Yar4akantaka); that of Marsis termed t.rj (Mrityu). The Sun's muhurta is called wo (Kala);

Mercury's, Br.i$6( (Ardhaprahara). The position of gftq (Cutita)

and others is assigned at the end of their respective muhurtas..

For the horoscope taken for illustration in page 238, the bosi-tion of qftq (Mandi) is thus found out :

The time of blrth was Friday rigbt. The first Muhurta onFriday night belongs to Mars, the lord of the 5th weekday from

Friday. Therefore grtt (Gutit<a) i, e, Saturn's druhurta is ihe 5th.

The length of Friday night in question is given* tobe r29 s.5 R.Therefore each muhurta is 3 c. 38'125 ft. The 5th muhurta endsat l8 e. l6'6c,5 [t. Gulika's position is l0 signs, 20 +7, S+correspondiug to this time. Similarly ihe positions of qsf,qq (Arana

prahara) etc. may be found. lVida also notes on ll4 sttpra.f

In tbe same example, the I.agna is 0-l4o-3 l'-46., Multi-Dlying by 5, we get 2-12o-38'-50." Adding q|F< (Manaiilf2o-1?r-51,, we get for nq (Prana) l2-l'"-26t-,++.. (A)

{i1.5&69 ciqls'lqrq: calL

The Moon is 9- l+c--29'-39." Multiplying by 8, we gct7*25o- 57'-12," Adcling qna,{ (Mandi) lo-2o --47,* 54,rwe get for te (oetra) 85-28o-+5'-6." (B).

Again multiplv (crda) Mandi's position by 7wc gct 70-190-45-18'. Adding the Sun 0-l?"-43-30,we gct for g.g (Mrityu 7l-7o-28'. 4E.' (C)

nq (Prana) or ds (Jeeva\ Pltts ia (neha;=98-l+o-ll,-.50.'=(D) This is greater than Bg (tvtrityu) (C),

Adding nq (Prana), *q (D"tra) and gq (Mrityu). d. r. Af ts*C wc have 169-2lo-+0'-38." So that when Saturn is iul-2lo-+0'-38o or transits Vrishabha there is Death. Thisisfound to be correct as Saturn was then retrograde in Rohini.

c/. ctrcrfrqill{ flcgrqrrqi tril qrFq Qfr{q*: rnGfr scr( <rrdi gantFg: garltr: rqrggr* rrkq1rgfifrkq a?firraft rr

dtq*gagimafit ,ilqlor Gt qqqqr IddFdqwrisqil ilqt qqqhrqgi qlt qtq r,\ztf

SJofto 58. Wben Saturn in his progreEs throughhis orbit arrives at rhe sign indicated by tbe total oftt (Deha), sfl'e (Jeeva) and *g (Mrityu), there is wasteof m,oney. When Saturn, is in a triangular sign fromthe Raei referred to aboveior in a Navamga owned by theEame, the astrologer must predict death.

qnh*rrt q;t rnqiw *eql rqrnftqftdfr qr Ut nt d*,tiq n \q rl

Sloka 59. When Saturn arrives at a triangularrign from the qtllqh (Ayurbhava), the aetrolcger shouldpredict the loss thereof. 'Ihe

same event, r. e., deathwill take place when Jupiter arrives ar a triangular oignfrom where the lord of the qqqrt(Ayurbbava) b.

212 qtrtqtftrfr Adh. v

o{r*nr?tt$ffi*.qsriqrng teilRRiQ WEirrr-A il.stri {r qffilfr wdf ll Q" ll

Slota 60. Find the house occupied by the lord of.ttre sign indicated by the aggregate of the figuree for theLagna, the Sun and Mandi. When Jupiter arrives inhis progress through the orbit at the Rasi found asabove or in a triangular sign ihereof, the native meetswith death.

This as welt as the next }."lli;, are also quoted in ss{Tq+l(Pbaladeepika).

r5t Auqnqq ftfrsq qqqrai( |rrftaEqmQ dit sg+ tqqr n qt ll

Slolc 61. Subtract the figures of the Yarnakantaka(croom) from those of the rising sign and find out theRasi and its Navamsa indicated by the difference. WhenJupiter comes to cccupy thie Navamsa in the Rasi thusfound, death will take place without doubt.qTFfi$t q|gs€'ftqlrq ndq'sifr rfrt qltr Rnq I$dttqqatnqrftiinurqrtsdgt q filf u qR tl

Sloha 62. Subtract the figures for Srturn fromthoce of crPq (Mandi) and find out the Rasi and itsNavamsa indicated by the difference. When Saturnarrives at a triangular position from thic Navamsa ofthe Rasi thus found, death will takc place. The camecvent will also happen when Saturn arrives at the parti,cular fwt (Drekkana) of the particular Raoi indi-Gated by the aggregate of the figurer of tbe live (ww)Upagrahao reckoned from qr (Dbuma), (uide AdhyayaII-Si.6).

81. 63 Erdfsr|t:

Nores.(The five Upagrahas reckoned from q$ (ohuma) are (l) TIr

(Dhuma), tzl "q|r{(

(Ardhaprahara), (l) rtqsoa'fi (Yamakantaka)'

(+) *rrne (foaanaal and (5) qrF( (Mandi). For finding their posi'

tions, seo notes on sloka 57 above and II-6 ttp'a (page 47)'

,. The figure for rft4 (Mandi) is l0- 2o-+7'-5+n.t

Sobtracting Saturn'o-27o-'5s'-41'

we get 9-4o-52'-1 3' which means

Makara) Rasi and (Kumbha) Navamsa. Whcn Saturn pdsses

through a Rasi trine to Makara and a Navamsa trine to Kumbha'

death may ba predicted.

qftErWARdr{ffisqtQsqgrc{t{sftt Fnqq* |

iqrq*Fnrqf m q Erg.fugqrP<ggtli{tRiEn er( ll Ql, tt

Stroka 63. Ascertain the Navamea, the Dwada'ramca and the Drekkana indicated by the figures for

lvlandi When Jupiter arrives at the Navamoa, Saturn at

the DwadasamEa and the Sun at a triangutar Eign from

the Drekkana in question, and the rising Navamsa is that

denoted by the aggregate of the figuree for the Lagoa,

the Moon and Mandi, death will take place.Nores.

Mandi is in lO-2-+7-54; that is, ho is in Tula Ni''

vamsa Kumbha Dwadasamsa and Kumbha Drekkana' According

to this sloka, death may be expected when Jupiter arrives in a

Navamsa trine to Tula; when Saturn arrivcs in a Dwadasamsa

trinc fo Kumbha and the Sun in a Drekkana trine to Kumbha'

But c/- c€rcrltnmqrfi qr{ln rrilfi{Tr fieqcfllnft

rr* $Fcqtr|Ffrs r ci adrRrilql;} r

Trq?gtq ""ftflcr&ilqa

qgrcrd gt:

Trjt[fq{rqF qrfttrtl|r ffiflq{ {nfr- [

It

218

274 dnflim Adb. v

Mqrgafrwid frqtqql* xTffi ilG{r! |frqturqd gRi{Ttil uri ffi<q}rrq u EB rl

Sloka 64, Find out the Rasi .nd it, N"r.r.uindicated by the sum total of the figuree for the Lagnaa.nd wrft (Mandi). This R.,i and its Nurrrmr", f.ythe Agtrologerc, will give the clue to the parricularmonth and the portion thereof in a year in which ap€roon's death may be expected to happen ; (i.e., whenthe sun arrives ar this particular Rasi and the paiticularNavamsa thereof the person will die). The Moon atthe time of the decease will occupy rhe Ragi indicatedby the total of the figuree for Mandi and the Moon ; enclthe.rising sign wil l be that denoted by the totar of thefigures for the Lagna, Mandi and the Moon.

Fit st hat f. But see .r* lo""ttt;rrowing quotations I(t) c{rcFiqsfinrf*i rrRrcrsesft cfrsft |q-,{dnt P*orarq rrr*t cr frftq n

(2) qgsmq-qii:€rrqrrftmTr*+.}urqrft q{ artrr: e igqq*;rRnlsetqrqarrinst (aerrm{fi) diqfurt r

, afirrtsasiqnrftre?rt as fti)ils (rQ) wrqil BggnFd qqqqrr: eii rRqqft il

,., I.alict half. r,f. *o*rfr-

qqffieqrn q* r'hrf*dftqq, rA*Hcrri nF+ trEr€sign<qr tlrkiimif& sr ftHt wroi lunq I

, trtQnftorrtsl itrq sFqq<T irr tfffito€ qtcrtrnrFri cr ftg qfi.: rftqilqft qfut i gfussrrr RS rr '

81. 66-6? gttrrqtr{r 215

gPdf, f{qd q gFr.{r q{d€qqr tsqdfrrrntqruat fl\ qttr ll q\ llSloka 63. Multiply by 9 the figuree for crFq

(Mandi) and Saturn. AdJ the two products and findout the particular Rasi and its Navam:a which the.totalindrcates. When Saturn pas$es through this, death willhappen.

qgn{Ir;triutst*trEi Trh rilq|t*rsrJqt iilsft qt $g{q ilrrq. ll qq ll

rr$r Sloha 66. Find out the sign of the zodiac inJicated

by the sum total of the figures for the lords of the 6th,the 12th and the 3th bhavas. When Saturn is in thichouse or in a triangular sign from it, death has to beapprehended.

cl. vra*rt{rfgitear.rm t?ci orn fltcgFtr *rg wat <r ttguirrrareirflffu irqi rrrgb rrtaq{urq tl

dli a;Eat frftiirgFri q-{ q qrR$itirat grtssRft{st rqriqct ffi( t

Glrffiil$eqq{d ffitd.rtqlt qiqd TEr qR {urt frdorrnail qtq rrQg

Sloha 67. Add nine times the figures for Saturnand flFc tMandi) to nine times the figures for Jupiter;repeat this process again. Adding the two eets of figureerelating to Saturn, Mrndi and Jupiter, find out the Rasiand its Navamsa indicated by the total obtained. WhenJupiter progreosing through itc orbit arrives at theparticular Rasi and its Navamsa above found, the perconconcerned will have his exit froo the world.

216 ftirrwftnr Adh. v

qrg$) i{{t ft,i q qrlq$il m{ufurfusftqq,t

qtfiE grr ar*r ad q gnql(enfuqtmntqFl qigsrils 11 Qe ll

, Slolrr 68. Add nine times the figures for Saturnand crFq (Mandi) to nine times the figures for the Su_n.To ihis sum add again nine times the figures for efiq(Mandi) joined to nine times the figurea for the Sun.When the Sun passes through the particular Rasi and

,thq parilcular Navamra indicated by the grand'total, the

demise of the person concerneJ will take olace.

'" gtttgi6;tq{tru[i'q{rrsq*clt fl{ffilq{lf,ts I

c€bRt qrfu qit {ilod qEfte ofionltll rr 11 llS:oka 69. Add together the number of yeart,

months, etc. constituting the Dasa period of the planeta

in conjunction with the lord of tlre Sch or the lst bhava

and divide the sum total by 12,. The remainder will

indicate the month in which, astrologers say, the death

of the person concerned will take place,

qqtt* nqudgFrt g qrFqrd q a;n<mgmqrtqt t.

5€r s{t{ailffist wriqirrN{tT{{fr*WH(s qq ll so ll

Slokt 70, Add nine times the figures for Saturn

"nd *rfio (Mandi) to nine times the figures for thc

Moon. To this total add again nine timea the figuree

for qrFq (Marrdi) jcined to nine times the figures for

the Moon. Find the particularrrRr (Rasi,) and qdrt (Na'

$

vrmsr) inCicated by th: graod tolal' When the Moon

p..r.rittt"u3h t 'r: rrr?r (Rtsi) and aatlt (Nrvamsa) thus

iouoa,th': d:ath of the person concern':d wil ltake place'

. silirG qffiqf,ft5aqq-mGftqlqE{It {{aqt I

eftqrng$aqlqe Rtl r t t C' irr

t* qqtsiilgfil tli l;ITI( ll el ll

Sloku 7I. If the birth of a person be during day'

time, his exit from the wJrid is to bc thus determinecl :

Addthe figures for the Eun and Srturn; and find out

th: asterism awe (Nakshrtra) and th: portion thereof

indicated by this total In the qar'"{tt (Mah;rdasa) of this

asterism lziide Adhyaya 18, sloka !, inf rn)' find out

*nirr, p.iiod corresponds to the parricular portion of

the etaialready found. The death of the person con'

cerned will occur at this point of time'

If the birth be durin! night, add the figures for the

Moon and Rrhu ; ascertai; aslefore the prrticular period

of the Mahadasa corresponding to th: portion of the

asterism indicated by the total' This will give the time

of ftqlof (Nir.v^anat.Norss.

The following sloka from rlf (Garga) gives another clue for

ascertaining the ffi (Nirvane) of any person'

nr rrfutfu*r\asqhffi rrh {Tir r, rTrui RiQt stilrt Rt (i{1 qrri <{<t l'

ffigitluflKil{irriffiii (iltt$rwt €d: r

cqtHqq iiqlir qqttiftRilqs ll el ll

lrilrrlftq1t Adh, v.

Ceusn or,e PgnscN's EXI,r FRoM rnn Wonr,o.Sloka 7L, The 22nd Drekkana from the quiarq

(Lagna drekkana) is the cause of deach. An astrologerthoroughly acquainted with the apprication of rhe p.in,ciplec of his science should i'dicate tha exit fron theworld (fidur-Niryanr) of th: p3r$on concerned inreference ro th? lord of the Zznd Drekkana afcresaid.(aide Adhyaya 5,A Sl. 11).

NorBs.cJ, Also grcn$tr uq,rr{6fi{riRawfuroir rraih +rrh qeit: I

asrrffitqir qr fiefsr r(qlq, s,gtr,r|{ Also qotfqmt

r wrqurtrt: slrrT{rqiei e}Z.gq r'

Asi{rq qqinR{aulirRi'tr<icftii fi llViile aks Adhyayt V- A. Sloka l l infra. For the condition

as to when this sloka has to be applied, see latter half of sloka 75inl t o,

iqr ffqlt qq{t{sqft qrttsettqrc*{nirt ftBfil^tqE**g irorr{ fr€h .tr ftr I

{g} trtor Eieq} ffif,rEhtr{qi+{ ffir{fi Uq{qndtqrtg} ekwq tt \eg tl

S/ofta 71. If a strong benefic plaoet occupies the?th house from the Navamsa where. crflq (Mandi) is ata person's birth, that person'$ death is sure to coneabout l ,appily. But i f M rs be in such a posit ion, thedeath will be in battle. If Saturn should occupy thesame posit ion th: death would be infr icted by thieves,demons, srrakes and other reptiles. 'If the Sun or thewaning Moon hold the above position, the death would

gI. 84 flrilsrqre; 219

t

an aquatic being.c/ cactfr

qr.qt6?qEtfl iirct6{nr drrqt, gqiglrqr:qnr€? rrarrg g{taErrftte* <rffci; t

qftor€t efui gfir rfrrRgar qaltn* aear

{€: qqrri{r{rtctol'i qA' Rq(c{rirq tl

{;d tq fiTtisi iroEilI eqrgfiqrqRro a * aqilE?qqowqlffi qQlqr-6ttqnq 3 I

oqr(sqflqt ng.ft irla<t '&&r

&atir q qqfut\qqqi t{nftii t qft lt eB tlSloka 74, When a strong planet aspects the 8th

bhava death results as rhe effect of the inflammation of

the humour belonging to that planet' If the aspecting

planet be the sun, it wilt be due to an ailment caueed by

r butn; if the Moon, from a disease caused by water;

if Mars, from a disorder arising from a hurt inflicted by

a weapon; if Mercury, from fever ; it Jupiter, frcn

phlegmatic affection; if Venus, from famine; lastly if

S"tutn be the aspecting planet; the death will arise from

thirst. If the lord of the 8th bhava occupy the Lagna,

the disease leading to death will be located in that part

of the bcdy of the $Iogor Kalapurusha which the sign

conEtituting the 8th bhava represents. If the 8th bhava

be a moveable sign, de;rth wiil happen in a foreign

country; if a fixed sign, it will take place in the peroon'r

native place; if a dual sign, it will occur on a road'Norps

Fbsl quattc''. t/. sn6d{t regd Rsri qwft qqrqfuq} utg: tar€gasgdt r1ftffufu{Icrt(: qrq il

280 |tdtcnill Adh. v

For the humours of the several planets, see slokas 53-59 ofAdbyaya, II. I SuPrc.

Stcoqil qaatlct. cl- q{d

ftnErcgdrftrr&iffi qgtft mtE r,qrq rT{cdt snird: rF{qnFi} sr{tri Gr gt1q1 qqr n

For lho rl,olc iloha, 4 Wrm'<frqlfta: c{cR qqd q<qrqinFqfurcrrFt I

iqrfiiFr€F!{als rtr* afo1rfi rgffirnq rr

dffiAn""ifisd gamatqrgsansrcgss* tiq tA;qrl5i s qrt cr?qqs aqRqt <rQct1 q& s le{# r

Ugrrrrt (;qil{l qfb}rGsdqtlR hqtir Itr Efrururiqfu fr iq ct?qrqcrffqr Egifr lls\

Sloha 75. If the oign representiog the 8th bhavabe an uncccupied house but aspected by the $un andother planets, death will be brought about by the influ'ence of the ctrongest of the aspecting ptanets. If planetedo not aspect but occupy it, they will be the authorc ofdeath. If neither of these conditiong exist, the personwill come by hie death tbrough the lord of the Drekkanarepreeenting the 8th bhava (i.e. the 22nd Drekkana).

qrdtr(tqqaffiffiftsqt il triitgqqagts{iftonid qlreta $guqqTR g{nqrt tr

Slchn 76. If the house representing the 8th bhavabe occupied by a malefic planet, the person born m'etlwith very lamentable death either by"a dieease due tothe ir flammatiqr of the humours of the planets or bythe hurt inflitted by cruel percone who are the vile ins,truments and agents cf the malign planeto. But if ttre8th bhava be occupied by a benefic planet, the peroonwilf die happily. C/. Slokar 73 and 74 stfra,

sl. 77-79 qsftsqlqr 281

Gurqi tffi qfu E$rA Rq|st tqt qq.& qrt ftuqti qqE qh ll \ee ll

Sloha 17. If at a person's birth Mars occupy Libraand the Sun Taurus and the lvloon a sign owned by

Saturn, the astrologer may predict such a p'3rson's deathin the midst of feces and filth. (c/, Adhypva 5 A.-Sl. 8)'

NorBsThis sloka appears

'n sttr{di (Saravali). But the reading of

the second quarter is difierent, ur:z.r5qS qrti( ftqt

qftar qrfr{r e} dh=Et {isrnP{t Igilqe{qtsqt m Egr {qE-eI trq tt ed ll

Sloha 78. If the waning Mpon occupying the 8th

bhava be aspected by Saturn in etrength, death will takeplace through the agony caused by a disease of the anus

or the eye, or through an operation by meano of an

inEtrument.

oqrFsrfHqMnnfiftqrst I tq1g: q1ffi6{ {q$qrf(?tr{ ril ll sq ll

Sloka 79, If the Sun, Mars, Saturn and the Moon

occupy the 8th bhava or a triangular position from the

Lagna, the death of the person will take place from the

effects of a strong mountain storm' the fall of a thunder'

.bolt, a wall and the like.Norr,s.

A slightly different reading is given in €t(tEdlluis'

sfu{r sia e! Shdr.<;rrtrs'$i qg: Igcrr6fr<<ar iirlaqr€rgqEir rreR trvrqrFanlififi g r;mrf*frtrroi: tgg: tlr=bon*a Ere$arGqrac: ll

l f ' See alsa Adhltya V.A, doho l0rinfrc.

36

282 qrtrcTftqre Adh. v.

l l' . ! i I ' J

. {Aq qr friir iiflEak{ {r qq tt cl p1SloAa 81. When the Moon is in the Lagna and

the Sun is wilhout strength in the 8th bhava and Jupiteroccupies the l?th bhava, and a malefic planet is in the4th bhava, the person born will die by falling from hiscouch, or being assassinated at night by a low out,cast.

NorBs

The following is the reading adopted in e'ltfFR.

s& {r{ir frn* Rc*eqrt orcraA g<<utEft q crcQA IaKRT E<rdqc€gat{*g: niq sr frRr ftqrqsez ?r trnr tl

riiqrwfr qrQ q{wqrrrtgti+F(i\rfr tiqaarqsi{qi-fr rq t

cf KrisirnFrqqt ikiiqrcdrwqwriifitgqqtff'qi (tit lt zo il ' lri

$S/ofta 80. If, at a person's birth, Mars and the

Sun occupy houses owned by each other and are inKendra positions with respect to the planet that is thelcrd of the 8th bhava, the person will at his latter endincur the displeasure of the sovereign and suffer deathby being impaled at the strke or by some other instru,ment of execution. l i L $

NOf fS . i r i . i " r i i L

T he following is the reading of the slolia as given in qJA(K

" irqrdi\ qi{crtccrrrrfrdr bh:qer tauatagt q *i{ rflqrTansci{ fler?dcro*crq qgrfurgq{r'ifrqq s}ft il

q;t e* iirst frEtssq** oIIIEI}r grgfr gtlt q qft |smar i1qt {rffIliEgiltggigs

!jl. g2'95 cgfr$crc: 'bBl

olh ftqrt{& qt qB{tsrHI IQ[Arqn q q(dr q;gtrt q{fd$ ll uR ll

Sloka 82. When the lord of the Lagna occupiesthe 6{th Navamsa ftom the Lrgna or is eclipsed by tire$un or is in the 6th bhava, the death of the per$on con-cerned will be by famine on the brre ground with norelation by his side.

wrgitoari\qd qbr trfr quqgTsh{str IG En itq {(til ilGiltf lthqr qtiltt tit flttrvq tt

Sl,ftc 83. If, at a person's birth, the lords of the8th and th: lst bhrva be bcth weak and Mars be incohjunction with the lord of the 6th bhava, he will die,

cay th: astrologers, in brtcle, and thrt toc by a blow

irrflicted by a weapon. ..;,iNorns 1./

The second qti(Paaa) read; as (t* qasEeirJgtn't in ssi'iiqtfl{i?r'

, uir{t ErefiIIEg+ qrrfiq\Efit ut tqfrqr\qftEi qq;Ii{irtriinrqrf}qt EI qtor el*ur\ ucu

Stoka 84. When the lord of the Lagna is in con'junction with thrt of th:4th bhava as w:ll as of the 2nd

bhava, death will result from indigestion. When the

lord of the 7th bhava is in conjunction witli the lords

of the Znd and the 4th, death will result from the same

cause.Nores . . r *dJ , . '

iiqt is the reading adopted in qsiqiq;ilq& for 'iltal*t in' qfq'

ft-qr{tr iu the latter half of this slol<a'

U{d{fr qqgea gd grunnfr qr Fnqqda tRnt{r EI frrRrdl q ilr qig&\qsPd{ofir ll d\ ll

284 qnswa.ni Adh. v

"from the Lagna is in conjunction wirh Srturn or occu,

,pies a g:{{Irl.Dusthana (i.a. the 6th, th: Sth or the l2thbhava), the person concerned will die by swallowingpoison. When the lord of the I rltb Navamsa from theLagna is in conjunction with Rahu or Ketu, death willbe by hanging.

This sloka reads thus ,"*llii.**rq

UftagQ'i urgghr gd g:qqrqrii qr ftqrrqrtq tnguxqr{i eiia'r q grenl1e;rr{Rq git aqFa ll

f{mqqtsrr?qt ftnruq *irmRq.(Fqiriil gt Idi\ {RrT* ftqqRqh q grei iirqqnrTqruRr dq rr

Slofu 86. There will be a trouble due to demonia,cal possession or danger from fire or water when thewaning Moon. in conjunction with ,Mars, Rahu orSaturn occupies the 8th bhava, If the Moon under theconditions stated above occupies any other bad position,dearh will follow from a fearful epileptic fit.

NomsVidc atso Ailhyayt XIV, stoha 62 (tatter hatf) infua,

q;braffimh qE St il qo{ftft |tit qrqdt* ntirqF€it qtq rr de tl

slofro 87. when the sun or Mars without strengthoccupies the 8th bhava, and maiefic planets ,re in ih"2nd, the astrologer should predict death from a bitiouscomplaint.

qottRFrfr q* qteqtttqEr gfr rqrqqtur @ rntrn;qft {t( lt cc tl

81. 88-92 qgfrstqrq; il

Slo&a 88. If the Moon or Jupiter occupying awatery sign be also in the 8th bhava and aspected by Amaleiic planet, the astrologer may predict death froqconsumption.' qsqtqnrl gt qrqqafttti*rt t

ndrqr( FqTeTsfi rtarn $ {t( n dq ttS/ofta 89. When Venus occupies the 8th bharn

and is aspected by a malefic planet, the astrologer canpredict death from rheumatism, consumption, or diabetes.

q{rnqqt ft*} qrqqtitiifR tftirn.{rt iiarq G{{ttur qr Et( n 3o tl

Sktha 90. When Mercury oecupies Leo and icaspected by a rnalefic planet, the astiologer should ascer,tain tbat death is to result from a disorder of the threehumours ; or he may declare that it will be brought onby fever.

€eq6q1 n* qmqrfittfkt tfq6sTq.urirrrrn qf{rqr;Eft&h il qt tl

Sloka 9L, When Rahu is in the 8th bhava and

aspected by a malefic planet, death will occur from a

heat,generatcd disease such as a boil, or from an injury

inflicted by a snake.

'{trrrfiri rr* qrqftftqtftt tqqirsrRtqur ftq*{Fgfr aiq tt qR ll

' Sloka 92. When Rahu is in the 8th bhava and

aopected by a malefic planet, death will happen from anattack of smallpox and such ocher affliccion ot from afall brought on by biliousness.

t86 qrdrcrRqa Adh" v

u "ergt{{Eqcfunrftc{rq{rg:" {flt cdrrt: q,vqfrftorcrq,.

qil {+r qlsq gt a3lt fiFs'fl qrffi "fr qr r

stRtrilr*qft qrgr<*ruu qq.tqgftse silit! n ql tlS/ola 93. When Saturn is in the 9th bhava and

Jupiter in the 3rd, or when the two planeto occupy the8th and the llth bhavas, there will be an amputation ofthe hand. If Rahu, Saturn and Mercury occupy the 10th

fhava, the person O"r" *il*:e a slit in the hand,

The verse reads thus in ssirihtmqtQ

i, qii qrir ar egir Wii sftaist frqn cqt st tIr ftq} wi aqi,eae er g;ia gn qft <r qfri r

' q*fuft'raqR rrgrtEdrrqr: 'rq.eblgqi5l ard: I

g*tr €t tr( t;qir\ q{ rr* qr qfunqgk tEqrtqsq{qfFqi {r i{EAd ft6td +qttil ll qB ll {

S/oAa 94. If the Sun being the lord of the 8th 'i{

bhava is aspe:ted by Venus, or Saturn in conjunctionwith Rahu occupies a malefic 6tth portion of a sign euch ,;$as sr (Krura), tlre astrologers predict decapitation of the t$

p"' iooconcerned' ,r," ' i l ; .

' ' } ; g 1

I

This sloka is also in Tsrti?'mqfi. The eading of ihe frrsthalf is slightly difterent, oiz.

ghqe! iEsqr&qrt ei( tttr er sFrrr*g* |

q{ ffi q& qrr* s-qrPat llrftqqd q tqtt {il* qErntrgfr iti}sqwq qtr nt{ tl q\ tl

Slota 95. When Saturn is in the rising sign andRahu in the 7th bhava, Venus occupies Virgo and thewaning \tloon is in the ?th bhava, the person will sufferthe amputation of hand and foot.

''gI. 96,99 qqtfr${rq: tr28?

# i t ! v w v w w w v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v v ! v ! v v v w t Y v v v v v Y r

,J l ' , , r ' f Notns . , ; ,

' n{ttq-.f,rqi}r reads {qI*} for *qf}qi. ,h ' 'ri n"ln

uqg$t qR qr ilit qqiFqt uourffi g tq!ft{q-ffqq{gidilfi qEr iil+ffrtEq. u qq tl

Sloho 96. When the rising eign or its Navamsais owned by Mars and occupied by the Sun, and thewaning Moon in conjunction with Rahu and Mercuryoccupies Leo, the person concerned will have his bellyripped.

NorrsThe latter half of the Sloka reads thus in eiliitr.ilqfi

wfFqa;4rtactgFs*rlrqrrtrq.l q((s tE: r

qr*& ifi.qetn ftfii qqf*g* qR uqqi tffimtqqrsr {htr ilitat KI{ttEIIt tt 3rg ll

Slcha 97. When Saturn in the rising sign is with'out benefic aEpect and the waning Moon is in conjunc'tion with Rahu and the Sun, the person born, sayParasara and other authorities, will suffer a wound bya weapon in the upper region frorn the navel.

qgrErr"qt q;i oaarQq Etftft tqqffiqr$tgk aq gtrat qtq, tt 1c tl

SIofro 98. When the Moon in the 6th, the 8th orthe 12th bhava is aspected by the lord of the rieing eignand ic in conjunction with Saturn, Mandi and Rahu,the person born will die an rrnnatunl death.

f$qU qtt Re,ilfr Si qgt q q frsqsh Iffi ftw-{r\G g sb frqw: {oftqrad} Er lt qq il

t zgg rffiqrffi Adh. v

Sloha 99. When the Sun is in the 10th bhava,Mars in the 4th not in conjunction with a l''enefic pla,net and when Mercury is in the rising sign, death wil lbe in{licted by the horns of an ox or cow or by the fallof a dart or spear.

EdrqgssQtr nq-{tq dht'qq?aqaqrti {srTrirr;gftl vrq t

qrftrfr (g|I€A q-gt qrgg}qsqwtretiqR q lirt u {oo 11

Sloka 100. Wlren benefic planets aspected by mala'

fic ones occupy the tilth, the 4th, the 1st or the 8th

bhava, the death of the person concerned will be due to

the fall of a spear. When the Mocn is in the rising

rign, Saturn in the 4th bhava and Mars in thg 10th

death will result from the bad effects of a fracas.

od qh ffir awfiTli:*qfriaft to{irqqqrgi?r vtq I

afr iEt{ErPdi fautn*s-iqM\er qR rf<tqGqq ll tol ll

Sloha 10I. When the Sun is in the rising sign andthe Moon in Virgo aspected by a malefic plenet, thedeath of the person concerned will result from risk in aquarrel or from water. If the Sun and the Moon be in

the Lagna and other planets occupy a dual sign being

aspected by malefic planets, death will be caused from

the fang of a horned aquatic animal found in large maEE'

es of water euch as lakes and rivers'

{..iDn '

'sl, 102'103 vtntsrqfrt 2@:

l i

"1, *<rgn '* NorEs

*fl,q. ss.rfi frffig vngqr* rgreer rrurfr'+iri eoqsi fiat ryrq ll

Vide also Y, A,.4 infua,

gftfiPfiqorrr( qmffirwTTil{qqil-{Tfld qrqt+drlt {T r

Uqqfr rrsqrir Fqffi qfTtrfircr;TiftTqrrgrilTtgg6oq+{ 1 loQ 11

Sloha 102. When the gth or the 5th Rasi fromthat in which the Moon is, is either occupied or &sp€ctred by a malefic planet and whetr the Drekkana ol rhe8th bhava (i.e, the eend from the rising Drekkanahappens to be w.hrt ie teroed s* ($arpa), firrs (Nigada)or cnr (pasa), (uide sloka 56, supra), the astrologermay predict suicide by hanging.

ffi {fu€t qit qrqgdqfrsi* q qqd wfiuh RTq I

qlt gt{ R"st qR qr q(&q'tsst dtfr qrqRhwq{ n toQ u

Sloka 103. When Pisces is the rieirrg sign, whenth: Sun and the Mooo occupy it in conjunction with amalefic plaaet and when the Bch bhava is algo occupiedby a malefic planet, death will be brought oh by aurietresr. When Mars is in the 4th bhava or the Sunin the ?th and when Saturn and the Moon occupy the8th bhava, death will be caused by food of a special kind,

i l l

q't qi gqqt uiirff Frqr+

8?

qTilfrt qqrrtq gR rtlt t

890 rllwrnltl Adh. v

q=gffisEfrgt q* mn*qr* Tqqu.rt g qsnrqr.ffir( n I og 11

Sloka 104, When Saturn is in the 2nd bhava, th"Moon in the 4th and Mars in she 10th, the personconcerned dies from the effe:ts of a wound. WhenMars is in the 4th bhava, the Moon in the Znd and theSun in the 10th, death will be caused from the elfects ofriding on an elephant or a horse.

,uuftrri ffiffi {rrrR,Tril gt{ ftUil{r&ta tsgs I

qTqtd wnsqqft qt.ft

, i',:ffii ,v , ; i l ' l l r " . ! t

, ' ' $ ' l , r

octuil tqogt ffi q|qdn( ltt o\ ttSlolc 105. When Saturn is in the 8th bhava and

the Moo in the 10th without- strength and the Sun inthe 4tb, death will happen from the effects of a blow bya piece of timber falling unobserved. When the lordof the rising sign associated with Ketu is in the midrtof two uralefic planets, and the 8th bhava is occupiedby an unpropitious planet, death will be caused by amother'e wrath. .Tr

g€KqE*€tftAffiqfulsE noqn{il rrh* Tcatt il*SdarflTq Tft T$il r' loQrr

Slo&a 106. When inauspicious planets occupy the4th and the 10th bhavas or Trikona positions, and whenthe lord of the 8th bhava being iu conjunction withMars occupies the rising aign, astrologers cay that thcD?rron concerned will commit suicide by hanging.

sl.107-109 6f13ufrrr rA91

' NoTns 'i$ l.!

c/.frcsrc r'- qaerqft rlq's&r ert*.rrqFeroft &st Isrtqrlrin-<*rt rtAa vgh ll

wi dr gt q't {;qtt gftiig+ , i)ii-ri'r' 'b'"$v'irr

qfr qt wqil Eil{ttiqqtlfrr 11 | ou ll In T ia r

Shka L07. When the Sun ig in th: Lagna, Saturnin the 5th bhava, the Moon in the 8th and Mars in the

ftb, death has to be apprehended from the fall of a ureeor thunderbolt.

NorBsc/. tramt

q#qls+nf{ gat r=h f}'ii si rrn)r I : , ,,Earrnirs;acfr,itt$tfurq ftfd*trtqs ll i

qr\6{r{H-grn?ftuig {ltr iIRIdIIt} {rrili IqqrFsffitnuiit .it qr qmmrt ilTdrqr1Pd: qq ll

Sloka 1C8. '\l/hen

the l0th and the 4th bhavas af,e

occupied by malefic planets and the waning Moon is in

the 6th or the 8th bhava from the Lagna, death will

happen at the time ol pilgrimage to a shrine by the

machination of an enemY.

qr{r.s,il {riltT{gilrlt fril{|Tkwfi q(tlrts Igffiqtqn{qQd ffis{ft lH iI qrds ll toi ll

Sloha 1C9. When Saturn and Mars occupy respec'

tively the Lst and the 12th bhavas, the Sun, the Moon

and Mercury are in the ?th, the lerson born will meet

his end in a temple garden io.a'foreign land.NorBs

For the sq,me efiect the following yoga is quoted in t(tqR

292 .r!|rfrrl Adh v:

qrnc r;ft furrirareq* grroirerl rr\ \ a \or'{rst qrqgfsstt Rrqirqqrh & *-qt {T r

u,+,{i €rq+sn g* gCr,tMfi ggr n tto rrSloka 110. When a malefic planet occupies the gth

bhava and the lord thereof occupies the l2th or a Kendraand the lord of the rising sign is deficient in strength,death is said to result from the evii effects of pursuing awicked course of life.

Sqrft{*rrft rnrr} qftit'ft qrqr+rTr-rrrt I i

ffqrrJt {r fi-gftqqri gRi qtqtr{qrrqqfir u ttt flStoha lll When the Moon occupying a sign be,

longing to Marr or Saturn is aspected by a .rt"ti.planet and is between two malefic ptanets, death willarige from expo&lre to fire arn!. The same event mayhappen also when the Moon occupies the 4th bhava inthe sign Virgo and the other conditions hold good as inthe previo$ cele.

NorBsYide N* Adhyaia V. A, Shha 3, infta,

c/. ir<rtsr<

trcrffis.* $vqcwr1 a itagtrlI qcqrqi Rr.rl sr qdF@ici n

qR Aqqeffi{Iqst fiqgtRqfufhqqqtqht ilar $gr i

r$frRrtg* utt srsltq${:r€ffi €q}R lmrilr n tt? rr

Slofto, t!2, It ir per$od be bstn io flccRr ryfiha.

sL lls qrirsqr:

ghatika) when the 8th rnc (bhava), f s occupied by malef icplanets, hir death will be caused by poieon or fire,armsWhen the lord of the rising sign is in conjunction withcweral planets whereof one is the lord of the 8th HE,(bhava) the death of the person concerned wiil besimultaneous with tlre death of a large number.

NorBsFor f{qqtn 6. /. S{dqnfi'e

qgr{ 1o f*a 18 €Mq 1o *I q5il 8o eryqog€l t8,rr* .qLn q;Sal i, t

f6n 1o Gn 1o Gr: 11 qilrT 1o iR 1" T& q( firfqat'n l t fhfr : 1. Iut {s * t, {rr lo 'nnqr tB (F{m! qq fr{r-RB q€r

1o l I I to Rr) l .

WB

Fi{ t( E tt frq ls t+M+ {o ftqrr*,if$sFqildfftqq. tt

aQlqq rfr'qitrgeil: ile€qr qB€?t

fle: erqrs'dq6uqra{r: Fqgt: F*'i!trtn. IAlso sreTr6it6l cl. 30

qflqqlqsrqrg aiig1qe*frg t

Srqwifuqrg qr* cisfid* ftrr1,tqni Rt gqrct ttq* tJtmlirq Iq€at g qrrtrct ilfttft qqtqter. I

./. *trtrtfiqqft*rqi qrn] frqi $ffvrffiit rfiqiar\ fiqi* {rgt nfaiqrd\q ttqft q rgqagi+ (-lt r;q\sr Fgt I

l$ " i qgq-dq$ mU fiqi cTrf,s firaq lqrd ti

294 rRrfqfu{ft Adb. v.

d

ot{qfit{rqdirtrtrs*rqt r tqig ilq qE?i\h *Rqr g?rgwm rr t tl tl

S/oFa. 113. .Some eminent sages versed in astro,logy eay that a person's death will be caused by. diseareariaing from the inflammation of the humours of therign to which the Navamsa occupied by the lord of therising sign belongs.

effir{qt g Uq1T{ ilqcE11qg+ il,",i , A ,

dtorErsfrqn{dilPfr br\ iqn rEto\r rErer;qr+T?: udrwql ftt fuwn'nft:" ! u;qFli qailF{g{qfrtqtilq utt ftq llt tulf

I Sluko. 114. When the Navamsa occupied by the

lord of the Lagna belongs to hq (Mesha), death ig said to

be brought'on by a burning fever or other such ailments'

If the N".r"tt. in question be owned bygsu(Vrishabha), ,death is produced by an aggravation of asthma aod I;;il U fua (Mithuna) be the owner of the Navamsa, ideath will be due to headache. If the Navamsa belongs ii

io * (Kataka), rheumatisn and insanity will lead to ideath ; if to fta (Sinha), virulent tumors will break

out ending in death. If the Navamsa is owned by

Kanya (*ar), death will be due to diseases arising

from a mrbid condition of the gastric juice and the

privities.

q*M:dffirt-'{ft desffittrs0 6qrnGqrsmtr t

. \gq 6lrq{T6'{rtrFfr ffiqltaffir;rretqqil xqRtnoft lnlirel EgxEl llt l\ll

$1. 115 sdrsrr:

"(gv0, the cause of death will be grief, a quadrrrped or

i".r.t. If er*€ (Vrischika) be the owner of the Navamsa,

death will be occasioned by a stone or a weapon or other

cuch missile. If the Navamsa belongs to tlgq (Dhanus),

gout cf a virulent kind will produce death. If it be c+r

(Makara) that owns the Navamsa, the end will come

from a beast of prey such a$ a tiger or from a disease such

as colic. When such Navamsa belongs t9 $tr (Kumbha),

death will be inftictedlby a tiger or a woman. And lastly

if the Navamsa in question be a {traaia (Meenani,vamsa)

water or dysentery will be 'the cause of death. T'he

place of death wilt be the haunt of thelign (aitie Adh'

)raya 1. Sl. 10'L2) to which the r;lrtqin (Randhranavamsa)(-6{th Navamsa from the orlrqit (Lagnanavamsa) be'

tongr. (See Adhyaya 5. A. Sloft,r. 12). .!,Notes

For this and the previous two slokas, c/.rt-k{R. , 1.,

€fiIqglT{rt: qrnqeiilm{ fiqlfrqrq Iftqittq qqitrfrTd{rtirftfqqfuqfrn qr u " '

iqit i\ q1 F{Fqqailfhfirur1a: I+{ qtq g* e} qI n-flIn'}h ll'tst wqi,fr ar ffis1g{aeqr$*: IqtfAt qrgsii qeg+ dcwnqJ\q 11

,93

figt ftgqi{ qr affiqrfl)Eqq {Vrar r rq;qft wqt'-i qnFfle€rqilqntersR u ,,sefratwfiqfu"qia ftt aqfr il rqsttf*gadaQqqtf,ilaq fiF{nqtq ll ,t'qF cc{h q1 qfifi\ot Fqt sw' I

ag6 nmftwt Ad&" V

qqflfrqrdqtiftq Err*r rne$al rrt&trr:ii qit qrugqwii'rttlfitrrfi: IRq{reqqso}arvit qlqflgfi q&: tt

,i\

qft qt,{t il P{trilafigfkirqqr;Tcgr Irngt -qHrA' sqlilqt q {iit(: llst strtft qr qrqtqrq{egnarfr, tqrnqwftsi*qrq(4 sqrfae{ ll ,.ffi ftqii qr €qq 6ii uer-amlr t "l**

q*qt qqq"a qow{r;tq {if&il €rg: tl

ftfrqogilrmll urqftsG qftqft Rqqsgh ffio} te;tt{ t

Rfr uRgqqrit s[mfiqtft{s n t qq ilSlola. 116..When the time of birth is during the I

day and the riaing sign is a Raci strong at night or ;when the time oI birth ie during night and the rising

cign ic a Ragi ctrong during the day, the person con'

cerned will meet his deeth in that direction whichbelongs to the planet predominant in potitional rtrength

erFrr€t (Stthanabala) among those that are in conjunction

with or.aspected by the lord of the riring Navamsa'

trlffimmqizsr fr,ar q{iirtd(qrttiaguft6qfrgfrret Otfuq(t{Ktltr I

fi (rqq(ft Fqft mgt'retfr ffi tffi --

qft qrft {tqffitiftqEg€t! rqq llf lvllLL7, Sloka. Find out the rioing period of the

portion of the Lagna below the horiton at the time of

sltll8 rrilrqqr 297

birth. The duration of unconsciousne$s prior to death

will be measured by this period. If the rising Navansa

be aepected bv its lord, and that a malefic planet, the

period of unconsciousness will be twlee that giverr

above. If that lord be a benefic one, the duration o[

unconsciousness witl be three times the original p:riod'

According as the principal Drekkana concerned, vii. the

22nd from the orqlara (L:gna Drekkana) is a :n(, (Krura.)

watery, ben,:fic, or mixed, (uiJt Adhyaya 9, Slokas lLZ-115) the body suffcrs extiuction by fire, by water, by

absorption with the elemetrts, or by being eaten up by

beasts and birds of prey. (See Adhvaya 5 A. S/' I2'I3)'

NoTES

c,r. a){{rr ugibaadn+r} frt'i iggo: gw6} oii t

Friatg* izgar fi'{+ a vrvtg* rr

tEqtltcanuro'rqr0rfr wRaqqrgfr t$$kgugfr $il** qrssrori{s{rrr fr 11 | lell

Slolc 11$. Jupiter occupying the rising sign at thetime of death makes the dying person a denizen of the

abode of the Gods. lf the Sun or Mars occtrpy therntoratra (lvfarenalagna) they procure to the dying thewortd of mortalc. The Moon and Venus in the above'

mentioned position send the deceased to the world of

the Manes. Lastly, Mercury and $aturn o:cupying

tbG rising sign at death cast the departed into the

infcrnal regions.Norrs

C/ q'rqm< dshiei eri grdt'fr rrflcqfh rqttirdrfl h cfra;i+ rriltl?a rdr.aqrqg; oft {&d}g qrqt tg*En eqr t* fi'irwrftg tiiiq r

38

298 rtrrqrRcrri Adh. v

crqrrlgri,i QA ctsalt qfloqfri r615e l/idc Aclhyaya V. A-sloka 14, infta.

{q*t er( U€1r€i qg.,* itUqmq Uiqfiqfgs IqnriAq il€qq6qai qi+r Sskmi* utR u t tq tl

Slohu 119. The four Rasis begiuning with (*e)(Mesha) form the region of ln$.r* (Bhuloka). Thosebeginning with fhe (Simhr) are termcd gnoT+ (Bhuvrr,toka). The four commencing with ugu (l)hanus) con'stitute the geoT+ (Suvarloka). The soul goes to the *o(Loka) to which the q{qora (Maranalagna) belongs.

tt:nrqit qnqsi{qft qfr& ald iir{tfr |trdt tilt qrilqt'hrg* {rrqTn€ftd irqr qqntRo

SloA'c 120. When thJlord of the 12th bhava occu,pies a malcfic qriqt lShaclrtyamsa) and is aspected bymalefic planets, thc dying person goes to thc region ofhell. The same will be the casc when Rahu is in the12th bhava in conjunction with crFE (Mandi) and thelord of the 8th bhava, and is also aspectcd by the lord

of the 6th bhava.

!tq(t gqtqi aq rqqi: dr,firr.qt giTqrt* a iigti qrriR {lrr Et( |

t{tunqft g(;Eqt rtrfrqqrisrrqrirrq"qlqiiqrqeisqRh irqm{d qq( tt t1t rr

SJofra 121. When a bcrrefic planct in i ts cxaltat ion

occupies a benefic iri lVarga) in the lith bhava and is

atpcctcd by plancts both benefic and malefic, thc astro'loger calr predict gteat celestial happiness. When"

Jupiter being the lord ol the l0th bhava occupies the

12th cr is aspected L! benefic planets, the dying persoo

will attain to the porition of an immortal.

ti

*,,:zl..tz+ gtdlstqrq: cag

qttqff qrqt{i{s$ qorFEt r*esqqd thl{qgfh rra ir'e*g aq{tiuq( qqriil u til tl

Sloka 122. When Jupiter in great strength occu-pies a Navamsa owned by vgq (D,ranus) in sign Cancer,aod there are three or four planets in the Kendras, thedying perEon will go to Brahma's region.

cf , w-105 st tpta.

qgf{o} fr irqti{rh o} Ufr crq{qfttsh rffqrqt dten\ qoFft qt qt d'rngtii rrrail{ntRltl

S/ola 123. When the rising sigh is DhanusanC .fupiter o'r'cupies a Navamsa ,thereof belonging toMeshr, when

'Venus is in tha ?th bhrva and when

the Moon in strength occupies o;rr (Kanya), th: dyingpirson go:s to th: region of ecerna,l bligs.

cf. lY-10(t. sttftn

ftefrflrmq€r gcEtsf{qtti gErtH\Er s Iffiorqrs$Hr{ t{ estfter uElgqr$r{r( n tRB tl

Efr' dtrEq€Eqn tearqitfqe' qrilt$RqrilqHilqt€qrq3 rr{qr ll

Slofrr 124. The accurate probess of calculating theyears of iast (Nisarga) and other Ayurdayas and allthe differ.:nt circumstances attending the last portion ofonc's life and the precise moments of time when thecxit frorn th; world .mry be looked for, have all brenfrrlly treated of by the favor of the Sun and other planeto.

Thus ends the sth Adhyaya on ths ', Length o[Life" in the wcrk Jaraka Parijrta c,rnprs:{ by Vaidfa.natha und:r the quspicec of the nine plauecs.

rr q*lqtFlnpqputiqr ll

AdhYaYa V. A.

xtr FRoM rntl Wonr'o'

This Chapter is no other than the t{nt+ruqtt (Clrapter XXV

of Rrihar Jataka.

The Adhyaya deals with the native's exit frorn the world'

It eDables the reader to t:orrectly guess the titne wten, the place

where, and the manner how, death happens. From the first eleveu

slokas one is also able to fairly divine the particular disease which

the native sufiers from and vhich culminates in death. Unnatural

deaths-by drowning, by being a pre]' to witd beasts' by fire,

torture, suicide by hanging or falling, decapitation owing to royal

displeasure-can also be ascertained- The l2th sloka sives a clue

to ilitermine the period of unconsciousness one may have before

death.

The next sloka deals with lhe kiud of transforrnation the body

undergoes after death-whether it is burnt or buried or exposed to

the Sun and wind to be eaten by beasts and vultures, etc'

The last two slokas enable one to 6nd out what his past

birth was and what his future birth will be, whether he will attaiu

final emanciPation, etc.

T€tigutqeaqfutlnfl -gdfr rq'

rESl,oka

aapect{'d

ffidgtrqnfi qrfr qtqffttrhft: i

rdtnlt q{Gg qrcrqqtWEft tt I ll1. When the 8th houseby a rtrong Planet, the

300

being unoccupicdhumour belongiog

El. t tqlfttemrq:

of the bodY which

the Rasi of the 8th house represents, and death ic

thereby produced. Wtren there are teveral strong pla'

nets aspecting the 8th house, the humours peculiar to

them become morbid and produce death' But if that

houge be occupied, and the occupyiog planet be the $un,

death will be due to fire; if the Moon, it will be by

water; if Mars, by a weapon ; if Mercury, by fever;

;f Jupiter, by an ailment not accurately aecertained ; if

Venus, by thirst; and if Srturn, by hunger' And

according as the 8th house i's a moveable, fixed or a

mutable sigo, death will be in a foreign place, in one's

own house, or oE the road.Nores

' l 'he Sun:bile

The Moon:wind and PhlegrnMars'-bileMercury"=6i1e, .wind and phlegnr

Jupiter:PhlegmVenus=wind and PhlegmSaturn=wind,If planets are not posited iu the 8th house or are not aspect'

ing it, the 8th house causes diseases as above according to the

o",oru of the ruler of that house. If planets aspect the 8th house

o r i f p l a n e t s o c c u p y t h e 8 t h h o u s e , t h e y c a r r s e t l r e d i s e a s e s ( t h eptrongest of the planets acting best) in those pprts of the body

typified by the sign representing the 8th house' The Sun represents

fire; therofore -t will be by fever, . etc' The Moon represents

watery diseases such as loose motions, diarrhcea' dysentery' blood

impurlties, etc. Mars will cause accidental deaths' epidemics as

cholera, plague, etc. Mercury will produce fever of brain or

smallpox. Jupiter will cause mental -worry' or some unkno*n

diseases. Venus will cause thirst by excessive drinks, aocl Saturn,

by starvation or excessive eating' If two or more powerful

p lane tsaspec to roccupy tbe8 thhouse , then twoorn ro red i seases

sl

803 rtrwrftlrt Adh. v. A.'effict

the man. If the 8th house happens to be a movedble sign,the native will die in a foreign place. If it tre an immoveabreone, he wil l die in his own place; and if comrnon, very near hisbirth place. lf the planet be powerful, there wil l be tleath wheuhe is engaged in good work; if i t be weak, then when he is eng-aged in bad or indifferent work.

a/. qrtts-O

Rrfu sudrTcr(sr<ct{cqe.gq;iil *-q(g, tqalr{t\?iuqt: cQlr ciq q* errtq ll'ft rogui frqi e1c?h aqrq{}vir €igr rf,?€gs<gq'r qiltfufrlig rrR! <rrq r

Also V-74 Sugra.

toufYfdq q{$sirtis3. €r;gerfr sntq;firurgrffifusffistffir I

T'qrqi qwflfrfturfi+ qrqqtgs*r

i

i

rqrd qq{qlEtst{frrft frt eqr qkq: rnttSloka 2. When the Sun and M.rrs occupy r6pec,

tively the 10th and the 4th housc at a person's binh,liis death will be caused by the fall of . rtoo. from thetop of a mountairr. When Saturn, the Moon and Marrare in the 4th, the ?th and the l0ch houses respectivdy,lre will die by falling into a wcll. When the

- Sun and

the Moon are in Virgo and are aspected by maleficplanets, death should be traced to the evil deeds of hisown relations; (or he may- commit suicide owing todifferences with them). If the rising sign be a iulRasi, and the Sun and the Moon occupy it, he willperieh by being drowned in water.

Norns.Varaharuihira here tallis of accideutal deaths. If the yogas

mentioned in this. and the succeeding srokas are fouod to be

s[. g tqlltrrstqrq

applicable in any horoscope, the effects mentioned in the first^sloka need not then be applied

In the lirst yoga, it is not necessary that Mars and the Sun

should respectively occupy the 4th and the lOth houses; they rnay

occupy any of the houses either singly or together.

c/. 'rl(rqoi

d w"fn*ir: qq€Ttfi: hsrccrirril1grfaai'grrrlpal: qt <<ergilt rqrcroiteaqhthicuml'i| : ir;qr$rql {rqftori qln*rriiikftgn tiii agr lrlrt: il

o, q;f u.*zn wffi qqt{n* qn'}r

ffirftxm: qftrqgr'frtQ $q{ fuft r$qrqiffiffi

ftfr qR natq ffi qqEqffi3 uils u I tlSlol'c 3. When Saturn occupiee Cancc'r and the

Moon Capricorn at the birth of a person, his death willbe caueed by dropsy. If the Moon be in a sign of lvlarabetween two malefic planets, he will die by a weaponor by fire (or he will die cf tetanug or by shortage ofblood). When the Moon occupies the same positionin Virgo, death will be due to vitiated blood or emecia"tion. If the Moon be in a sign owned by Saturn in therame poeition, his death will be by a cord (by hanging),by an accident near fire or by a fall (from a high place).

c,/. sr(H€ft6ffifu Fq r{+t qA qgtlrfiEil: qrq Iqrqrrdt q* ssrrel rrrqdiq{: lltrqrci {fuarae: ltwwrr<: <qt I

r*cri$iEg.ilfr rr<te f6 1

803

804 (fitrtfrntv Adh v. A,

et(fr gqqldQ q{ft rcsrfiqreqq rgcftFg a siqqrqrqqqi aw u

rqr$ffi qwqkgqqirft rq'JEr€sqlritFrry wnrdffis(fuit{rqer r (.'

FwngmF*i*rrdr q-'( fri tvnril omt q RFd {rrt ftG qRt lt B u

Slchl 4. When two malefic plan'.:ts occupy the5th and fth housec and are not aspectcd by beneficplanets at a person's birth, [iis dc:tth will be in captivity.When the decanate of the 8th house is what is termedt{' (Sarpa), rrn (Pasa) or ftrr-s (Niqada), the dearhwill be the pame a8 befcre. Wben the Moon is inVirgo occupying the 7th housc in.conjunction with amalefic planet, Vcnus in Aries and the $un in the risiagrign, the perEon, concerncd will come by his death inhis own house through a woma.n.

NorrsSlokas 16 of Chapter XXIII and 6 of Chapter XXI of Brihat

Jataka dial with the yogas of imprisonurent. lf in the above

Yogas, there be a strong nralefic in the 5th or')ih, such planet

causes death to the person while so imprisoned, pror iderl the rnale -

fic planet is not aspected by benefics. lf the 22nd det:anate (the

first decanate of tlrc 8th house) be a4 (Sarpa), 'lt'"J (Pas:t) or t?rla($igada), death will be painful. This refers to the irbove yoga.If the IMoon be in Virgoarrd in ttre 7th house iu conjurrctiou-with

a malefic and if the Sun be in the Lagna and Venus in r\ries, deathis due or can be traced to his wife or wolnan or lady-love eitherby being poixrned by her or himself comnritt ing suicide on accountof her bad conduct, etc.

It may be irterestirrg to noto here that of all the zodiacalaigns, Virgo (*;{-Kanya) alone ,has been prorninently rrreutioned

in Slokas 2, 3 aud,f in the 3rd ql( (I'ada) of each sloka in coltnec-

81 3 tqtthrser<:

\ion with accidental deaths. Western authors also say that Virgo

ciluscs accidents when afficted by malofic planets in squares.(C/. Arcana.)

c/.51<r4di

,.rrr{ln*rgccJ: crcqrssqlrffugg: rffi: rrrgwrrflnS@sv<r g36q 1{rfrqt fltcrot qt qrcrFsts<i AR ITdiegt fr qroi €sFd SIET€* ll

triftffiegs gtsEfrgt qilsfr Er t{ qtq{Sqneqfuft{Wr.qriffir r

qr-$t q rft ffit dt.gd{hQistffiril snfr qrur qqirt'wftui n \ ll

Sloha 5. If at a pbrson's birth the Sun or lv{arc bein the 4th house and Saturn ir. the 10th, he will beimpaled. If the threefrmalefic planats named above simul,taneously occupy the first, the 5th and the 9th housesin conjunction with the Moon, death will be by impalo,Eerf. If the Sun be in the 4th house, and Mars be inthe lfth and aspected by the waning Moon, the samedeath will bdall the person. lf in the yoga lastmentioned, Mars be aspected by Saturnn instead of bythe waning Moon, the person will die from the effectcof a collision with a piece of timber, or {eath may becaused by his bdng:beaten by wood.i

NorEs.*Saturn will bave to occupy tho Lagna" the 4th or thelSth

bouse. In the first two yogas, theldeath ueed not necessarilylbeby impalement. The person may die by accident.

c/ st<t{d}fR gtswr* iiqit q* q?qsr{sg*: Iqrtrtdlrot qFcidq firftlilRgrq tl

89

905

806 freTqffiqlt Adh, V. A.

GsAs+ ffi 65 4it€gt*b" trt roMrraa: eFqqt crfr r ett: r

antqqffQf,{Slfg|aws

tt{sffirnwd*-tqrftq"lqu{rfreurriri u q tl

Sloha 6. When the waning Mcon, Mdts, tiaturnand the Sun occupy tlre 8th, the 10th, the lst and the4th houses at a perEon's birth, he will die being beatento death by a club. If the same planets occupy the 10th,the 9th, the lst and the 5th houses, his deith will bedue to suffocation by smoke, to fire, to imprioonmentor to thrashing.

NorBs

The commentatop Bhattotpala would place the planets, odl,,Moon, Mars, Saturn and the Sunrctpectioalg in the gth, the lOtb,the lst and the 4th houses in the first yoga and in the l0tb, the 9th,the first and the 5th houses in the second yoga i in that case theMoon cannot be waning $ he will be in the 5th house from theSun in the first case and in the 6th house in the second case.

*"3:_""*--cfi sr<ndf

ilarEdlrrfuc'{qqfg*:'@r

'@

tcrfrn{a{atttft$at: qrE llq;s{Rst€ms $qq{qt-ftqflarqrgqtmftqroqtqq rftt${ltditr qgt*nqE&-

'

Sql qefrftruaq qrfrqrdr n e rl. Sloka 7. If at a person's birth Mars, the Sun and, Saturn respectively cccupy the 4th, the ?th and the lOthhousea, his death would be brought about by a weapon,fire or the displersure of a king. If Sa.turu, the Moonend Mars be in the 2nd, the +th and the l0th bhavas'respectively

at a pe rson's birth, he will perish in conse,quence of worms in a wound Q.c.by an operation orby insect bites).

:f- sr<radrftg6r<{*dEt: g'ilTrg{ftatffi qrg. IwgwgegqlftintqlnrE; sEr $srq lleocftgitid$t glgwt: wa: frtcFdis-ir: tl

qA*qG& wwdqt qrrq{rilufrq*fltsaqs s+s€{qtr ftltrn+sfr} r

fr"qQ tktri*ffitr\srqfr{{tql&f qftt..Sqft€&qihr€q-qr6qr{ | rct I

Slo[a 8. When the Sun is in the 10th house andlvlars in the 4th at a person's birth, his death will beby a fall from a vehicle. When Mars is in the ?thbouser ds Sun, the Moon and $aturn are in tjhe Lagne

808 {rcwrftrr Adh V. rq.

the person concerned will be put to death by an loltru,ment of torture. When Mrrs, Saturn and the Moonrespectively occupy Libra, Aries and a sign belongingto Saturn, or when the waning Moon, the Sun and Marsare in the 10th, the 7th and the 4th houses respectively,the person concerned will die:in the midst of filth andfeces.

Norps.If the Sun be in the l0th, Mars iu the 4th, the manwill have

a fall from a vehicle and die. If the sign on the 4th is a quadruped,

death wiil be caused from a four-footed arrimal, and so on accord-ing to the nature of the Rasi. If Mars be in the 7th and Saturn,

the Moon and the Suu are in the Ascendant, the man wil l have

an accident near a machinery and die, or he may undergo asoperation and die.

If Mars be in Tula, Saturn in Mesha and the Moon in Makara

or Kumbha, the man will die uncared for after badly purging.

This yoga arises by the planets; being in the Rasis. If weak Moon,the Sun a*rd Mars are placed in the l0th, the 7th and the 4th'espectively, the rhan n'ill die under similar conditions.

c/. ttttEdrt*Ss*gs$ il lprcqncilcEril: Iqsqrr{i .ioi' *i*gitqr+ur$FrSri uIr<qr qraq qa€Farqrs-flTffq{qrq Igilqi cibt qri gaff vrt* Rqi uTE c.qrgri ni ffncc} +ffri rGr{ |rrffir6*q$d:qTcrsffgg Iftoc"'i g u*Ug: rffir: r.rne il

qiqtFEil{n.fff*rt qitt'd Arcrutsfr tgdtsqtt{rqtsqr qrqf erq ufr{rqflaq3 ll q rl

Sloka 9. When the waning Moon is aspected bylvlarg in strength, and Saturn occupies the 8th hourette person concerned will jsuffer from piler or firtula

sl. lo-tt tqlitoreqrq: 309

of an aPPlication

of a caustic substance.NorBs

The man wili die from hernia, piles, kidney diseases after an

operation.

s/. sr<rs-dicRt{t gt}a * eftAt* qarris'*fr qRI: I

r gcqq€r*{aqr iinfrqrarg'{Fir rreft rt

IThere is a slight <lif lerence in the yoga given in V'-78 sypra'

fl qt dr {noibt fr.1it6g}$fr wmsrti AriI ttqro! |sqKqE[r$Rqtikqfrqq-q-q+K {sftK{n{iq$qqft: ll t o li

Sloka 10. When the Sun and N{ars are in the ?th

bhava, Saturn in the uth and the waning Ldoon in the

4th at a person's birth, his death will be clused by birds.

If the Sun, Mars, Saturn and the Moon occupy r€sp€cr

tively the lst, the 5th, the 8th and the 9th houses, the

person concerned will die by falling from a precipice,

by the fall of a thunderbQlt, or of a wall'

,/. sr<na€\ ettui oi ft*rt qfrtlT} |

teraq$ Rhn\ q?g qfqatil'rriq rrqr<ffia+.rqs r*rqrffiftmd: tgg: vr.*u'nic rlssarQqrdrq: il

affiqr ilfteK srrt i"6rtir frqaq qRttr twnqqfr{qisfr m fiqtoi egfrr {q€ffi ll t t ll

Sloha ll. (Wherri the foregoing tests do not

apply), the cause of death is dcclared to be the 22nd

decanate from that of the Lagna, The lord of this 22n4'

8r0 rurqfild Adh v. A.

decanate or of the sign containing it produceo deathaccording to its characterirtics. i

Norns.In the absence of the yogas mentioned in Slokas 2 to 10, we

have to apply this principle and not otherwise. The 22nddecanate from the Lagna drr:kkana causes the disease according to'the nature of the ruler of th'it decanate with certainty. If theruler of the 22nd -decanate be the Sun, he causes fever as statedin Sloka l. Sinri larly in the case of the other planets mentionedtherein. The ruler of the 8th house modifies the influence of the22nd rJecanate. This is irnplied in .T'irsit qr (Bhavopira).

Take for exanrple*-Lagna Aribs-Z.5'. The 2\od decanate isthe 3rd decanate of Scorpio rvhich is ruled by the l\{oon. Theruler of the 8th house is Mars. Therefore death is accidental,unexpected or short because it is l\{ars. 'l'he Moon gives waterdiseases and as Mars modifies the Moon to a certain degree, wemay say death will lre due t') loose bowels, urinal complaints(sudden stoppage of urine, etc).

g1116C-qtfitfui gintr{trnq: nfiftqrrraie€r ss: rrft{snr qr rgiiiqat ffi frqtqsrf,?"gtt,irft tl

Also stil{Asqqqmq-dkilRaiqeil: reqrGrqihrrfr il {il4 qq}q cfi: n

For the cause of death due to each of the _?6 Drekkanasnappening to be the 22nd Dectnate, the foliowing slokas from thesame work will be found to be useful::-

iqri i*dt TnEflfrh q Hgt Iw;aRFlqfqflT;i qtgt

1,4ifiar<Gdtqqil qrq qeAfi

wrq{q{ lltrltot: I

. A \

{q {iitqlflrl na+,6lrlTilcl ll

fi q i{Eqii*q} z:cgilqitqeAfiqrfrqro+fl Bftrrrrtt tftq ir

sl, 11. '

. g€i qqft R q(q lqfiRfr qEreaatq ttsTrU ftgq?i'i *nmqIHH {Efr tffgfRqfiqrilEBtilqqri q nfiq|ntel ltq?qrf tqqq(qrrinr rn 6n m'rr.uq tt tqqfr iE €eg: gsrq-.t ,rrit q ggq€ llqrtq qqqnt( q,'er.A\ol qI aql €fllit. Iqqfa R **a+ri zrUguri Afrqrrrt A trslRqrdrBqqqFq"* uqil qq sqrGgq t

ff{rqkwqrurrada\q q aqr-* lls6qffiKrffinqri ;qnh qieiqq rqrt qfrq{} qsrqqafr +fr?il rrfrq{q.iltr+firFffiFlar ffir q 'ililtdt tur"il ffii TdA R er${ qtq' ue{ri ft-qrqil qw+ihmqrsftvrF€dll: IdqroftftgfiEa+ nrt ,*neq-{Sqqr ttwqq{qilqrqfrffi dt( daflrqqrrrilr teT+ FqrE{t fli Tq' flEr €$ tlqla qFFRqrt- geRqquqrRqrd+qq tq'A g q6{ilh(n

"arergnilq: llerrisftqfteqrt frqter{tifiila'ilqrrq: Iq'i q qeqm€sqiti,iqft trg: tlerf& qiitq,Tlt deilTqrotqfinid"qr Iqqft R q{ot aqn pt agft$rvEnq rrq|qqrA fi gilftesgn}frRqfri, r

Hfirnsqrs' 31r

3il| r]n$q|ftsnt Adh. v. A.

qril nqgc$rfqea+ql rrhscgr n.q=A dqqrt q-or"t eesgFdqlsft rT.f{-i air +anqdrwrnn' 11qqtG Nr uqGsr;qufirplrFtFg: IsaRqT{nflqr EoE{g.{rffi+nnsqh t tqflieaF+i*fr

"qila.qrgs&tqqriisq 1e{ril qfirq* <{tqt {€: sgr trt llgrt s'n>di drq<lt<qr qaqil*' rifr yrgyri q{aq$Gsrht rrqd eiaog,ilffiii,iaft eeg' rerail f{wegtreunitrrai,ii€fir{ rreit fr{grrri geqffiqkgil*it'q' ragrwo+ ti,lqqEat: sqrRfraeq rl*Y{r#ds+ a\ EqrqrGfiqqrnnrq Ieq'il qqfr R qqql gFnnitli utt, lt

tiilqEt{sqgsuqrrr{frqti'qorntrtw3 qMtq I

qkK ugqqEsglqflidrgaq,€fflA Gg0rilfqgqr: stq n tR rr

Sloka L2, From all this we have to detcrminegenerally this ftqfsr (Niryana) or exit from the world aeoccurring at a place whose surroundinge will be indica,ted by the planet occupying the Lagna or by the planet Iruling the rising Navamsa as also by those that are in :iconjunction with or aspecting these. "fhe rrnconsciousstat€ at the time of dearh lasts for such time a io

$, 12 tqfltdsqrr: 8lt

talagna below the horizon. This period becoroes doubled

"rh.o the rising sign is aepected by its lord anC trebled

when aspected by benefic planets getrerally'

NorBs.

Bhattotpala interprets tlre 6rst half of the sloka thus: The

exit from the world will occur at a place appropriate to the Rasi

occupied by the lord of the rising Navamsa, with such cir:umstan'

ces as are the result of occupation or aspecting by plzrDcts of the

8th house or the absence cif both (Zicr Slolias I and ll) and states

that the following are the places appropriate to the sevoral signs:

Aries, Place frequented by sheep' l'auru3, Place frequented by

oxen; Gemini, a house; Cancer, a well' l-eo-a forest: Virgo-

a nrater.bank; Libra-n Ltaz'zrt; Scorpio--a hole; Sagittarius -

a place frequented by horses; Capricorn-:watery tracts; Aquarius

--a house; and Pisces-watery places'

But the above does not seem to be the correct view' The

following view which is advocated by verraharnihira in chapter II'

sloka l2 seems to be the correct one: The Sun-temples; the

Moon;a fertile place (green all round); Mars -operation theatres'

kitchens, store housur, factory,. etc.; I\'Iercury-pl:ry grounds I

tupiter-treasury rooms ; Venus--well'furnished roonrs ; Seturn

--dirty places.

The place of death attd surroundings will be irrdicated by the

planet in the Lagna or the one ruling its rising Navlmsa' It there

L" no pl"o"t in the Lagua' the ruter ,of the sign occupietl by tha

of"n"t owning tne Lagna or the risihg -Navamsa

will depict the

surrouudirrgs of the .place of death. If 'any planets itspect or

occupy the house where the ruler of the Lagna 'or lt-s- frlvarnl is

situated, they also indicate the place of death irt ed;lition tr what

has been stated above' Suppose for elample' the Moon indicates

th" pt.". of death accortling to the above principles and together

with it Saturn ""

* tasi principle. We have then to say

that death takes place at a'spot where it is grden (Ittooo) but dirty

(Saturp). ..,! ,', .,5; r i {i d

40

314 crqlftlti Adh" v.:A.

The period of unconsciousnessi will be the time taken for thcportion of the rising sign below the horizoo to rise. If the risingsign be aspected by its lord, the period is doubled. If aspected bya benefic, it is trebled. If bv two benefics, 6 times and so on.Malefiis aspecting the rising sign will not deprive'cosciousness;

The oblique ascension'of the remaining portion of tbe signrising on the.T agna corresponds .to the iime taken by it to riso lnthb East. lbke an exarnple, Aries 251is rising. The remairrfgportion is 5'. 'The time taken for 5" of Aries to rise in the Easwill be 20 minutes'generally (calculating at 2 houfs for the wholesign of Aries to rise). I'he period of unconsciousness undergoeimultiplicatton twicd or thrice, etc., . because of the ruler and a

benefrc throwing their aspect on the Lagna. The multiplicationshould be done once only. Suppose thg Lagna is being aspected

by its lord. You have to multiply the period by 2. At the sametime, say, a benefic is also aspecting the LaiEna. By the ruletbove, the perio<l is to bi niultiplied by 3. By natural process,

the period will thus have to be multiplied by 2X3. 'I'his is not

o. It'will }e enough if it is multiplied once by 5 i. c. (3+21,

Vide also V-ll7 saPra.

c/. tlt({di

s${ilqiTrf\cer qcrr{ft qqrft qslqr: Iccdnwrrd: cft;ie",i qr;qllr{ft ed: ustdinsnl cle: h\q ftfideft ftgfrre: srq Iftgor: gtfit sq<gi{t .{iaTdh u

dt {qqft.nqfl{nrfr'fr ,{frurrlkftmilkswltlhqil R n

S/o&c 13. According ar the decanate of tbg. Sthbbava (i.a,, the 22nd from the Iagrn) htrot out to b e

, t :,i{, . !

. :

lie ry, 1 wat.ry ir e mired one, tb€re ir I firr

$t, 13 trlfiHsrqrq: 3t6vvrwvvwvvvvvwvvvv J vwwwvwvvJ lwvvv -v . i - - - * - - - - <

ol the.dead boiily by its being turned into aohes, or

,beiog thoroughty wetted and softened in water, or beingdriod up by exposure t.r the Sun and wind, If thedecanate of the 8th house hrpp:ns to be a srrolant(Vyaladrekkana), the body is eeten by b:asts and bird s

of prey, is assimilated into t-heir bcJies lod.thrown outaa excrement. Thus, the finrl sta{g of the dead bodyhac to be thought outin the mrnn:r st.rtcJ above. Th:tollowing is the essence of whrt hrs b:an culled frombigher works (euch as citiicr&ibcr+- Jyotisha KarmaVipaka) regarding past and future life.

NOTES.

For'ficry (fi(: Kru.a or {qa'Dahana), waterl' wa{Jala) and

mixed (&*misra) decanates, Yi'ie lX'slokas ll2-ll5 Infrt.'

For convenience, they arc shor*'n in the following statement'

Drekkanas.

L€o (l)Aries (l)Aquarius (l)Scorpio (l)Cepricorn (l)Pisces (3)Scorpio (3)Loo (3)Libra (3)Cencer (Z)Scorpio{z)

Jala orwater-bearing

Cancer (l)P isces ( l )Pisces (2tVirgo (2)Taurus (3)cemini (3)

Saurnya or'Benefic

Aries (2) .Sagittarius f2)Taurus (2,Aquarius (21Capricorn (2)L ibra ( l )Vireo ( I )Gemini ( l lSagittarius (3)Virio (3)Aquarius (l)

: l l

Vimisra ormixed

Capricorn (3)Aries (3)Cancer (3 ITaurus (l)Sasittarius (l)Gemini t2)Libra (2tI*o (21

Krura orMalefic

= l l

Tdl=36

916 {rnrrrftcrt Adh V' A'v Y v v v v Y v Y v v v v v v v v Y v v

Y v v v Y v v t v v ! Y v v v v ! v v r ! Y v ! Y Y Y Y Y v -

' Fo, aqrd (Vyala) or serpent decanates' see notes to Ch' XXIII

i-to of stih"t letaka-

The 2hnll&caoate is the cause of crernation' burial or other'

wise according to the nature of its ruler or accordinq t9 9lane^ts

posited thereitr. A rnllefic planet cagses'crernation' A benefic

"oor". burial. lf a rnixetl planrt (lihe lt{ercury), then the body

will be exposetl to dry' away' ' J-agna Aries 25o' The 22nd

.l""anate is o*n".l by the l\/Iocn. Therefqre as pei above rule' the

native shoulcl be burietl'

The following are the exceptions to the above rule: "

(f) Tf the 22nddecanate be a qt (Sarpa) one' the bodv is

eaten by vultures, dogs, etc'

Al 1f 1l1i:re are malefics in the 8th house' cremation must

he predicted.

Vide also V- I 17 snPra'

geesqRgfr q'ltn\ qqfldg-r,qqRn* aRsM{ ${r I

f f i r€qMl l tBl l" Sloka 11. Of the Sun and the Moon' find out

which is stronger. If the lord of the decanate occupied

it-it. trt"nser"of thcse two planets be Jupiter' the

,l...r*.d shoirld ba rnade out as a person come from the

world of immortals. If the Moon or Venus be the lord

;;i;; decanate in question, the 'Jeceased came fro'' the

worid of Man':s. lf the Sun or Mars be'the lord of the

particular decanate, the deceas:d in the'previous birth

t.longed to rhe world of mortals. If Saturn or Mercury

[" tnJ owner of the decanate in question, the departed

person ceme from the linfernal regions' In th': previous

[ir,tr, the rank of the departed was high' mediocre or

io* ,..ording ar the owner of the drekkana uDder con'

?1'-ll-. --,-,,- ----.S:: -" "-'* - " "- " -'--'-311mideration was in his exaltation print, hrd f rllen off

therefrom or in the depression point'

ftsj Deternrine the past birth from the ruler of the decanate occu'

pied by the Sun or the lt{oon (whichcver is powerful) aud predict

accordingly tbe particuler it+ (l'ol<at from where the soul is come'

Thc lasl quatlct. t l t 'o!her i i lerftc!alion' If that planet is in

mid heaven, he should heve held a gootl position ; if culminating'

a bad Position, and so ott'

grg<ierrori aaagSr ft1oi

ir*ss*cc€rsii <{hai <i<ra: I

*fu g-crfr git art*'tqmq tur''

fte cg ciirA;eii naq+rafru tt

rI0l1T(:-

$ r ,

.{n,,

hqfrft itgl;q;q{q}snitni! qI

W{er Rgt;qito(rtl dqtqr t

fon qrit-& ftrqqTn q fr€f{q?d qtt qta frGrcrmr frflr ll t\ ll

Slctc 15. The refuge of the.departed ig the lord

of the Drekkana cf the 6th house (f'r'; the 16th decanate

i-rn ,t'," rising decanate) or of the Sth house (i'e'' the

gg"a <Jecan.t" from the rising decatrate) or the planet

".*nti"* the ?th blrava lBhattotpala

adds the 6th and

;;li, #avas also). whichever -of these planeta is

found to be strongest, to the wor]d thereof doeo the

departed p"rroo gi' If Jup,iter is in his exaltdtion and

il;;;;'the 6th bhava' a Kendra poeition or the-8th

;i";, the clepartecl person will attain linal 'emancipa'

;i;;:-'ii. ,"t. happens also if the rising sign is Piscer

".Jrt" riaing N"vamga is that of a benefic planet and

818 Tnrdhqft Adh. v. A.

Jupiten qccupies it, while planets other than Jupiter arewithout strength. ,,,

'Norrs.

Rf<+r=tw (Ripurandhratryamsapa) may also bo intorprctedas the ruler of the decanate of the (rth or the gth bhava countedfrom the 7th, i.c., of the l2th or of the znd bhava. (This agreeswith the western view that the l2th and 2nd houses indicate futurebirths and the 6th and the 8th iodicate past birth). Flanetsplaced in the 7th will indicate also futirie birth.

Erccflions. Exalted Jupiter in the 6th, the gth or in a Ken.dra position will meke the native attain bliss. If pisces berising in a Na'amsa of n b.rneficl it leads to bliss. tn the abovetwo exceptions, tbe other planets rnust not be powerfur as Jupiter.

dl.B.-Bliss CI* (Moksha) is higher than ?s. rr (Devaloka).This is clearly hinted by Varanarnihira talking bf M;ksna (rlf)as distinct and quite apart frorn the slokes containing ?git{, (Deva.loka), flEit+ (Pitruloka), etc.

gurFfi(:-

tfr€dittz?cilTqfr{Ali qftete{rr{ rErSs{cqttrqdr e iergwgfr frc€qdh c n